home
***
CD-ROM
|
disk
|
FTP
|
other
***
search
/
OS/2 Shareware BBS: 10 Tools
/
10-Tools.zip
/
dokdocs.zip
/
dok.INF
(
.txt
)
next >
Wrap
OS/2 Help File
|
1995-11-09
|
421KB
|
20,748 lines
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 1. An Overview of Mesa DOK ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
Mesa DOK includes 23 classes, which are described in detail in the "Developer
Object Kit Class Reference". These classes are described here briefly, with an
emphasis on how they interact with one another.
Models
Within Mesa DOK, the term model refers to an open Mesa 2 file. (Within
the Mesa 2 User's Guide, the terms "file" and "workbook" are usually
used; the term "worksheet" is used occassionally, as well. These terms
can be considered interchangable.) The MMesaModel class allows you to
create a model, associate it with a file, retrieve and alter information
within that model, and initiate model-specific operations (see
MMesaModel).
Every model contains one or more "pages", which are either layer pages or
script pages. A layer page can be thought of as a single page in a
workbook, containing a two-dimensional "slice" of the three-dimensional
matrix of cells within the model. A script page can also be thought of as
a page in a workbook, but it does not contain any cells; instead, it
contains an executable REXX program.
Various items of information are maintained on a per-page basis - for
example, each layer can have its own name. All of this information can be
accessed through the MMesaModel instance (see
MMesaModel::getLayerName()).
Other items of information are maintained on a per-model basis, and are
described fully along with the model class itself.
Among the more important items contained in a model are:
1. Cells
Every model contains between one and 12 trillion cells, arranged in
a three-dimensional matrix with rows along the X (horizontal) axis,
columns along the Y (vertical) axis, and layers along the Z axis.
Any cell in a model can be referred to via its three-dimensional
address (row, column, and layer), indicating where in the matrix it
is.
- Cell addresses
You can refer to a cell by its absolute address, specifying its
row, column and layer exactly, or you can refer to it via a
relative address, specifying the distance in rows, columns, and
layers between it and another cell whose address is known.
Every cell address, both relative and absolute, is represented
by an instance of MAddress (see MAddress).
- Cell contents
Each cell can contain a number, a string, a formula, or an
array of numbers and/or strings.
The contents of a cell can be queried or altered through the
MMesaModel instance (see MMesaModel::getCellString()).
- Cell values
Each cell has a value, which may be different from its contents
(for example, if a cell contains the formula @SQRT(100), its
value is 10), and which is recalculated regularly by the model
based on the cell's contents.
The value of a cell can be queried through the MMesaModel
instance (see MMesaModel::getCellValue()).
- Cell formats
Each cell has a format, which controls how the cell value is
drawn on the screen or by a printer. For example, cells A1 and
A2 may share the value 2200, but cell A1 may display $2,200.00
in blue 12-point Helvetica Bold, while cell A2 displays 2.2e3
in red 24-point Times Rmn. Alignment, font and typeface, text
and background color, presence and color of borders, and much
more can be included in the format of a cell.
Every distinct format within a model is represented by an
instance of MFormat (see MFormat). Every instance of MFormat,
in turn, refers to an instance of MFont (representing the font
family, size, and typeface of the format) and several instances
of MColor (representing text color, background color, border
colors, etc.).
2. Graphicobjects
Every model can contain any number of graphic objects, or frames.
Among the types of frames that can be included are geometric shapes
(rectangles, lines, ovals, etc.), OS/2 .BMP files, and any of a wide
variety of graphs - for example, a column graph of a range of data.
(The terms "frame", "graph", and "graphic object" can be considered
interchangable in this document, and refer to any of the objects
just mentioned).
Every frame within a model has a unique name and can be referred to
by that name in order to access or edit it. While the frames
themselves are implemented as a subclass of MFrame (an internal
class not available through Mesa DOK), a frame's properties can be
altered by merging it with an instance of MFrameXfer (see
MFrameXfer) through the MMesaModel instance that contains it (see
MMesaModel::setFrameInfo()). Generally speaking, interactions with
Mesa DOK frames are handled through MFrameXfer.
3. Current selection(s)
Every model keeps track of the current selection - the object or set
of objects that future actions should affect by default. Every layer
has a selection associated with it, and when that layer is
displayed, the associated selection is activated. All of this
information is stored within an instance of MSelection, which is
associated with the model (see MSelection).
A selection consists of a range of cells, which can be
discontinuous, and is represented by an instance of MRange (see
MRange). It may also contain some number of frames - the MSelection
instance maintains a list of frame names.
Generally speaking, an action taken within the Mesa 2 application
will affect some or all of the current selection. Actions that apply
to a single cell will affect the base cell, actions that apply to a
frame will affect all selected frames, and actions that apply to one
or more cells will affect the entire selected range.
4. Interested objects
Every model maintains a list of objects which have registered some
interest in it. For example, every window that displays some part of
the model registers interest in that model. As long as something is
still interested in it, the model stays open; conversely, when
nothing is registering interest in it, the model destroys itself.
Interest in a model is represented by an instance of MInterest (see
MInterest), and is registered directly through the MMesaModel
instance (see MMesaModel::registerInterest()).
Note that the information about the model is actually stored in an
instance of MModel, which is a Mesa-internal class not directly
available through DOK. MMesaModel is a wrapper around the MModel
class which your application can use to access Mesa's model
functionality.
- Windows
MWindow is the class from which all Mesa windows inherit their
basic behavior (see MWindow). This behavior subsumes the
standard OS/2 window behavior, since MWindow implements a
series of pass-through functions to the default window handler.
MView represents any region that can be placed inside a normal
OS/2 window (see MView). It is not directly instantiated, but
if you want to customize the display of information within your
application, you will probably need to create your own
subclasses of MView.
MSheetView is a pre-created MView subclass that draws a layer
of data, including row and column headers (see MSheetView).
MMesaView is another pre-created MView subclass that combines
an MSheetView with a pair of scrollbars (see MMesaView).Any
point within an MWindow can be identified by its horizontal and
vertical distance from the upper-left corner of that window.
This information is generally stored in an MPoint instance (see
MPoint). For example, when you click the mouse on a layer to
select a cell, an MPoint is created that represents the
position of the mouse. Then, the model is queried to determine
the address of the cell being displayed at that point (see
MMesaModel::addressFromPoint()).
Similarly, any rectangular region within an MWindow can be
identified by the MPoints representing its upper-left and
lower-right corners. That information is generally stored in an
MRect instance (see MRect). For example, when creating a graph,
you must specify the rectangle within which the frame is to be
created (see MMesaModel::createGraph()).
- Input and output
-- Byte streams
Most input and output within Mesa DOK is handled through
MStream, a platform-independant streaming protocol that
represents a "stream" of data, and behaves consistently no
matter what I/O device is being used. Other classes can
write themselves out to and read themselves in from a
stream without knowing or caring where the data is
actually coming from or going. When an item is written to
a stream, it is written with an identifier, followed by
the position in the stream of the next item (to allow easy
skipping over the current item if desired), followed by
the item itself.
There are two subclasses of MStream defined within Mesa
DOK - one to handle clipboard I/O (see MClipStream) and
one to handle file I/O (see MFileStream). You can subclass
MStream within your own application to handle
application-specific I/O in the same way.
-- Printing
For the most part, Mesa handles printing the same way it
handles drawing to the screen - the printer is treated as
just another space to draw on by the model (see
MMesaModel::print()). One exception is that when printing,
the model must keep track of various aspects of the print
job - margins, headers, footers, and so forth. This
information is stored in an MPrintHead instance (see
MPrintHead).
- The controller
A controller is an object that handles
application-wide message passing. Within Mesa 2 the
controller object maintains a list of models and the
real time data feed table, performs licensing
functions, handles file opening and error panels, and
in general handles all functions that are not
associated with a specific MMesaModel instance.
MGController is a generic controller object (see
MGController). In order to use the Mesa DLLs, you
must create and instantiate a subclass of
MGController that properly handles message-passing
between the DLLs and your application. Understanding
the MGController class and how it interacts with your
application is very important in learning to use DOK.
Mesa DOK includes MException, a class that handles
errors within Mesa 2, and can be extended by your
custom application to handle other types of
exceptions. MException instances can be passed to and
from the controller for a variety of purposes, and
many methods include an MException parameter for
returning status information.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 1.1. Mesa DOK class heirarchy ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
Another way to categorize the Mesa DOK classes is through a class heirarchy,
emphasizing inheritance relationships between the various classes, as follows:
MObject (see MObject)
MObject is the base class for all objects with virtual tables, and it
allows those classes and instances to query information about themselves.
The following classes inherit from MObject:
- MFrameXfer (see MFrameXfer)
Stores information about a Mesa graphic object (for example, a graph
or a geometric shape).
- MGController (see MGController)
Handles application-wide message passing.
- MInterest (see MInterest)
Allows one object to declare an "interest" in another.
- MMesaModel (see MMesaModel)
Represents an open Mesa 2 file.
- MPrintHead (see MPrintHead)
Stores information related to a print operation - margins, headers,
footers, etc.
- MStream (see MStream)
Handles input and output in a platform-independant fashion. The
following platform-dependant input/output classes inherit from
MStream:
-- MClipStream (see MClipStream)
Handles OS/2 clipboard I/O.
-- MFileStream (see MFileStream)
Handles OS/2 file system I/O.
- MWindow (see MWindow)
Handles windowing functions within Mesa DOK. The following
Mesa-specific window classes inherit from MWindow:
-- MEditView (see MEditView)
Implements an edit view: a rectangular region within which text
can be edited.
-- MMesaView (see MMesaView)
Handles the relationship between a display window, an
MSheetView instance (see below), and a set of scrollbars.
-- MSheetView (see MSheetView)
Handles the drawing of a layer of data, including row and
column headers.
Mesa DOK also includes the following classes which do not inherit from any
other DOK class:
MAddress (see MAddress)
MColor (see MColor)
MException (see MException)
MFont (see MFont)
MFormat (see MFormat)
MPoint (see MPoint)
MRange (see MRange)
MRect (see MRect)
MSelection (see MSelection)
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2. Developer Object Kit Class Reference ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
The Mesa Developer Object Kit (DOK) consists of the following classes:
MAddress
Holds the three-dimensional address (relative or absolute) of a cell in a
model.
MClipStream
Handles input and output to the OS/2 clipboard.
MColor
Stores color and pattern information for a single color instance.
MEditView
Implements an edit view: a rectangular region within which text can be
edited.
MException
Stores an application-defined error. Can be expanded to include warnings
and other kinds of exceptions.
MFileStream
Abstracts the OS/2 file system and allows data to be written to or read
from disk.
MFont
Stores font family, size, and typeface information for a single font
instance.
MFormat
Stores formatting information that controls how a cell's contents are
displayed.
MFrameXfer
Stores information about a Mesa graphic object (for example, a graph or a
geometric shape),otherwise known as a frame.
MGController
An application-specific, abstract base class that handles
application-wide message passing. Essentially, any information or task
that is not file-specific is stored in and handled by the controller.
MInterest
Abstract base class that represents interest in an model, which results
in notifications being sent when that model undergoes a state change.
Each model maintains a list of registered interests in it, and notifies
the interest whenever an appropriate state change occurs.
MMesaModel
Represents an open Mesa 2 file, often called a workbook or a model. In
general, all information and processes specific to a single Mesa 2 file
can be accessed and initiated by the MMesaModel instance that represents
that file.
MMesaView
Handles the "spreadsheet" part of a single file window, including
scrollbars and the sheet display.
MObject
Base class for all objects with virtual tables in Mesa DOK. MObject
allows other classes and instances to query information about themselves.
MPoint
Represents a single point within the application window - for example,
the point where a mouse-down event occurs. MPoint is an abstraction of
the OS/2 POINTL class, existing primarily to allow alterations to
point-handling routines to be made in a single place in the code.
MPrintHead
Each MPrintHead instance keeps track of print-job related information:
MRange
Represents a range of cells within a model.
MRect
Represents a rectangular region within the application window - for
example, the size of a selected rectangular range.
MSelection
An MSelection represents a set of model contents, such as ranges and
graphs, and also maintains other information about the view and model
that it is associated with.
MSheetView
Represents a view into a layer of data, including row and column headers.
MStream
Handles input and output in a platform-independant fashion.
MView
Handles abstract views - display regions that can be placed inside a
normal OS/2 window. The other Mesa DOK view classes, such as MMesaView
and MSheetView, are all subclasses of MView.
MWindow
MWindow is the basic Mesa window class; all windows within the
application are subclasses of MWindow.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.1. MAddress ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
address.h is the source file for this class.
ach cell in a model can be referenced via a three-dimensional coordinate (row,
column, layer) in one of two ways: via absolute reference, where the three
coordinates are given from the upper-left corner of the model (cell [A]A1), or
relative reference, where they are given from some other cell in the model. In
order to work with a relative address, it is frequently necessary to determine
the absolute address of the cell it refers to. To do this requires that it be
merged with respect to another address via MAddress::doMerge().
Each MAddress instance keeps track of coordinates for row, column, and layer
(these are integers, starting at 0). Additionally, each instance keeps relative
flags for row, column, and layer, indicating whether that part of the address
is relative or not, and a null-address flag, indicating whether the instance
currently represents a valid address.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.1.1. Creating, destroying, and initializing an MAddress instance ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
Open the Contents view and expand this section to see a list of methods.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.1.1.1. MAddress::free() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
free()
Resets all variables and sets null-address flag true.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.1.1.2. MAddress::init() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
init()
Clears the row, column, layer coordinates; sets null-address flag true.
void
init(int r, int c, int l)
int r New row coordinate
int c New column coordinate
int l New layer coordinate
Sets row, column and layer coordinates to r, c, and l, respectively. Sets all
relative flags true.
void
init(const MAddress *ad)
const MAddress *ad MAddress reference to initialize from
Sets all coordinates and flags equal to those in ad.
void
init(MStream *st)
MStream *st Input stream
Sets all coordinates and flags equal to those read from st (see MStream).
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.1.2. Reading and writing an MAddress instance ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
Open the Contents view and expand this section to see a list of methods.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.1.2.1. MAddress::read() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
read(MStream *st)
MStream *st Input stream
Sets all coordinates and flags equal to those read from st. The stream must
have been written to via MAddress::write() for this to work (see MStream).
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.1.2.2. MAddress::write() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
write(MStream *st) const
MStream *st Output stream
Outputs the MAddress instance to st (see MStream).
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.1.3. Retrieving information about an MAddress instance ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
Open the Contents view and expand this section to see a list of methods.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.1.3.1. MAddress::getAbsRow() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getAbsRow() const
Returns 1 if the row is an absolute reference, 0 otherwise.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.1.3.2. MAddress::getAbsCol() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getAbsCol() const
Returns 1 if the column is an absolute reference, 0 otherwise.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.1.3.3. MAddress::getAbsLayer() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getAbsLayer() const
Returns 1 if the layer is an absolute reference, 0 otherwise.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.1.3.4. MAddress::getCol() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getCol() const
Returns column coordinate.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.1.3.5. MAddress::getRow() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getRow() const
Returns row coordinate.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.1.3.6. MAddress::getLayer() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getLayer() const
Returns layer coordinate.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.1.3.7. MAddress::isNull() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
isNull() const
Returns 1 if null-address flag is set, 0 otherwise.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.1.3.8. MAddress::inRange() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
inRange(const MAddress *ul, const MAddress *lr) const
const MAddress *ul Upper-left corner of the range
const MAddress *lr Lower-right corner of the range
Given two corners of a range, determines whether the current MAddress instance
is within that range. The range can be three-dimensional - that is, ul and lr
can be on different layers.
If null-address flag is set for this instance or for ul, returns 0.
If null-address flag is set for lr:
If this instance is equal to ul, returns 1; otherwise returns 0.
If all the addresses are valid:
Returns 1 if cell is within range, 0 otherwise.
For example, if ul has row 3, column 4, and layer 2 and lr has row 6, column
7, and layer 5, then inRange(ul, lr) will return 1 if the current MAddress
instance is anywhere in the range [C]E4:[F]H7.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.1.3.9. MAddress::toStr() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
toStr(char *s, int lay = -1) const
char *s Buffer to store string form of address
int lay Include layer? -1 for yes, 0 otherwise. Defaults to -1
Creates a string representation of this address, in one of the following
forms:
[<layerLabel>]<colLabel><rowLabel> (if lay is -1, or if lay is different from
layer coordinate, or if layer reference is absolute)
<colLabel><rowLabel> (otherwise)
...where layerLabel and colLabel are alphabetical (i.e.; 0 ="A", 1 = "B",
etc.), rowLabel is numeric and 1-based (i.e.; 0 =1, 1 =2, etc.), and each is
preceded with a $ if the associated relative flag is false (see also
MMesaModel::adToStr() ).
Some examples:
If layer coordinate is 0, row coordinate is 1, column coordinate is 2,
relative row and relative column flags are false, and relative layer is true,
then toStr(string, 0) will set string to $C$2.
If layer coordinate is 0, row coordinate is 1, column coordinate is 2, and all
the relative flags are false, then toStr(string, 0) will set string to
[$A]$C$2.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.1.4. Changing values in an MAddress instance ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
Open the Contents view and expand this section to see a list of methods.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.1.4.1. MAddress::doMerge() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
doMerge(const MAddress *)
const MAddress * Absolute address of the cell from which to dereference
the current MAddress instance.
Sets the layer coordinate, row coordinate, and column coordinate for the
current instance to the sum of the existing values and the corresponding
values in the address passed in, and sets all relative flags false.
For example, if a user enters in cell [A]B1 the formula =C2, this is
interpreted as a relative reference - that is, an MAddress instance with layer
coordinate 0, row coordinate 1, column coordinate 1, and all relative flags
true (call it this).
When the cell's value is calculated, doMerge(base) is performed on this, where
base is the absolute address of cell [A]B1 - that is, an MAddress instance
with layer coordinate 0, row coordinate 0, column coordinate 1, and all
relative flags false.
Subsequently, this has layer coordinate 0, row coordinate 1, column coordinate
2, and all relative flags false - that is, this now refers to cell [$A]$C$2,
which is precisely what was intended.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.1.4.2. MAddress::makeAbs() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
makeAbs()
Clears relative flags for row, column and layer, making this instance an
absolute reference.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.1.4.3. MAddress::makeNull() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
makeNull()
Sets null-address flag .
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.1.4.4. MAddress::offset() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
offset(int r, int c, int l)
int r Row offset
int c Column offset
int l Layer offset
Increments row, column, and layer coordinates by r, c and l, respectively.
Preserves the current status of all relative flags.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.1.4.5. MAddress::offsetRel() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
offsetRel(int r, int c, int l)
int r Row offset
int c Column offset
int l Layer offset
Increments row, column, and/or layer coordinates by r, c and/or l,
respectively. Only coordinates for which the relative flag is true are
incremented; others are unchanged.
For example, if the layer coordinate is 0, the row coordinate is 1, the column
coordinate is 2, and relative is set for the row and column but not the layer,
then offsetRel(2, 2, 2) will change the row coordinate to 3 and the column
coordinate to 4, leaving the layer coordinate untouched.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.1.4.6. MAddress::offsetAbs() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
offsetAbs(int r, int c, int l)
int r Row offset
int c Column offset
int l Layer offset
Increments row, column, and/or layer coordinates by r, c and/or l,
respectively. Only coordinates for which the relative flag is false are
incremented; others are unchanged.
For example, if the layer coordinate is 0, the row coordinate is 1, the column
coordinate is 2, and relative is set for the layer but not the row or column,
then offsetRel(2, 2, 2) will change the row coordinate to 3 and the column
coordinate to 4, leaving the layer coordinate untouched.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.1.4.7. MAddress::set() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
set(const MAddress *ad)
const MAddress *ad Address to set to.
Sets all coordinates and flags equal to those in ad.
void
set(int r, int c, int l)
int r New row value
int c New column value
int l New layer value
Sets row, column, and layer coordinates equal to r, c, and l, respectively.
Clears all relative flags.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.1.4.8. MAddress::setRow() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setRow(int r)
int r New row value
Sets row coordinate to r, and sets relative row flag.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.1.4.9. MAddress::setCol() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setCol(int c)
int c New column value
Sets column coordinate to c, and sets relative column flag.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.1.4.10. MAddress::setLayer() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setLayer(int l)
int l New layer value
Sets layer coordinate to l, and sets relative layer flag.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.1.4.11. MAddress::setRawCol() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setRawCol(int c)
int c New column value
Sets column coordinate to c, leaves relative column flag unchanged.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.1.4.12. MAddress::setRawLayer() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setRawLayer(int l)
int l New layer value
Sets layer coordinate to l, leaves relative layer flag unchanged.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.1.4.13. MAddress::setRawRow() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setRawRow(int r)
int r New row value
Sets row coordinate to r, leaves relative row flag unchanged.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.1.4.14. MAddress::setAbsCol() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setAbsCol(int c)
int c New column value
Sets row coordinate to c, clears relative column flag.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.1.4.15. MAddress::setAbsLayer() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setAbsLayer(int l)
int l New layer value
Sets row coordinate to l, clears relative layer flag.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.1.4.16. MAddress::setAbsRow() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setAbsRow(int r)
int r New row value
Sets row coordinate to r, clears relative row flag.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.1.4.17. MAddress::swapColInfo() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
swapColInfo(MAddress &ad)
MAddress &ad Address to swap with
Swaps the values of the column coordinate and relative column flag in this
instance with the corresponding values in ad.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.1.4.18. MAddress::swapLayerInfo() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
swapLayerInfo(MAddress &ad)
MAddress &ad Address to swap with
Swaps the values of the layer coordinate and relative layer flag in this
instance with the corresponding values in ad.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.1.4.19. MAddress::swapRowInfo() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
swapRowInfo(MAddress &ad)
MAddress &ad Address to swap with
Swaps the values of the row coordinate and relative row flag in this instance
with the corresponding values in ad.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.1.4.20. MAddress::zap() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
zap()
Sets null-address flag to true.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.1.5. MAddress operators ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
Open the Contents view and expand this section to see a list of methods.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.1.5.1. MAddress::operator==() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
operator== (const MAddress &ad) const
const MAddress &ad Address to compare
Compares the current instance to ad.
If null-address flag is set for either, returns 0.
Otherwise, if row, column, and layer coordinates all match (ignoring relative
flags), returns 1; if not, returns 0.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.1.5.2. MAddress::operator>() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
operator> (const MAddress &ad) const
const MAddress &ad Address to compare to
Compares the current instance to ad.
If null-address flag is set for either, returns 0.
Otherwise, layer coordinates are compared. If layer coordinates are identical,
row coordinates are compared; if those are identical then column coordinates
are compared.
Returns 1 if the current instance is greater than ad, 0 otherwise.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.1.5.3. MAddress::operator>=() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
operator>= (const MAddress &ad) const
const MAddress &ad Address to compare to
Compares the current instance to ad.
If null-address flag is set for either, returns 0.
Otherwise, layer coordinates are compared. If layer coordinates are identical,
row coordinates are compared; if those are identical then column coordinates
are compared.
Returns 1 if the current instance is greater than ad, 0 otherwise.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.1.5.4. MAddress::operator<() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
operator< (const MAddress &ad) const
const MAddress &ad Address to compare to
Compares the current instance to ad.
If null-address flag is set for either, returns 0.
Otherwise, layer coordinates are compared. If layer coordinates are identical,
row coordinates are compared; if those are identical then column coordinates
are compared.
Returns 1 if the current address is less than ad, 0 otherwise.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.1.5.5. MAddress::operator<=() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
operator<= (const MAddress &ad) const
const MAddress &ad Address to compare to
Compares the current instance to ad.
If null-address flag is set for either, returns 0.
Otherwise, layer coordinates are compared. If layer coordinates are identical,
row coordinates are compared; if those are identical then column coordinates
are compared.
Returns 1 if the current address is less than or equal to ad, 0 otherwise.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.1.5.6. MAddress::operator!=() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
operator!= (const MAddress &ad) const
const MAddress &ad Address to compare to.
Compares the current instance to ad.
If null-address flag is set for either, returns 0.
Otherwise, if row, column, and layer coordinates all match (ignoring relative
flags), returns 0; if not, returns 1.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.2. MClipStream ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
clipstream.h is the source file for this class.
This class inherits from MStream
Handles input and output to the OS/2 clipboard.
MClipStream can read and write ASCII text, RTF text, OS/2 bitmaps (BMP), OS/2
metafile pictures (MET), and Mesa 2's internal format. When cell contents are
copied or cut to the clipboard, all text formats (e.g; ASCII, RTF and Mesa 2)
are usually placed there simultaneously, allowing a selection to be made when
data is being read from the clipboard. Additionally, DDE information is
generally placed on the clipboard at the same time, allowing DDE-enabled
applications (including Mesa 2) to create a DDE link via a "Paste Link"
command.
Each MClipStream instance maintains several memory buffers in which to store
the various formats it supports (ASCII, DDE, RTF, OS/2 BMP, MET, and Mesa 2's
internal format), as well as shared-memory buffer to send and/or receive
information from the clipboard. It also maintains a RESETANDSTUFF flag, which
determines whether buffer values are written to the clipboard when the instance
is destroyed; and a DONTSTUFF flag, which determines whether the temporary
buffers are freed when the instance is destroyed.
Like all other MStream subclasses, it also keeps track of current and
next-element stream positions, allocates storage for any errors that may occur,
and maintains a version number. For more information, see "MStream".
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.2.1. Creating, destroying, and initializing an MClipStream instance ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
Open the Contents view and expand this section to see a list of methods.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.2.1.1. MClipStream::MClipStream() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
MClipStream(HAB)
HAB Handle to the application's anchor block.
Opens the clipboard for use by this process/thread, queries the clipboard data
and associates the various buffers with that data.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.2.1.2. MClipStream::~MClipStream() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
~MClipStream() [virtual]
Closes the clipboard and unlocks it.
If DONTSTUFF has been set, it frees the various buffers that have been
allocated. Otherwise, if RESETANDSTUFF has been set, it clears the clipboard
and writes the contents of the various buffers to the appropriate locations in
the clipboard.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.2.1.3. MClipStream::resetClipboard() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
resetClipboard() [virtual]
Sets RESETANDSTUFF to 1 and zeros all buffers.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.2.1.4. MClipStream::setDontStuff() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setDontStuff(int i) [virtual]
int i New value for DONTSTUFF
Sets DONTSTUFF to i.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.2.2. Reading from the clipboard ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
Open the Contents view and expand this section to see a list of methods.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.2.2.1. MClipStream::beginReadLink() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
beginReadLink() [virtual]
Sets the shared-memory buffer so that MClipStream::read() will read clipboard
data into the DDE link buffer.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.2.2.2. MClipStream::beginReadRTF() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
beginReadRTF() [virtual]
Sets the shared-memory buffer so that MClipStream::read() will read clipboard
data into the RTF buffer.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.2.2.3. MClipStream::beginReadText() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
beginReadText() [virtual]
Sets the shared-memory buffer so that MClipStream::read() will read clipboard
data into the ASCII buffer.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.2.2.4. MClipStream::beginReadBitmap() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
beginReadBitmap() [virtual]
Sets the shared-memory buffer so that MClipStream::read() will read clipboard
data into the BMP buffer.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.2.2.5. MClipStream::beginReadMesa() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
beginReadMesa() [virtual]
Sets the shared-memory buffer so that MClipStream::read() will read clipboard
data into the Mesa-format buffer.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.2.2.6. MClipStream::beginReadPict() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
beginReadPict() [virtual]
Sets the shared-memory buffer so that MClipStream::read() will read clipboard
data into the MET buffer.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.2.2.7. MClipStream::beginWrite() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
beginWrite() [virtual]
Allocates shared memory into the shared-memory buffer.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.2.2.8. MClipStream::endClipRead() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
endClipRead() [virtual]
Terminates reading from the clipboard.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.2.2.9. MClipStream::read() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
read(void *, int) [virtual]
void * Buffer into which the clipboard bytes should be copied
int Number of bytes to be copied
Copies from the clipboard buffer to the buffer provided.
Returns number of bytes actually copied.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.2.3. Writing to the clipboard ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
Open the Contents view and expand this section to see a list of methods.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.2.3.1. MClipStream::endWriteBitmap() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
endWriteBitmap() [virtual]
Lets the clipboard know that the object just placed there is in BMP format.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.2.3.2. MClipStream::endWriteLink() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
endWriteLink() [virtual]
Lets the clipboard know that the object just placed there is in DDE link
format.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.2.3.3. MClipStream::endWriteRTF() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
endWriteRTF() [virtual]
Lets the clipboard know that the object just placed there is in RTF format.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.2.3.4. MClipStream::endWriteMesa() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
endWriteMesa() [virtual]
Lets the clipboard know that the object just placed there is in Mesa format.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.2.3.5. MClipStream::endWritePict() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
endWritePict() [virtual]
Lets the clipboard know that the object just placed there is in MET format.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.2.3.6. MClipStream::endWriteText() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
endWriteText() [virtual]
Lets the clipboard know that the object just placed there is in ASCII format.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.2.3.7. MClipStream::write() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
write(const void *, int) [virtual]
const void *buf Buffer to copy from
int n Number of bytes to copy from the buffer to the clipboard.
Attempts to copy n bytes from buf to the clipboard memory buffer. Returns
number of bytes written.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.2.4. Querying the clipboard ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
Open the Contents view and expand this section to see a list of methods.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.2.4.1. MClipStream::hasBitmap() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
hasBitmap() [virtual]
Returns 1 if the clipboard contents are in BMP format, 0 otherwise.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.2.4.2. MClipStream::hasLink() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
hasLink() [virtual]
Returns 1 if the clipboard contents are in DDE link format, 0 otherwise.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.2.4.3. MClipStream::hasRTF() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
hasRTF() [virtual]
Returns 1 if the clipboard contents are in RTF, 0 otherwise.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.2.4.4. MClipStream::hasMesa() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
hasMesa() [virtual]
Returns 1 if the clipboard contents are in Mesa format, 0 otherwise.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.2.4.5. MClipStream::hasPict() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
hasPict() [virtual]
Returns 1 if the clipboard contents are in MET format, 0 otherwise.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.2.4.6. MClipStream::hasText() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
hasText() [virtual]
Returns 1 if the clipboard contents are in ASCII format, 0 otherwise.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.2.5. Retrieving information about MClipStream buffers ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
Open the Contents view and expand this section to see a list of methods.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.2.5.1. MClipStream::getLinkPtr() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getLinkPtr() [virtual]
Returns pointer to DDE link buffer.
const char *
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.2.5.2. MClipStream::getMesaPtr() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getMesaPtr(int &l) [virtual]
int &l Storage variable.
Stores the allocated size of the Mesa format buffer and returns pointer to
Mesa format buffer.
const char *
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.2.5.3. MClipStream::getRTFPtr() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getRTFPtr() [virtual]
Returns pointer to RTF buffer.
const char *
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.2.5.4. MClipStream::getPos() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getPos() [virtual]
Returns current position within the stream buffer.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.2.5.5. MClipStream::getTextPtr() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getTextPtr() [virtual]
Returns pointer to ASCII buffer.
const char *
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.2.6. Navigating within the stream ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
Open the Contents view and expand this section to see a list of methods.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.2.6.1. MClipStream::getStreamLen() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getStreamLen() [virtual]
Returns number of valid bytes in the stream.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.2.6.2. MClipStream::isEOF() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
isEOF() [virtual]
Returns 1 if at the end of stream, 0 otherwise.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.2.6.3. MClipStream::seek() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
seek(int pos) [virtual]
int pos Position to move to
Attempts to set the current location within the stream to pos. Returns new
location within the stream.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.3. MColor ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
color.h is the source file for this class.
Stores color and pattern information for a single color instance.
For example, if a cell in Mesa has a red background and blue text, there are at
least two MColor instances associated with that cell - a "red" MColor, which is
associated with the background, and a "blue" MColor, which is associated with
the text. Which MColor is associated with what aspect of the cell is controlled
by the MFormat class (see MFormat).
Every MColor instance contains two 24-bit RGB color values (foreground and
background)
Given values of red, green and blue between 0 and 255, use set(red, green,
blue) to assign that color value to an existing MColor instance (see set(int,
int, int)). Or, use set(colorValue), where colorValue is either a predefined
color constant like MCOL_RED (see "Color constants") or is calculated using the
following equation:
(16777216 * pattern) + (red * 65536) + (green * 256) + blue
...where pattern is an optional index into array of known patterns. If pattern
is 0, the color is a solid color; currently, this is the only pattern defined
within Mesa DOK.
The background color is only used if the pattern is not solid (and is therefore
currently unused within Mesa DOK). For example, an MColor instance representing
red with white stripes would have its color set to MCOL_WHITE and its
background color set to MCOL_RED.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.3.1. Creating, destroying, and initializing an MColor instance ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
Open the Contents view and expand this section to see a list of methods.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.3.1.1. MColor::free() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
free()
Deallocates any resources used.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.3.1.2. MColor::init() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
init(MStream *st)
MStream *st Input stream
Reads all color and pattern values from st (see MStream).
void
init(int t)
int t New foreground color value
Sets color to t and clears background color.
void
init(const MColor *c)
const MColor *c MColor instance to initialize from
Sets all color and pattern values equal to the equivalent components of c.
void
init()
Initializes this instance to default values.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.3.2. Reading and writing an MColor instance ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
Open the Contents view and expand this section to see a list of methods.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.3.2.1. MColor::read() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
read(MStream *st)
MStream *st Input stream
Reads all color and pattern values from st (see MStream).
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.3.2.2. MColor::write() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
write(MStream *st) const
MStream *st Output stream
Writes all color and pattern values out to st (see MStream).
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.3.3. Retrieving information about an MColor instance ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
Open the Contents view and expand this section to see a list of methods.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.3.3.1. MColor::getRGB() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getRGB()
Returns the color value, (red * 65536) + (green * 256) + blue. (Compare with
MColor::getColor().)
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.3.3.2. MColor::getBlue() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getBlue()
Returns the blue component of the RGB color.
unsigned int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.3.3.3. MColor::getColorFromPalette() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getColorFromPalette(MColor *palette, int numInPalette)
MColor *palette Array of MColors to be selected from
int numInPalette Size of palette
Returns an index into palette pointing to the color there that matches the
current color most closely. "Close match" is calculated by adding the absolute
differences between the red, green and blue values; the smallest total
difference wins.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.3.3.4. MColor::getGreen() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getGreen()
Returns the green component of the RGB color.
unsigned int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.3.3.5. MColor::getRed() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getRed()
Returns the red component of the RGB color.
unsigned int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.3.3.6. MColor::getColor() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getColor()
Returns the color-and-pattern value, (16777216 * pattern) + (red * 65536) +
(green * 256) + blue. Note that if the pattern is solid (i.e.; if pattern
equals 0), this is identical to the color value (see MColor::getRGB()).
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.3.3.7. MColor::getPattern() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getPattern()
Returns pattern value (index into an array of known patterns; currently always
0).
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.3.3.8. MColor::getBkgRGB() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getBkgRGB()
Returns background color value, (red * 65536) + (green * 256) + blue. This
value is not currently used within Mesa DOK.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.3.3.9. MColor::getBkgPattern() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getBkgPattern()
Returns backgroundpattern value (index into an array of known patterns;
currently always 0).
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.3.4. Changing values in an MColor instance ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
Open the Contents view and expand this section to see a list of methods.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.3.4.1. MColor::average() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
average(MColor col)
MColor col Color instance to average with
Sets current color to the average of the current color and col. Clears pattern
and background color.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.3.4.2. MColor::set() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
set(int c)
int c New color-and-pattern value
Sets color and pattern values to c, and resets the background color.
c should be either a predefined color constant or a color-and-pattern value
constructed as follows: (16777216 * pattern) + (red * 65536) + (green * 256) +
blue (see "Color constants") .
void
set(MColor)
MColor MColor instance to take values from
Sets the color values to those of the MColor instance passed in.
void
set(const MColor *)
const MColor * MColor instance to take values from
Sets the color values to those of the instance passed in.
void
set(int, int, int)
int Red value
int Green value
int Blue value
Sets the color value to the RGB values passed in; sets the pattern component
to 0, and the background color to 0.
void
set(const char *colorName)
const char *colorName Null-terminated string for a named color
Sets color value to the named color (see "Color constants" for a list of valid
color names). If colorName is not a valid name, sets color black.
Returns 1 if colorName is a valid color name, 0 otherwise.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.3.5. MColor operators ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
Open the Contents view and expand this section to see a list of methods.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.3.5.1. MColor::operator==() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
operator==(const MColor &) const
const MColor &c Color to compare to
Returns 1 if current color and pattern values (foreground and background) are
equal to those of c; 0 otherwise.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.3.5.2. MColor::operator!=() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
operator!=(const MColor &) const
const MColor & Color to compare to
Returns 0 if current color and pattern values (foreground and background) are
equal to those of c; 1 otherwise.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.3.5.3. MColor::operator>() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
operator>(const MColor &c) const
const MColor &c Color to compare to
Compares current color and pattern values (foreground and background) to those
of c. The following precedence order is used:
foreground pattern
foreground red
foreground greed
foreground blue
background pattern
background red
background greed
background blue
Returns 1 if the current instance is greater than c, 0 otherwise.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.3.5.4. MColor::operator>=() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
operator>=(const MColor &) const
const MColor &c Color to compare to
Compares current color and pattern values (foreground and background) to those
of c. The following precedence order is used:
foreground pattern
foreground red
foreground greed
foreground blue
background pattern
background red
background greed
background blue
Returns 1 if the current instance is greater than or equal to c, 0 otherwise.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.3.5.5. MColor::operator<() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
operator<(const MColor &c) const
const MColor &c Color to compare to
Compares current color and pattern values (foreground and background) to those
of c. The following precedence order is used:
foreground pattern
foreground red
foreground greed
foreground blue
background pattern
background red
background greed
background blue
Returns 1 if the current instance is less than c, 0 otherwise.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.3.5.6. MColor::operator<=() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
operator<=(const MColor &c) const
const MColor &c Color to compare to
Compares current color and pattern values (foreground and background) to those
of c. The following precedence order is used:
foreground pattern
foreground red
foreground greed
foreground blue
background pattern
background red
background greed
background blue
Returns 1 if the current instance is less than or equal to c, 0 otherwise.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.4. MEditView ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
editview.h is the source file for this class.
This class inherits from MView
Implements an edit view: a rectangular region within which text can be edited.
Within the Mesa 2 application, an edit view is created whenever the user clicks
in the Formula Bar. Within your custom applications, you can create an edit
view and place it wherever you like.
The edit view keeps track of its current contents and selection. The selection
can be a single point, in which case a blinking insertion-point indicator is
displayed at that point, or it can be one or more characters, in which case the
selected characters are displayed with a gray background. Text entered by the
user appears at the current position, replacing the selected characters (if
any). The edit view also keeps track of what layer in the model is currently
selected.
Additionally, the following flags can be set within an MEditView instance:
ISEDITING
Are we currently editing in an edit view?
ISSELECTING
Are we currently selecting a region in the edit view?
JUSTUNDID
Was the most recent operation an undo operation?
BLINKON
Is the insertion point indicator currently being displayed?
It also keeps track of the current context menu and the "superview" window,
just like any other MView subclass (see MView).
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.4.1. Creating, destroying, and initializing an MEditView instance ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
Open the Contents view and expand this section to see a list of methods.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.4.1.1. MEditView::MEditView() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
MEditView(MWindow *, int = 0, MMesaModel *mp =0)
MWindow * Parent window
int Default is 0
MMesaModel *mp =0 The model associated with the edit view.
Creates an MEditView instance with the values passed in.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.4.1.2. MEditView::~MEditView() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
~MEditView() [virtual]
Releases any string resources that have been allocated.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.4.1.3. MEditView::cleanUp() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
cleanUp() [virtual]
Releases any strings that have been allocated, and passes the cleanUp() method
to the parent window.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.4.1.4. MEditView::setUp() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setUp(const MRect *, int=0) [virtual]
const MRect * Rectangle to draw in
int Style flags. Defaults to 0.
Pass-through to MView::setUp().
Also, sets the cycle time for the blinking of the edit-view cursor, using
MGController::ping().
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.4.2. Retrieving information about an MEditView instance ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
Open the Contents view and expand this section to see a list of methods.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.4.2.1. MEditView::bufferWindow() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
bufferWindow() [virtual]
Is this window to be buffered (see MWindow::bufferWindow())?
Always returns 1.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.4.2.2. MEditView::findChar() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
findChar(int x) [virtual]
int x Position within the edit view (in pixels)
Finds the character that is displayed at position x within the edit view.
Returns position of that character within the edit view contents.
For example, if the edit view contains the alphabet
(ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ) in a fixed-width font where each character is 8
pixels wide, then findChar(6) will return 0 (the position of A in the
alphabet) and findChar(70) will return 9 (the position of I in the alphabet).
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.4.2.3. MEditView::getCurLayer() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getCurLayer() [virtual]
Returns the number of the currenty active layer within the currently active
model.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.4.2.4. MEditView::getHasEdited() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getHasEdited() [virtual]
Returns value of ISEDITING.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.4.2.5. MEditView::getStart() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getStart() [virtual]
Returns the position within the edit-view contents of the first selected
character.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.4.2.6. MEditView::getString() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getString() [virtual]
Returns edit-view contents.
char *
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.4.2.7. MEditView::hasDrawSelf() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
hasDrawSelf() [virtual]
Always returns 1, indicating that MEditView has a drawSelf() method (see
MWindow::hasDrawSelf()).
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.4.2.8. MEditView::isCellSelectOK() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
isCellSelectOK() [virtual]
Returns 1 if pressing an arrow key within the edit view should enter a cell
reference at that point in the edit view; returns 0 otherwise.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.4.2.9. MEditView::isEditingFormula() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
isEditingFormula() [virtual]
Does the edit buffer contain a formula? This is determined by the presence of
operators in the first character of the string, or @ followed by a letter
(meaning a function name).
Returns 1 if editing a formula, 0 otherwise.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.4.2.10. MEditView::rightOfOperator() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
rightOfOperator(const char *, int) [virtual]
const char *
int
Is the cursor immediately to the right of an operator such as +, -, (, etc.?
This method is used by MEditView::isCellSelectOK() to determine the behavior
of arrow keys within the edit view.
Returns 1 if cursor is to the right of an operator, 0 otherwise.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.4.3. Changing values in an MEditView instance ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
Open the Contents view and expand this section to see a list of methods.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.4.3.1. MEditView::setCurLayer() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setCurLayer(int i) [virtual]
int i
Informs the edit view that the currently selected layer is i. This controls
how the edit view handles creating range references and similar activities
(see MEditView::toggleAbsolute()); it does not change the actual selection
within the model.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.4.3.2. MEditView::setIsEditing() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setIsEditing() [virtual]
Sets ISEDITING flag and stores the current edit string for backup purposes.
void
setIsEditing(int i) [virtual]
int i New value for ISEDITING (should be 0 or 1)
Sets ISEDITING flag to i.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.4.4. Handling keyboard input to the edit view ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
Open the Contents view and expand this section to see a list of methods.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.4.4.1. MEditView::editGetDoSomething() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
editGetDoSomething(int, int)
int Character entered
int Key flags set (Ctrl, Alt, etc.)
Determines whether the key-combination entered requires special processing.
Returns 1 if it requires special processing, 0 otherwise.
static int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.4.4.2. MEditView::handleKey() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
handleKey(int, int) [virtual]
int Character entered
int Key flags set (Ctrl, Alt, etc.)
Processes a keystroke. Normal characters are entered at the current position
(replacing the current selection if any); some special characters perform
special functions within the edit view (changing the value of arguments,
selecting regions of text, etc.).
Returns 0 if the key has been handled, 1 otherwise.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.4.5. Handling mouse input to the edit view ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
Open the Contents view and expand this section to see a list of methods.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.4.5.1. MEditView::mouse1Down() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
mouse1Down(const MPoint *, int, int &) [virtual]
const MPoint * Point at which mouse was depressed
int Key flags at that point (Ctrl, Alt, etc)
int & Was it handled? 1 for yes, 0 for no.
Translates the mouse position into a character position within the string, and
sets the edit-view cursor to to that position.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.4.5.2. MEditView::mouse1MotionEnd() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
mouse1MotionEnd(int &) [virtual]
int & Unused
Turns off the ISSELECTING flag.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.4.5.3. MEditView::mouse1MotionStart() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
mouse1MotionStart(int &) [virtual]
int & Was it handled? Will always be no.
Sets the ISSELECTING flag, indicating that a range of characters in the edit
view is currently being selected. Sets the first character of the selection
(the anchor character) to the character where the mouse was initially pressed
(see MEditView::mouse1MotionStart()), and updates the window.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.4.5.4. MEditView::mouse1Up() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
mouse1Up(const MPoint *, int, int &) [virtual]
const MPoint * Point at which mouse was depressed
int Key flags at that point
int & Was it handled? 1 for yes, 0 for no.
If ISSELECTING is set, passes a mouse1MotionEnd() method to the instance.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.4.5.5. MEditView::winButton1Click() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
winButton1Click(HWND, ULONG, MPARAM, MPARAM, int &) [virtual]
HWND Window handle
ULONG Message
MPARAM Parameter 1
MPARAM Parameter 2
int & Was it processed? 1 for yes, 0 for no. (If no, then it will be
passed to default window handler.)
Selects the character pointed at by the mouse.
MRESULT
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.4.5.6. MEditView::winButton1DoubleClick() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
winButton1DoubleClick(HWND, ULONG, MPARAM, MPARAM, int &) [virtual]
HWND Window handle
ULONG Message
MPARAM Parameter 1
MPARAM Parameter 2
int & Was it processed? 1 for yes, 0 for no. (If no, then it will be
passed to default window handler.)
Selects the word pointed at by the mouse.
MRESULT
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.4.5.7. MEditView::winChord() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
winChord(HWND, ULONG, MPARAM, MPARAM, int &) [virtual]
HWND
ULONG
MPARAM
MPARAM
int &
Selects the entire edit-view string.
MRESULT
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.4.5.8. MEditView::winMouseMove() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
winMouseMove(HWND, ULONG, MPARAM, MPARAM, int &) [virtual]
HWND Window handle
ULONG Message
MPARAM Parameter 1
MPARAM Parameter 2
int & Was it processed? 1 for yes, 0 for no. (If no, then it will be
passed to default window handler.)
If ISSELECTING is set, then the selection is reset to include the characters
between the initial mouse-click location and the current mouse location.
MRESULT
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.4.6. Selecting characters in the edit view ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
Open the Contents view and expand this section to see a list of methods.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.4.6.1. MEditView::selectArgs() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
selectArgs(int startPoint, int len) [virtual]
int startPoint Offset from first character in edit-view string
int len Maximum number of characters to select
Finds and selects the argument list in the edit-view string after startPoint
character of the edit-view string. If the argument list is more than len
characters, nothing is selected. This method is used, for example, when a
function is inserted into the edit view through the Formula Builder in Mesa.
For example, if the edit view string is =INT(SQRT(LOG10(A5))), then
selectArgs(2,20) will select the substring SQRT(LOG10(A5)), selectArgs(8,20)
will select the substring LOG10(A5), and selectArgs(12,20) will select the
substring A5.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.4.6.2. MEditView::selectRange() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
selectRange(int, int, int) [virtual]
int Start of selection
int End of selection
int Position to make visible
Sets the current selection, and scrolls the window (if necessary) to make the
specified position visible.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.4.6.3. MEditView::selectText() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
selectText() [virtual]
Selects the entire text of the edit buffer.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.4.6.4. MEditView::setEditRange() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setEditRange(int, int, int=0) [virtual]
int Start of selection
int End of selection
int = 0 Unused.
Sets the start and end characters of the current selection within the edit
view.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.4.7. Writing selected characters to clipboard ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
Open the Contents view and expand this section to see a list of methods.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.4.7.1. MEditView::copyToClipboard() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
copyToClipboard(MClipStream *) [virtual]
MClipStream * Clipboard output stream
Writes the contents of the current selection to the clipboard.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.4.8. Controlling the appearance of the edit view ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
Open the Contents view and expand this section to see a list of methods.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.4.8.1. MEditView::drawSelf() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
drawSelf(MDraw *, const MRect *) [virtual]
MDraw * Region to draw into
const MRect * Clipping rectangle
Draws the contents of the edit window and highlights the selected area.
Always returns 1 (see MWindow::drawSelf()).
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.4.8.2. MEditView::scrollToVisible() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
scrollToVisible(int) [virtual]
int Position of first character to make visible. -1 means make visible
from beginning.
Modifies the offset value to ensure that the given character position is
visible on the screen.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.4.8.3. MEditView::setFont() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setFont(const MFont *) [virtual]
const MFont * New font
Changes the display font of the edit view.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.4.8.4. MEditView::winPing() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
winPing(HWND, MPARAM, MPARAM) [virtual]
HWND Unused
MPARAM Unused
MPARAM Unused
If ISSELECTING is not set, updates the window.
Starts another ping to repeat the process (see MEditView::setUp()).
Always returns 1.
MRESULT
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.4.9. Editing characters in the edit view ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
Open the Contents view and expand this section to see a list of methods.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.4.9.1. MEditView::insertAtStart() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
insertAtStart(const char *) [virtual]
const char * Input string
Replaces the current selection within the edit string (if any) with the given
input string. (Compare with MEditView::insertRefAtStart().)
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.4.9.2. MEditView::insertRefAtStart() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
insertRefAtStart(const char *) [virtual]
const char * Input string
Replaces the current selection within the edit string (if any) with the given
input string, adding other characters as well based on the characters in the
edit string before the current selection. (Compare with
MEditView::insertAtStart().)
If the cursor location is between a pair of parentheses and not preceded by a
comma, then a comma is inserted before the input string (thereby treating the
input string as the next argument within the parentheses).
If the cursor location is preceded by a quotation mark then an ampersand is
inserted before the input string (thereby treating the input string as string
to be concatenated with the preceding string).
Otherwise, the input string is preceded by a plus sign.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.4.9.3. MEditView::removeSelection() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
removeSelection() [virtual]
Deletes the currently selected characters from the edit buffer.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.4.9.4. MEditView::pasteInto() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
pasteInto(MClipStream *) [virtual]
MClipStream * The input stream.
Places the contents of the clipboard (if Mesa 2 or ASCII format) into the edit
string at the current selection point, replacing the currently selected
characters (if any).
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.4.9.5. MEditView::setString() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setString(const char *) [virtual]
const char * String to store in edit buffer
Changes the string in the edit buffer to the string passed in, resets the
selection, and updates the window.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.4.9.6. MEditView::toggleAbsolute() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
toggleAbsolute() [virtual]
If the current region selected within the edit view is a range reference (e.g.;
A1:D5) or a cell reference (e.g.; B7), or if there is no region selected but
the cursor is within a range or cell reference, then the reference is cycled
through the various combinations of absolute and relative status (see MAddress)
in the following order:
all relative
absolute row
absolute column
absolute row and column
absolute layer
absolute row and layer
absolute column and layer
all absolute
If no layer reference is included in the string, then the current layer is used
(see MEditView::getCurLayer()).
This method is generally associated with the F4 key within Mesa.
For example, if the currently selected region is the substring D5 and the
current layer is 3, repeated uses of toggleAbsolute() will replace the
substring with D$5, $D5, $D$5, [$D]D5, [$D]D$5, [$D]$D5, [$D]$D$5, [D]D5. (Note
that at the end of the cycle, an explicit relative layer reference has been
added (that is, D5 has changed to [D]D5). This has no real effect, since the D5
syntax includes an implicit relative reference to the current layer, and the
two strings are parsed equivalently.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.4.10. Undoing and redoing edits ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
Open the Contents view and expand this section to see a list of methods.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.4.10.1. MEditView::undo() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
undo() [virtual]
Restores the value of the edit string from the undo buffer, selects the entire
string, and sets the JUSTUNDID flag.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.4.10.2. MEditView::redo() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
redo() [virtual]
Replaces the current edit string with the contents of a temporary "undo" buffer
(see MEditView::undo()). Also places the current edit string contents in the
undo buffer.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.5. MException ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
exception.h is the source file for this class.
Stores an application-defined error. Can be expanded to include warnings and
other kinds of exceptions.
Your application's controller should implement some method for dealing with or
displaying MExceptions, such as redirecting them to an output file or
displaying their contents in a message box (see
MGController::displayException()=0).
Each MException holds an error code and an associated error string (see "Error
constants"). It also contains an optional list of warnings and an optional list
of error-location values (values relating to the location at which an error
occured) which are not currently used for anything, but can be set and read
from within your application.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.5.1. Creating, destroying, and initializing an MException instance ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
Open the Contents view and expand this section to see a list of methods.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.5.1.1. MException::MException() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
MException()
Initializes the exception.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.5.1.2. MException::~MException() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
~MException()
Destroys the exception.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.5.1.3. MException::_init() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
_init()
Initializes the exception.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.5.1.4. MException::_destroy() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
_destroy()
Releases any warnings, error messages, etc., before destroying the exception.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.5.2. Retrieving information about an MException instance ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
Open the Contents view and expand this section to see a list of methods.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.5.2.1. MException::getError() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getError() const
If there is no error in this exception, returns noError (see "Error
constants"); otherwise, returns the error code.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.5.2.2. MException::getErrorPlaces() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getErrorPlaces(int i) const
int i Index into error-locations list
Returns the given error-location value (see MException).
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.5.2.3. MException::getErrorText() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getErrorText() const
Returns the error string (see "Error constants").
char *
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.5.2.4. MException::getWarning() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getWarning(int) const
int Index into warnings list
Returns the given warning ID (see MException).
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.5.2.5. MException::getWarningCnt() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getWarningCnt() const
Returns size of warnings list.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.5.2.6. MException::getWarningText() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getWarningText(int) const
int Index into warnings list
Returns the given warning text.
char *
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.5.2.7. MException::isError() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
isError() const
If there is no error in this exception, returns noError (see "Error
constants"); otherwise, returns the error code.
Identical to MException::isError().
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.5.3. Changing values in an MException instance ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
Open the Contents view and expand this section to see a list of methods.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.5.3.1. MException::addWarning() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
addWarning(int, const char * = (const char *) NULL)
int Warning ID
const char * Warning text. Defaults to NULL pointer.
Adds warning to the warning list.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.5.3.2. MException::setError() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setError(int, const char * = (const char *) NULL)
int Error ID
const char * Error message. Defaults to NULL pointer.
Sets the error ID and text of the current exception.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.5.3.3. MException::setErrorPlaces() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setErrorPlaces(int, int)
int i Index to error-locations list
int value Error-location value
Sets the given element of the error-locations list to value.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.5.3.4. MException::setOSError() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setOSError(int)
int Error ID
Sets the error value to one of a set of operating-system-specific error
messages (see "Error constants"), and the error text to NULL. (Compare with
MException::setError().)
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.5.3.5. MException::setRexxError() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setRexxError(int)
int Error ID
Sets the error value to one of a set of REXX-specific error messages (see
"Error constants") and the error text to NULL. (Compare with
MException::setError().)
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.6. MFileStream ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
filestream.h is the source file for this class.
This class inherits from MStream
Abstracts the OS/2 file system and allows data to be written to or read from
disk.
Each MFileStream instance keeps track of its current position within the file
and maintains a local cache buffer for faster file handling. It also keeps
track of whether it is an input stream (MSTREAM_READ) or an output stream
(MSTREAM_WRITE).
Like all other MStream subclasses, it also keeps track of current and
next-element stream positions, allocates storage for any errors that may occur,
and maintains a version number. For more information, see "MStream".
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.6.1. Creating, destroying, and initializing an MFileStream instance ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
Open the Contents view and expand this section to see a list of methods.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.6.1.1. MFileStream::MFileStream() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
MFileStream(int, const char *)
int Stream type (MSTREAM_READ or MSTREAM_WRITE)
const char * File name associated with the stream.
Creates an MFileStream instance variable of a given type, and associates it
with the given filename.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.6.1.2. MFileStream::~MFileStream() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
~MFileStream() [virtual]
Closes the associated file and frees all allocated resources. If file-system
errors are encountered the appropriate error ID is placed in the exception
handler.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.6.2. Reading and writing the file ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
Open the Contents view and expand this section to see a list of methods.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.6.2.1. MFileStream::read()=0 ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
read(void *, int numBytes) = 0 [virtual]
void * Pointer to storage buffer
int numBytes Number of bytes to be read into buffer.
Attempts to read numBytes bytes from the file into the given storage buffer.
Returns actual number of bytes read.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.6.2.2. MFileStream::write() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
write(const void *, int) [virtual]
const void *buf Buffer containing bytes to output
int N Number of bytes to write
Writes N bytes from buf to the associated file.
For performance reasons, write() will simply edit the contents of the local
cache if N does not exceed the cache size.
Returns actual number of bytes written.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.6.3. Setting file attributes ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
Open the Contents view and expand this section to see a list of methods.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.6.3.1. MFileStream::setAttributes() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setAttributes(const char *fileType) [virtual]
const char *fileType Type of file, in null-terminated string format
Sets the OS/2 extended-attribute .TYPE parameter to fileType.
For example, setAttributes("123 DOS Spreadsheet") will set the
extended-attribute .TYPE parameter of the associated file to 123 DOS
Spreadsheet (the Lotus(TM) .WK1 format), and setAttributes("Mesa Workbook
File") will set the extended-attribute .TYPE parameter of the associated file
to MesaWorkbook File (the Mesa(TM) .M2 format).
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.6.3.2. MFileStream::setMesaAttributes() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setMesaAttributes() [virtual]
Sets the OS/2 extended-attribute .TYPE parameter to Mesa Workbook File.
(Compare with MFileStream::setAttributes().)
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.6.4. Querying the file ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
Open the Contents view and expand this section to see a list of methods.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.6.4.1. MFileStream::isEOF() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
isEOF() [virtual]
Returns 1 if the current file position is the end of the file, 0 otherwise.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.6.4.2. MFileStream::getPos() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getPos() [virtual]
Returns the current file position.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.6.5. Navigating within the stream ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
Open the Contents view and expand this section to see a list of methods.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.6.5.1. MFileStream::getStreamLen() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getStreamLen() [virtual]
Returns the length of the stream.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.6.5.2. MFileStream::seek() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
seek(int newPos) [virtual]
int newPos New file position
Sets the current file position to newPos.
Returns new file position.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.6.6. Related Function: ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
Open the Contents view and expand this section to see a list of methods.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.6.6.1. MFileStream::makeBackup() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
makeBackup(const char *, const char *)
const char * Filename
const char * Extension
Makes a backup of the given filename by creating a duplicate, deleting the
file, and renaming the given file to the backup name. The default backup
extension is M2B.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.7. MFont ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
font.h is the source file for this class.
Stores font family, size, and typeface information for a single font instance.
Each model maintains an MFont array representing the font/size/typeface
combinations that have been used within the model. Generally speaking, methods
that deal with fonts can accept an integer index into the MFont array. For more
information, see "MMesaModel contents".
Each MFont instance stores a font name, like "Helvetica bold italic", and a
font size (in points).
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.7.1. Creating, destroying, and initializing an MFont instance ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
Open the Contents view and expand this section to see a list of methods.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.7.1.1. MFont::free() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
free()
Releases all allocated resources, such as the font name.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.7.1.2. MFont::init() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
init()
Initializes the MFont instance to the default font (12.Helv).
void
init(MStream *st)
MStream *st Input stream
Initializes the MFont instance to values read from st (see MStream).
void
init(const MFont *font)
const MFont *font Font to initialize from
Initializes the MFont instance to values read from font.
void
init(const char *)
const char * OS/2 font name
Initialize the MFont instance from an OS/2 format font specifier (i.e.
"8.Helv").
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.7.2. Retrieving information about an MFont instance ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
Open the Contents view and expand this section to see a list of methods.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.7.2.1. MFont::getName() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getName() const
Returns font name.
const char *
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.7.2.2. MFont::getSize() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getSize() const
Returns font size (in points).
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.7.2.3. MFont::getSystemName() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getSystemName(char * buf)
char *buf Storage location
Loads font name and size into buf, in OS/2 font specifier format (e.g.;
"8.Helv").
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.7.2.4. MFont::isBold() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
isBold()
A font is bold if it has " bold" in its name.
Returns 1 if the font is bold, 0 otherwise.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.7.2.5. MFont::isItalic() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
isItalic()
A font is italic if it has " italic" in its name.
Returns 1 if the font is italic, 0 otherwise.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.7.3. Changing values in an MFont instance ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
Open the Contents view and expand this section to see a list of methods.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.7.3.1. MFont::makeBold() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
makeBold(int)
int Make bold or unbold? 1 for bold, 0 for normal
Forces font to bold (if 1) or normal weight (if 0).
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.7.3.2. MFont::makeItalic() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
makeItalic(int)
int Make italic or normal? 1 for italic, 0 for normal
Forces font to italic (if 1) or normal angle (if 0).
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.7.3.3. MFont::makePlain() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
makePlain(int)
int Not currently used.
Removes bold and italic attributes from the current font.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.7.3.4. MFont::setName() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setName(const char *)
const char * New font name
Sets the font name to the value passed in.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.7.3.5. MFont::setSize() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setSize(int)
int New size value
Sets the font size to the value passed in.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.7.4. Outputting an MFont instance ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
Open the Contents view and expand this section to see a list of methods.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.7.4.1. MFont::write() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
write(MStream *st) const
MStream *st Output stream
Outputs the values of the font instance to st (see MStream).
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.7.5. MFont operators ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
Open the Contents view and expand this section to see a list of methods.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.7.5.1. MFont::operator=() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
operator=(const MFont &)
const MFont & MFont instance to assign to
Sets the current instance equal to the MFont passed in.
Returns current MFont instance.
MFont &
operator=(const MFont *)
const MFont * MFont instance to assign to
Sets the current instance equal to the MFont passed in.
Returns current MFont instance.
MFont &
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.7.5.2. MFont::operator==() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
operator==(const MFont &f) const
const MFont & MFont instance to compare to
Returns 1 if the two fonts have the same size and font name; 0 otherwise.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.8. MFormat ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
format.h is the source file for this class.
Stores formatting information that controls how a cell's contents are
displayed.
Each Mesa model contains an array of known formats, and whenever a new
formatting combination is created, an associated MFormat instance is created
and added to that list. Each cell in a model contains an index into that list,
which is used to determine how the cell is displayed. For more information, see
"MMesaModel".
Among the bits of information stored within an MFormat instance are:
display format ID, degree of precision, and hidden status (see "Display
format constants")
vertical and horizontal alignment (see "Alignment constants")
input protection status (see "Input type constants")
colors of text and background (see MColor), including clear vs. opaque
background
A format can contain either a clear background or an opaque background.
The distinction is usually irrelevant; however, if a cell containing a
clear background is displayed above some other object (e.g.; a graph),
then the other object can be seen underneath it. If the cell contains an
opaque background, the other object cannot be seen.
colors and widths of borders (see "Border constants")
font, typeface, and size (see MFont)
underlining
Additionally, each piece of information has a merge flag associated with it.
In general, to alter the properties of an existing MFormat instance, you first
create a new MFormat instance with the values you want to change, set the
merge flags for those properties, then merge the new instance into the
existing instance through MFormat::mergeFormat().
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.8.1. Creating, destroying, and initializing an MFormat instance ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
Open the Contents view and expand this section to see a list of methods.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.8.1.1. MFormat::free() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
free()
Releases all allocated resources.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.8.1.2. MFormat::init() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
init()
Initializes the instance to appropriate default values.
void
init(const MFormat *fm)
const MFormat *fm An existing MFormat instance from which to initialize
Initializes the instance with values from fm.
void
init(MStream *st)
MStream *st Input stream.
Initializes the instance with values from st (see MStream).
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.8.2. Retrieving information about an MFormat instance ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
Open the Contents view and expand this section to see a list of methods.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.8.2.1. MFormat::getAlignment() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getAlignment() const
Returns horizontal alignment (see "Alignment constants").
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.8.2.2. MFormat::getBkgColor() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getBkgColor() const
Returns background color (see MColor).
MColor
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.8.2.3. MFormat::getBorder() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getBorder(int) const
int Which border?
Returns width of the given border (see "Border constants"), in pixels.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.8.2.4. MFormat::getBorderColor() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getBorderColor(int) const
int Which border?
Returns color of the given border (see "Border constants").
MColor
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.8.2.5. MFormat::getClearBkg() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getClearBkg() const
Returns 1 if the background is clear, 0 otherwise.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.8.2.6. MFormat::getFont() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getFont() const
Returns an index into the MFont array maintained by the model, indicating the
font/typeface/size of the current format. For more information, see "MFont".
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.8.2.7. MFormat::getFormat() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getFormat() const
Returns the display format ID (eg; dateYYMMDDFormat, timeHM24Format, etc.). For
more information, see "Display format constants".
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.8.2.8. MFormat::getFormatSansPrec() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getFormatSansPrec() const
Returns display format specifier, consolidating numeric formats. For more
information, see "Display format constants".
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.8.2.9. MFormat::getHidden() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getHidden() const
Returns 1 if the format is hidden, 0 otherwise. For more information, see
"Display format constants".
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.8.2.10. MFormat::getInputType() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getInputType() const
Returns input type specifier, which determines what kind of values can be
entered. For more information, see "Input type constants".
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.8.2.11. MFormat::getPrecision() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getPrecision() const
Returns degree of precision (see "Display format constants").
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.8.2.12. MFormat::getProtected() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getProtected() const
Returns 1 if the format is protected, 0 otherwise (see "Input type constants").
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.8.2.13. MFormat::getTextColor() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getTextColor() const
Returns color of text display.
MColor
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.8.2.14. MFormat::getUnderline() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getUnderline() const
Returns underline setting (see "Underline constants").
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.8.2.15. MFormat::getVertAlign() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getVertAlign() const
Returns vertical alignment (see "Alignment constants").
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.8.2.16. MFormat::getWrap() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getWrap() const
Returns 1 if word-wrapping is enabled, 0 otherwise (see "Alignment constants").
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.8.2.17. MFormat::hasBorders() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
hasBorders() const
Returns 1 if any borders are set to non-zero widths; 0 otherwise.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.8.3. Retrieving merge flags from an MFormat instance ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
Open the Contents view and expand this section to see a list of methods.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.8.3.1. MFormat::getMergeAlignment() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getMergeAlignment() const
Returns 1 if the merge operation will include the horizontal alignment, 0
otherwise.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.8.3.2. MFormat::getMergeBkgColor() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getMergeBkgColor() const
Returns 1 if the merge operation will include the background color, 0
otherwise.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.8.3.3. MFormat::getMergeBorder1() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getMergeBorder1() const
Returns 1 if the merge operation will include left border width, 0 otherwise.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.8.3.4. MFormat::getMergeBorder2() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getMergeBorder2() const
Returns 1 if the merge operation will include right border width, 0 otherwise.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.8.3.5. MFormat::getMergeBorder3() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getMergeBorder3() const
Returns 1 if the merge operation will include top border width, 0 otherwise.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.8.3.6. MFormat::getMergeBorder4() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getMergeBorder4() const
Returns 1 if the merge operation will include bottom border width, 0 otherwise.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.8.3.7. MFormat::getMergeBorderColor1() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getMergeBorderColor1() const
Returns 1 if the merge operation will include left border color, 0 otherwise.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.8.3.8. MFormat::getMergeBorderColor2() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getMergeBorderColor2() const
Returns 1 if the merge operation will include right border color, 0 otherwise.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.8.3.9. MFormat::getMergeBorderColor3() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getMergeBorderColor3() const
Returns 1 if the merge operation will include top border color, 0 otherwise.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.8.3.10. MFormat::getMergeBorderColor4() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getMergeBorderColor4() const
Returns 1 if the merge operation will include bottom border color, 0 otherwise.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.8.3.11. MFormat::getMergeFont() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getMergeFont() const
Returns 1 if the merge operation will include the font, 0 otherwise.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.8.3.12. MFormat::getMergeFormat() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getMergeFormat() const
Returns 1 if the merge operation will include the display format ID, 0
otherwise.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.8.3.13. MFormat::getMergeHidden() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getMergeHidden() const
Returns 1 if the merge operation will include the hidden status, 0 otherwise.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.8.3.14. MFormat::getMergeInputType() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getMergeInputType() const
Returns 1 if the merge operation will include the input type, 0 otherwise.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.8.3.15. MFormat::getMergePrecision() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getMergePrecision() const
Returns 1 if the merge operation will include the precision status, 0
otherwise.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.8.3.16. MFormat::getMergeProtected() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getMergeProtected() const
Returns 1 if the merge operation will include the protected status, 0
otherwise.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.8.3.17. MFormat::getMergeTextColor() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getMergeTextColor() const
Returns 1 if the merge operation will include the text color, 0 otherwise.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.8.3.18. MFormat::getMergeScriptOnInput() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getMergeScriptOnInput() const
Returns 1 if the merge operation will include the script to run on user-input,
0 otherwise.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.8.3.19. MFormat::getMergeUnderline() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getMergeUnderline() const
Returns 1 if the merge operation will include the underline status, 0
otherwise.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.8.3.20. MFormat::getMergeVertAlign() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getMergeVertAlign() const
Returns 1 if the merge operation will include the vertical alignment status, 0
otherwise.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.8.3.21. MFormat::getMergeWrap() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getMergeWrap() const
Returns 1 if the merge operation will include the word-wrap status, 0
otherwise.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.8.4. Setting merge flags in an MFormat instance ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
Open the Contents view and expand this section to see a list of methods.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.8.4.1. MFormat::setMergeAlignment() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setMergeAlignment(int i)
int i 1 to merge, 0 to not merge
Sets the merge flag for horizontal alignment.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.8.4.2. MFormat::setMergeBkgColor() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setMergeBkgColor(int i)
int i 1 to merge, 0 to not merge
Sets the merge flag for background color.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.8.4.3. MFormat::setMergeBorder1() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setMergeBorder1(int i)
int i 1 to merge, 0 to not merge
Sets the merge flag for the left border width.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.8.4.4. MFormat::setMergeBorder2() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setMergeBorder2(int i)
int i 1 to merge, 0 to not merge
Sets the merge flag for the right border width.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.8.4.5. MFormat::setMergeBorder3() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setMergeBorder3(int i)
int i 1 to merge, 0 to not merge
Sets the merge flag for the top border width.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.8.4.6. MFormat::setMergeBorder4() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setMergeBorder4(int i)
int i 1 to merge, 0 to not merge
Sets the merge flag for the bottom border width.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.8.4.7. MFormat::setMergeBorderColor1() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setMergeBorderColor1(int i)
int i 1 to merge, 0 to not merge
Sets the merge flag for the left border color.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.8.4.8. MFormat::setMergeBorderColor2() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setMergeBorderColor2(int i)
int i 1 to merge, 0 to not merge
Sets the merge flag for the right border color.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.8.4.9. MFormat::setMergeBorderColor3() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setMergeBorderColor3(int i)
int i 1 to merge, 0 to not merge
Sets the merge flag for the top border color.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.8.4.10. MFormat::setMergeBorderColor4() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setMergeBorderColor4(int i)
int i 1 to merge, 0 to not merge
Sets the merge flag for the bottom border color.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.8.4.11. MFormat::setMergeFont() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setMergeFont(int i)
int i 1 to merge, 0 to not merge
Sets the merge flag for the font.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.8.4.12. MFormat::setMergeFormat() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setMergeFormat(int i)
int i 1 to merge, 0 to not merge
Sets the merge flag for the display format ID.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.8.4.13. MFormat::setMergeHidden() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setMergeHidden(int i)
int i 1 to merge, 0 to not merge
Sets the merge flag for hidden status.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.8.4.14. MFormat::setMergeInputType() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setMergeInputType(int i)
int i 1 to merge, 0 to not merge
Sets the merge flag for input type.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.8.4.15. MFormat::setMergePrecision() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setMergePrecision(int i)
int i 1 to merge, 0 to not merge
Sets the merge flag for precision.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.8.4.16. MFormat::setMergeProtected() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setMergeProtected(int i)
int i 1 to merge, 0 to not merge
Sets the merge flag for protected status.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.8.4.17. MFormat::setMergeTextColor() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setMergeTextColor(int i)
int i 1 to merge, 0 to not merge
Sets the merge flag for text color.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.8.4.18. MFormat::setMergeUnderline() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setMergeUnderline(int i)
int i 1 to merge, 0 to not merge
Sets the merge flag for underline setting.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.8.4.19. MFormat::setMergeVertAlign() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setMergeVertAlign(int i)
int i 1 to merge, 0 to not merge
Sets the merge flag for vertical alignment.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.8.4.20. MFormat::setMergeWrap() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setMergeWrap(int i)
int i 1 to merge, 0 to not merge
Sets the merge flag for word-wrapping status.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.8.5. Changing values in an MFormat instance ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
Open the Contents view and expand this section to see a list of methods.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.8.5.1. MFormat::mergeFormat() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
mergeFormat(const MFormat &fm)
const MFormat &fm Source MFormat instance to be merged into current
instance
Sets some, though not all, of the properties of the current MFormat instance
to the values of those properties within fm. Only those properties for which
the associated merge flag has been set in fm are changed.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.8.5.2. MFormat::setAlignment() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setAlignment(int)
int New horizontal alignment.
Sets horizontal alignment (see "Alignment constants").
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.8.5.3. MFormat::setBkgColor() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setBkgColor(int)
int Color constant
Sets background to the given color (see "Color constants").
void
setBkgColor(MColor)
MColor MColor instance
Sets background color identical to the given MColor (see MColor).
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.8.5.4. MFormat::setBorder() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setBorder(int, int)
int Which border?
int Size of border
Sets the given border to the given width (see "Border constants").
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.8.5.5. MFormat::setBorderColor() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setBorderColor(int, MColor)
int Which border
MColor New color
Sets the given border to the given color (see "Border constants").
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.8.5.6. MFormat::setClearBkg() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setClearBkg(int clr)
int clr Clear (1) or opaque (0)?
Sets the background clear or opaque based on the value of clr.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.8.5.7. MFormat::setFont() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setFont(int N)
int N Index into MFont array
Sets the font to the Nth item in the model's MFont array. For more
information, see "MFont".
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.8.5.8. MFormat::setFormat() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setFormat(const char *, int)
const char * Name of new display format
int New precision
Looks up the display format ID for the named display format, and sets the
display and precision accordingly (see "Display format constants"). Returns 1
if the named display format actually exists, 0 otherwise.
int
setFormat(int)
int New display format ID
Sets the display format ID and precision to the values passed in (see "Display
format constants").
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.8.5.9. MFormat::setHidden() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setHidden(int)
int New hidden status (TRUE for hidden, FALSE for unhidden)
Sets hidden status (see "Display format constants").
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.8.5.10. MFormat::setInputType() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setInputType(int)
int New input type
Sets input type (see "Input type constants").
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.8.5.11. MFormat::setPrecision() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setPrecision(int)
int New precision
Sets precision (see "Display format constants").
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.8.5.12. MFormat::setProtected() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setProtected(int)
int 1 for protected, 0 for unprotected.
Sets protection status (see "Input type constants").
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.8.5.13. MFormat::setTextColor() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setTextColor(int col)
int col New color for text
Sets the text color to col, where col is a packed data structure of the form
r<<16 + g <<8 + b.
void
setTextColor(MColor)
MColor New MColor instance for text
Sets the text color to the value passed in.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.8.5.14. MFormat::setUnderline() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setUnderline(int)
int New underline value
Sets underline setting to the value passed in (see "Underline constants").
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.8.5.15. MFormat::setVertAlign() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setVertAlign(int)
int New vertical alignment setting
Sets vertical alignment (see "Alignment constants").
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.8.5.16. MFormat::setWrap() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setWrap(int)
int 1 for word-wrap, 0 for no word-wrap
Turns word-wrapping on or off.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.8.6. Outputting an MFormat instance ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
Open the Contents view and expand this section to see a list of methods.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.8.6.1. MFormat::write() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
write(MStream *st)
MStream *st Output stream
Outputs the format to st (see MStream).
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.8.7. MFormat operators ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
Open the Contents view and expand this section to see a list of methods.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.8.7.1. MFormat::operator==() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
operator==(const MFormat &mf) const
const MFormat & MFormat instance to compare to
Returns 1 if all properties of the two formats are identical, 0 otherwise.
Ignores merge flags.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9. MFrameXfer ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
xfer.h is the source file for this class.
This class inherits from MObject
Stores information about a Mesa graphic object (for example, a graph or a
geometric shape),otherwise known as a frame.
Mesa frames are represented by some subclass of MFrame, and each model
maintains a list of existing frames (see MMesaModel). An MFrameXfer instance is
used to query the properties of an existing frame by means of various accessor
member functions. It can also be merged with an existing frame, thereby
altering the frame's properties. MFrameXfer is almost completely made up of
accessor and initializer member functions.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.1. Contents of a frame ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
Open the Contents view and expand this section to see a list of methods.
Each frame can contain the following information, which can be accessed and
altered through an MFrameXfer instance:
Frame type (see "Frame constants")
Name
Each frame is automatically named "Graph #" when it is created, where #
is the next available number. That is, the first three frames created
within a model will be automatically named "Graph 1", "Graph 2", and
"Graph 3".
Location and size (see MRect)
Z-order - if multiple frames overlap one another, which one is drawn on
top?
Border width and color (if a graph, border width also controls several
other line widths)
Background color (see MColor)
Anchor cell (every frame is associated with a single cell in the model;
A1 by default)
Should the frame execute a REXX script when selected? If so, what's the
script?
If the frame is a graph, the following additional data is available:
The range being graphed, its orientation (see "Graph orientation
constants"), how many X axes it contains (single or multiple), and
whether it contains headings as well as data.
What color are the axes?
Note that while many axis elements are controllable separately for the X
and Y axis (see below), the two axes are treated as a single element for
color and font purposes.
How many graph elements (e.g.; columns) are there to draw?
Should a legend be drawn? If so, where (see "Graph legend constants"),
and what should it look like (foreground and background color, font,
etc.)?
Should a title and/or subtitle be included? If so, what should they look
like (colors, fonts, etc.)?
If a line or scatter graph, should the lines be drawn, or just the
points, or both?
Widths of bars and columns
If the graph contains axes (e.g; a bar graph), the following additional data
is available for each axis:
Does it have a title? If so, what should it look like (foreground and
background color, font, etc.)?
Where is it located (e.g.; is the Y axis at the left, the right, or the
zero-point of the X axis)?
What are the sizes and locations of ticks on this axis?
Each axis contains major ticks and minor ticks, the length and alignment
of which is user-customizable, and the location of which is derived from
the data being graphed.
Are there gridlines drawn from the ticks on this axis? If so, from which
ticks and in what color?
What are the minimum and maximum values that appear on the axis? Is it
linear or logarythmic?
Where are the axis labels drawn from? What should they look like
(rotation, display format, etc.)?
If the frame is a three-dimensional graph, the following additional data is
available:
Background color for the three-dimensional "wall".
Should the graph elements be drawn in solid colors or as "wire frame"
outlines?
Additionally, every MFrameXfer instance contains a merge flag for each of the
abovementioned properties, which controls whether or not that property is
changed when an MFrameXfer instance is merged with an MFrame instance.
Whenever the value of an MFrameXfer property is set, the merge flag for that
property is also set.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.2. Creating, destroying, and initializing an MFrameXfer instance ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
Open the Contents view and expand this section to see a list of methods.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.2.1. MFrameXfer::MFrameXfer() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
MFrameXfer(MStream *st)
MStream *st Input stream
Creates a new MFrameXfer instance with values read from st (see MStream).
void
MFrameXfer()
Creates a new MFrameXfer instance with default values.
void
MFrameXfer(const MFrameXfer *)
const MFrameXfer *
Creates a new MFrameXfer instance with values read from the instance passed
in.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.2.2. MFrameXfer::~MFrameXfer() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
~MFrameXfer() [virtual]
Destroys the instance and frees all allocated resources.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.3. Identifying the frame type ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
Open the Contents view and expand this section to see a list of methods.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.3.1. MFrameXfer::getFrameClass() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getFrameClass() const [virtual]
Returns the type of frame (see "Frame constants").
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.3.2. MFrameXfer::isChartClass() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
isChartClass() const [virtual]
Returns 1 if the frame is a graph, 0 otherwise (see "Frame constants").
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.3.3. MFrameXfer::isImageClass() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
isImageClass() const [virtual]
Returns 1 if the frame is an imported bitmap, 0 otherwise (see "Frame
constants").
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.3.4. MFrameXfer::isShapeClass() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
isShapeClass() const [virtual]
Returns 1 if the frame is a shape, 0 otherwise (see "Frame constants").
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.4. Setting the frame type ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
Open the Contents view and expand this section to see a list of methods.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.4.1. MFrameXfer::setFrameClass() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setFrameClass(int i) [virtual]
int i
Sets the type of frame (see "Frame constants").
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.5. Retrieving general information about a generic frame ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
Open the Contents view and expand this section to see a list of methods.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.5.1. MFrameXfer::getAnchor() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getAnchor() const [virtual]
Returns address of the anchor cell.
const MAddress *
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.5.2. MFrameXfer::getBkgColor() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getBkgColor() const [virtual]
Returns background color of the frame.
const MColor *
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.5.3. MFrameXfer::getBorderCol() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getBorderCol() const [virtual]
Returns border color of the frame.
const MColor *
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.5.4. MFrameXfer::getFrameColor() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getFrameColor() const [virtual]
Returns foreground color of the frame.
const MColor *
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.5.5. MFrameXfer::getName() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getName() const [virtual]
Returns the name of the frame.
const char *
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.5.6. MFrameXfer::getPos() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getPos() const [virtual]
Returns the location and size of the frame.
const MRect *
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.5.7. MFrameXfer::getScript() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getScript() const [virtual]
Returns the text of the REXX script to be executed.
const char *
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.5.8. MFrameXfer::getFrameSize() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getFrameSize() const [virtual]
Returns the width of the line drawn as the frame, in pixels.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.5.9. MFrameXfer::getOrder() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getOrder() const [virtual]
Returns the Z-order of the frame.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.6. Retrieving general information about a graph frame ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
Open the Contents view and expand this section to see a list of methods.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.6.1. MFrameXfer::getGraphElements() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getGraphElements() const [virtual]
Returns a list of the elements to be drawn in the frame, if any (e.g.; rows,
columns, legends, etc.), and information regarding the appearance of each
element (see MFrameXfer).
For more information, see "MGraphElement".
MGraphElement *
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.6.2. MFrameXfer::getLegendInfo() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getLegendInfo() const [virtual]
Returns information regarding the appearance of the legend, if one exists.
For more information, see "MGraphElement".
const MGraphElement *
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.6.3. MFrameXfer::getRange() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getRange() const [virtual]
Returns the range of data being graphed.
const MRange *
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.6.4. MFrameXfer::getTitleInfo() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getTitleInfo(int x) const [virtual]
int x Which title?
Returns information regarding the appearance of the given title. A graph frame
can include up to four titles (see "Graph title constants").
For more information, see "MGraphElement".
const MGraphElement *
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.6.5. MFrameXfer::getTitles() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getTitles(int x) const [virtual]
int x Which title?
Returns the text of the given title. A graph frame can include up to four
titles (see "Graph title constants").
const char *
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.6.6. MFrameXfer::getBarColWid() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getBarColWid() const [virtual]
Returns the width of a bar or column.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.6.7. MFrameXfer::getGraphBorder() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getGraphBorder() const [virtual]
Returns 1 if there is a border around the graph, 0 otherwise.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.6.8. MFrameXfer::getLegendPosition() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getLegendPosition() const [virtual]
Returns the position of the legend (see "Graph legend constants").
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.6.9. MFrameXfer::getLineWid() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getLineWid() const [virtual]
Returns the width of the line to be drawn in a line graph.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.6.10. MFrameXfer::getNumElements() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getNumElements() const [virtual]
Returns the number of elements included in the graph.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.6.11. MFrameXfer::getOrientation() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getOrientation() const [virtual]
Returns the orientation of the data to be graphed (see "Graph orientation
constants").
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.6.12. MFrameXfer::getShowLine() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getShowLine() const [virtual]
Returns 1 if the line should be drawn on a line/scatter graph, 0 otherwise.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.6.13. MFrameXfer::getShowPoint() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getShowPoint() const [virtual]
Returns 1 if the points should be drawn on a line/scatter graph, 0 otherwise.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.6.14. MFrameXfer::getSideTitles() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getSideTitles() const [virtual]
Returns 1 if the range being graphed includes headings in the first row (if
graph is oriented by column) or in the first column (if graph is oriented by
row), 0 otherwise (see "Graph orientation constants").
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.6.15. MFrameXfer::getSingleXRange() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getSingleXRange() const [virtual]
Returns 1 if the X values in an X-Y graph are to drawn from only the first data
series (a column or row of data); returns 0 if alternating X and Y data series
are used.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.6.16. MFrameXfer::getTopTitles() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getTopTitles() const [virtual]
Returns 1 if the range being graphed includes headings in the first row (if
graph is oriented by row) or in the first column (if graph is oriented by
column), 0 otherwise (see "Graph orientation constants").
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.7. Retrieving X and Y axis information about a graph frame ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
Open the Contents view and expand this section to see a list of methods.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.7.1. MFrameXfer::getAxisInfo() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getAxisInfo() const [virtual]
Returns information regarding the appearance of the combined X and Y axes.
const MGraphElement *
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.7.2. MFrameXfer::getDisplayFormat() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getDisplayFormat(int i) const [virtual]
int i Which axis?
Returns the display format for the labels for the given axis.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.7.3. MFrameXfer::getMaxX() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getMaxX() const [virtual]
Returns the highest value to be graphed on the X axis.
double
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.7.4. MFrameXfer::getMaxY() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getMaxY() const [virtual]
Returns highest value to be graphed on the Y axis.
double
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.7.5. MFrameXfer::getMinX() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getMinX() const [virtual]
Returns the lowest value to be graphed on the X axis.
double
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.7.6. MFrameXfer::getMinY() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getMinY() const [virtual]
Returns the lowest value to be graphed on theY axis.
double
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.7.7. MFrameXfer::getXAutoScale() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getXAutoScale() const [virtual]
Returns 1 if the maximum and minimum X values should be automatically
calculated based on the data in the range to be graphed, 0 otherwise.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.7.8. MFrameXfer::getXAxisLoc() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getXAxisLoc() const [virtual]
Returns the location of the X axis on the Y axis (see "Graph axis constants").
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.7.9. MFrameXfer::getXAxisRot() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getXAxisRot() const [virtual]
Returns the angle to which the X-axis labels are being rotated.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.7.10. MFrameXfer::getXGridCol() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getXGridCol() const [virtual]
Returns the color of the X axis grid lines, if any.
const MColor *
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.7.11. MFrameXfer::getXLogScale() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getXLogScale() const [virtual]
Returns 1 if the X axis is logarythmic, 0 otherwise.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.7.12. MFrameXfer::getXMajTickSize() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getXMajTickSize() const [virtual]
Returns the size, in pixels, of major ticks on the X axis.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.7.13. MFrameXfer::getXMajorGrid() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getXMajorGrid() const [virtual]
Returns 1 if grid lines should be drawn from the major ticks on the X axis, 0
otherwise.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.7.14. MFrameXfer::getXMajorTicks() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getXMajorTicks() const [virtual]
Returns position of the X major ticks relative to the X axis (see "Graph axis
constants").
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.7.15. MFrameXfer::getXMinTickSize() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getXMinTickSize() const [virtual]
Returns the size, in pixels, of minor ticks on the X axis.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.7.16. MFrameXfer::getXMinorGrid() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getXMinorGrid() const [virtual]
Returns 1 if grid lines should be drawn from the minor ticks on the X axis, 0
otherwise.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.7.17. MFrameXfer::getXMinorTicks() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getXMinorTicks()const [virtual]
Returns position of the X minor ticks relative to the X axis (see "Graph axis
constants").
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.7.18. MFrameXfer::getYAutoScale() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getYAutoScale() const [virtual]
Returns 1 if the maximum and minimum X values should be automatically
calculated based on the data in the range to be graphed, 0 otherwise.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.7.19. MFrameXfer::getYAxisLoc() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getYAxisLoc()const [virtual]
Returns the location of the Y axis on the X axis (see "Graph axis constants").
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.7.20. MFrameXfer::getYAxisRot() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getYAxisRot() const [virtual]
Returns the angle to which the Y-axis labels are being rotated.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.7.21. MFrameXfer::getYGridCol() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getYGridCol() const [virtual]
Returns the color of the Y axis grid lines, if any.
const MColor *
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.7.22. MFrameXfer::getYLogScale() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getYLogScale() const [virtual]
Returns 1 if the Y axis is logarythmic, 0 otherwise.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.7.23. MFrameXfer::getYMajTickSize() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getYMajTickSize() const [virtual]
Returns the size, in pixels, of major ticks on theY axis.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.7.24. MFrameXfer::getYMajorGrid() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getYMajorGrid() const [virtual]
Returns 1 if grid lines should be drawn from the major ticks on the Y axis, 0
otherwise.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.7.25. MFrameXfer::getYMajorTicks() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getYMajorTicks() const [virtual]
Returns position of the Y major ticks relative to the Y axis (see "Graph axis
constants").
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.7.26. MFrameXfer::getYMinTickSize() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getYMinTickSize() const [virtual]
Returns the size, in pixels, of minor ticks on the Y axis.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.7.27. MFrameXfer::getYMinorGrid() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getYMinorGrid() const [virtual]
Returns 1 if grid lines should be drawn from the minor ticks on the Y axis, 0
otherwise.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.7.28. MFrameXfer::getYMinorTicks() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getYMinorTicks() const [virtual]
Returns position of the Y minor ticks relative to the Y axis (see "Graph axis
constants").
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.8. Retrieving 3-d information about a graph frame ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
Open the Contents view and expand this section to see a list of methods.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.8.1. MFrameXfer::getWallCol() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getWallCol() const [virtual]
Returns the color of the "wall" that is drawn behind the graphed data on a
three-dimensional graph.
const MColor *
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.8.2. MFrameXfer::getWireFrame() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getWireFrame() const [virtual]
Returns 1 if the three-dimensional graph elements should be drawn in
transparent "wire-frame" form, 0 if they should be drawn in solid form.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.8.3. MFrameXfer::getXRot() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getXRot() const [virtual]
Returns the X rotation of a three-dimensional graph.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.8.4. MFrameXfer::getYRot() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getYRot() const [virtual]
Returns the Y rotation of a three-dimensional graph.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.9. Retrieving merge flags from an MFrameXfer instance ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
Open the Contents view and expand this section to see a list of methods.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.9.1. MFrameXfer::getMergeAnchor() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getMergeAnchor() const [virtual]
Returns setting of the merge flag for anchor cell.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.9.2. MFrameXfer::getMergeAxisInfo() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getMergeAxisInfo() const [virtual]
Returns setting of the merge flag for axis appearance.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.9.3. MFrameXfer::getMergeBarColWid() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getMergeBarColWid() const [virtual]
Returns setting of the merge flag for bar or column width.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.9.4. MFrameXfer::getMergeBkgColor() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getMergeBkgColor() const [virtual]
Returns setting of the merge flag for background color.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.9.5. MFrameXfer::getMergeBorderCol() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getMergeBorderCol() const [virtual]
Returns setting of the merge flag for border color.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.9.6. MFrameXfer::getMergeDisplayFormat() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getMergeDisplayFormat() const [virtual]
Returns setting of the merge flag for axis display formats.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.9.7. MFrameXfer::getMergeElements() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getMergeElements() const [virtual]
Returns setting of the merge flag for list of graph elements.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.9.8. MFrameXfer::getMergeFrameColor() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getMergeFrameColor() const [virtual]
Returns setting of the merge flag for frame color.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.9.9. MFrameXfer::getMergeFrameSize() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getMergeFrameSize() const [virtual]
Returns setting of the merge flag for frame size.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.9.10. MFrameXfer::getMergeGraphBorder() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getMergeGraphBorder() const [virtual]
Returns setting of the merge flag for graph-border setting.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.9.11. MFrameXfer::getMergeLegendInfo() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getMergeLegendInfo() const [virtual]
Returns setting of the merge flag for legend appearance.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.9.12. MFrameXfer::getMergeLegendPosition() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getMergeLegendPosition() const [virtual]
Returns setting of the merge flag for legend position.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.9.13. MFrameXfer::getMergeLineWid() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getMergeLineWid() const [virtual]
Returns setting of the merge flag for line width in line graphs.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.9.14. MFrameXfer::getMergeName() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getMergeName() const [virtual]
Returns setting of the merge flag for frame name.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.9.15. MFrameXfer::getMergeOrder() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getMergeOrder() const [virtual]
Returns setting of the merge flag for Z-order.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.9.16. MFrameXfer::getMergeOrientation() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getMergeOrientation() const [virtual]
Returns setting of the merge flag for orientation.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.9.17. MFrameXfer::getMergePos() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getMergePos() const [virtual]
Returns setting of the merge flag for frame position.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.9.18. MFrameXfer::getMergeRange() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getMergeRange() const [virtual]
Returns setting of the merge flag for range to graph.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.9.19. MFrameXfer::getMergeScale() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getMergeScale() const [virtual]
Returns setting of the merge flag for WHAT.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.9.20. MFrameXfer::getMergeScript() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getMergeScript() const [virtual]
Returns setting of the merge flag for the script to execute.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.9.21. MFrameXfer::getMergeShowLine() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getMergeShowLine() const [virtual]
Returns setting of the merge flag for the show-line flag.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.9.22. MFrameXfer::getMergeShowPoint() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getMergeShowPoint() const [virtual]
Returns setting of the merge flag for show-point flag.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.9.23. MFrameXfer::getMergeSideTitles() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getMergeSideTitles() const [virtual]
Returns setting of the merge flag for side-titles flag.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.9.24. MFrameXfer::getMergeSingleXRange() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getMergeSingleXRange() const [virtual]
Returns setting of the merge flag for X-ranges flag.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.9.25. MFrameXfer::getMergeTitleInfo() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getMergeTitleInfo(int x) const [virtual]
int x Which title?
Returns setting of the merge flag for the appearance of the given title.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.9.26. MFrameXfer::getMergeTitles() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getMergeTitles(int x) const [virtual]
int x Which title?
Returns setting of the merge flag for the text of the given title.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.9.27. MFrameXfer::getMergeTopTitles() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getMergeTopTitles() const [virtual]
Returns setting of the merge flag for top-titles flag.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.9.28. MFrameXfer::getMergeWallCol() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getMergeWallCol() const [virtual]
Returns setting of the merge flag for 3-d wall color.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.9.29. MFrameXfer::getMergeWireFrame() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getMergeWireFrame() const [virtual]
Returns setting of the merge flag for wire-frame flag.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.9.30. MFrameXfer::getMergeXAutoScale() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getMergeXAutoScale() const [virtual]
Returns setting of the merge flag for X auto-scale flag.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.9.31. MFrameXfer::getMergeXAxisLoc() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getMergeXAxisLoc() const [virtual]
Returns setting of the merge flag for X axis location.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.9.32. MFrameXfer::getMergeXAxisRot() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getMergeXAxisRot() const [virtual]
Returns setting of the merge flag for X-axis label rotation.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.9.33. MFrameXfer::getMergeXGridCol() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getMergeXGridCol() const [virtual]
Returns setting of the merge flag for X-axis gridline color.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.9.34. MFrameXfer::getMergeXLogScale() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getMergeXLogScale() const [virtual]
Returns setting of the merge flag for X-axis logarythmic-scale flag.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.9.35. MFrameXfer::getMergeXMajTickSize() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getMergeXMajTickSize() const [virtual]
Returns setting of the merge flag for X major tick size.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.9.36. MFrameXfer::getMergeXMajorGrid() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getMergeXMajorGrid() const [virtual]
Returns setting of the merge flag for X-axis major gridline flag.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.9.37. MFrameXfer::getMergeXMajorTicks() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getMergeXMajorTicks() const [virtual]
Returns setting of the merge flag for X-axis major tick flag.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.9.38. MFrameXfer::getMergeXMinTickSize() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getMergeXMinTickSize() const [virtual]
Returns setting of the merge flag for X minor tick size.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.9.39. MFrameXfer::getMergeXMinorGrid() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getMergeXMinorGrid() const [virtual]
Returns setting of the merge flag for X-axis minor gridline flag.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.9.40. MFrameXfer::getMergeXMinorTicks() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getMergeXMinorTicks() const [virtual]
Returns setting of the merge flag for X-axis minor tick flag.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.9.41. MFrameXfer::getMergeXRot() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getMergeXRot() const [virtual]
Returns setting of the merge flag for 3-d X rotation.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.9.42. MFrameXfer::getMergeYAutoScale() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getMergeYAutoScale() const [virtual]
Returns setting of the merge flag for Y auto-scale flag.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.9.43. MFrameXfer::getMergeYAxisLoc() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getMergeYAxisLoc() const [virtual]
Returns setting of the merge flag for Y axis location.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.9.44. MFrameXfer::getMergeYAxisRot() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getMergeYAxisRot() const [virtual]
Returns setting of the merge flag for Y-axis label rotation.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.9.45. MFrameXfer::getMergeYGridCol() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getMergeYGridCol() const [virtual]
Returns setting of the merge flag for Y-axis gridline color.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.9.46. MFrameXfer::getMergeYLogScale() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getMergeYLogScale() const [virtual]
Returns setting of the merge flag for Y-axis logarythmic-scale flag.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.9.47. MFrameXfer::getMergeYMajTickSize() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getMergeYMajTickSize() const [virtual]
Returns setting of the merge flag for Y major tick size.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.9.48. MFrameXfer::getMergeYMajorGrid() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getMergeYMajorGrid() const [virtual]
Returns setting of the merge flag for Y-axis major gridline flag.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.9.49. MFrameXfer::getMergeYMajorTicks() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getMergeYMajorTicks() const [virtual]
Returns setting of the merge flag for Y-axis major tick flag.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.9.50. MFrameXfer::getMergeYMinTickSize() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getMergeYMinTickSize() const [virtual]
Returns setting of the merge flag for Y minor tick size.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.9.51. MFrameXfer::getMergeYMinorGrid() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getMergeYMinorGrid() const [virtual]
Returns setting of the merge flag for Y-axis minor gridline flag.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.9.52. MFrameXfer::getMergeYMinorTicks() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getMergeYMinorTicks() const [virtual]
Returns setting of the merge flag for Y-axis minor tick flag.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.9.53. MFrameXfer::getMergeYRot() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getMergeYRot() const [virtual]
Returns setting of the merge flag for 3-d Y rotation.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.10. Setting merge flags in an MFrameXfer instance ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
Open the Contents view and expand this section to see a list of methods.
There are no explicit methods for setting merge flags on. However, whenever a
value is set within an MFrameXfer instance, its associated merge flag is also
set.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.10.1. MFrameXfer::setNoMerge() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setNoMerge() [virtual]
Turns off all the merge flags.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.11. Setting generic-frame values in an MFrameXfer instance ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
Open the Contents view and expand this section to see a list of methods.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.11.1. MFrameXfer::setAnchor() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setAnchor(const MAddress *ad) [virtual]
const MAddress *ad New anchor cell
Sets address of the anchor cell.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.11.2. MFrameXfer::setBkgColor() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setBkgColor(const MColor *c) [virtual]
const MColor *c
Sets background color of the frame.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.11.3. MFrameXfer::setBorderCol() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setBorderCol(const MColor *c) [virtual]
const MColor *c
Sets border color of the frame.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.11.4. MFrameXfer::setFrameColor() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setFrameColor(const MColor *c) [virtual]
const MColor *c
Sets foreground color of the frame.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.11.5. MFrameXfer::setFrameSize() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setFrameSize(int i) [virtual]
int i New line width
Sets the width of the line drawn as the frame, in pixels.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.11.6. MFrameXfer::setName() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setName(const char *) [virtual]
const char * New name
Sets the name of the frame.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.11.7. MFrameXfer::setOrder() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setOrder(int i) [virtual]
int i New position in Z order
Sets the Z-order of the frame.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.11.8. MFrameXfer::setPos() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setPos(const MRect *re) [virtual]
const MRect *re Rectangle defining the new frame position
Sets the location and size of the frame to re.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.11.9. MFrameXfer::setScript() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setScript(const char *) [virtual]
const char * New script to be executed
Sets the text of the REXX script to be executed when the frame is selected.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.12. Setting general graph-frame values in an MFrameXfer instance ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
Open the Contents view and expand this section to see a list of methods.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.12.1. MFrameXfer::setBarColWid() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setBarColWid(int i) [virtual]
int i New width, in pixels
Sets the width of a bar or column.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.12.2. MFrameXfer::setGraphBorder() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setGraphBorder(int i) [virtual]
int i Ne w border flag value
1 if there is to be a border around the graph, 0 otherwise.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.12.3. MFrameXfer::setGraphElements() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setGraphElements(int n, const MGraphElement *) [virtual]
int n Number of elements being passed in
const MGraphElement * New array of graph elements
Deletes the existing array of graph elements and replaces it with the list of
elements passed in.
For more information, see "MGraphElement".
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.12.4. MFrameXfer::setLegendInfo() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setLegendInfo(const MGraphElement *ge) [virtual]
const MGraphElement *ge
Sets information regarding the appearance of the legend.
For more information, see "MGraphElement".
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.12.5. MFrameXfer::setLegendPosition() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setLegendPosition(int i) [virtual]
int i New legend position
Sets the position of the legend (see "Graph legend constants").
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.12.6. MFrameXfer::setLineWid() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setLineWid(int i) [virtual]
int i New line width, in pixels
Sets the width of the line to be drawn in a line graph.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.12.7. MFrameXfer::setOrientation() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setOrientation(int i) [virtual]
int i New data orientation
Sets the orientation of the data to be graphed (see "Graph orientation
constants").
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.12.8. MFrameXfer::setRange() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setRange(const MRange *ra) [virtual]
const MRange *ra New range to graph
Sets the range of data being graphed.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.12.9. MFrameXfer::setShowLine() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setShowLine(int i) [virtual]
int i New flag value
If 1, the line is drawn on a line/scatter graph; if 0, the line is not drawn.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.12.10. MFrameXfer::setShowPoint() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setShowPoint(int i) [virtual]
int i New flag value
If 1, the points are drawn on a line/scatter graph; if 0, the points are not
drawn.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.12.11. MFrameXfer::setSideTitles() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setSideTitles(int i) [virtual]
int i New flag value
If 1, the range being graphed includes headings in the first row (if graph is
oriented by column) or in the first column (if graph is oriented by row); if
0, it doesn't (see "Graph orientation constants").
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.12.12. MFrameXfer::setSingleXRange() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setSingleXRange(int i) [virtual]
int i New flag value
If 1, the X values in an X-Y graph will be drawn from only the first data
series (a column or row of data); if 0, alternating X and Y data series will
be used.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.12.13. MFrameXfer::setTitleInfo() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setTitleInfo(int x, const MGraphElement *ge) [virtual]
int x Which title?
const MGraphElement *ge What should the title look like?
Sets information regarding the appearance of the given title. A graph frame
can include up to four titles (see "Graph title constants").
For more information, see "MGraphElement".
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.12.14. MFrameXfer::setTitles() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setTitles(int, const char *) [virtual]
int Which title?
const char * New text
Sets the text of the given title. A graph frame can include up to four titles
(see "Graph title constants").
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.12.15. MFrameXfer::setTopTitles() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setTopTitles(int i) [virtual]
int i New flag value
If 1, the range being graphed will include headings in the first row (if graph
is oriented by row) or in the first column (if graph is oriented by column);
if 0, it won't (see "Graph orientation constants").
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.13. Setting X and Y axis values in an MFrameXfer instance ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
Open the Contents view and expand this section to see a list of methods.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.13.1. MFrameXfer::setAxisInfo() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setAxisInfo(const MGraphElement *ge) [virtual]
const MGraphElement *ge New appearance of the axes
Sets information regarding the appearance of the combined X and Y axes.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.13.2. MFrameXfer::setDisplayFormat() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setDisplayFormat(int n, int df) [virtual]
int n Which axis?
int df Display format ID (see "Display format constants")
Sets the display format for the labels for the given axis.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.13.3. MFrameXfer::setMaxX() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setMaxX(double d) [virtual]
double d New maximum X
Sets the highest value to be graphed on the X axis.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.13.4. MFrameXfer::setMaxY() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setMaxY(double d) [virtual]
double d New maximum Y
Sets highest value to be graphed on the Y axis.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.13.5. MFrameXfer::setMinX() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setMinX(double d) [virtual]
double d New minimum X
Sets the lowest value to be graphed on the X axis.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.13.6. MFrameXfer::setMinY() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setMinY(double d) [virtual]
double d New minimum Y
Sets the lowest value to be graphed on theY axis.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.13.7. MFrameXfer::setXAutoScale() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setXAutoScale(int i) [virtual]
int i New flag value
If 1, the maximum and minimum X values will be automatically calculated based
on the data in the range to be graphed; if 0, they won't.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.13.8. MFrameXfer::setXAxisLoc() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setXAxisLoc(int i) [virtual]
int i New axis location
Sets the location of the X axis on the Y axis (see "Graph axis constants").
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.13.9. MFrameXfer::setXAxisRot() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setXAxisRot(int i) [virtual]
int i New axis label rotation
Sets the angle to which the X-axis labels are being rotated.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.13.10. MFrameXfer::setXGridCol() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setXGridCol(const MColor *c) [virtual]
const MColor *c New gridline color
Sets the color of the X axis grid lines.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.13.11. MFrameXfer::setXLogScale() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setXLogScale(int i) [virtual]
int i New flag value
If 1, the X axis is logarythmic; if 0, it isn't.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.13.12. MFrameXfer::setXMajTickSize() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setXMajTickSize(int i) [virtual]
int i New tick size
Sets the size, in pixels, of major ticks on the X axis.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.13.13. MFrameXfer::setXMajorGrid() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setXMajorGrid(int i) [virtual]
int i New flag value
If 1, grid lines will be drawn from the major ticks on the X axis; if 0, they
won't.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.13.14. MFrameXfer::setXMajorTicks() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setXMajorTicks(int i) [virtual]
int i New tick position
Sets position of the X major ticks relative to the X axis (see "Graph axis
constants").
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.13.15. MFrameXfer::setXMinTickSize() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setXMinTickSize(int i) [virtual]
int i New tick size
Sets the size, in pixels, of minor ticks on the X axis.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.13.16. MFrameXfer::setXMinorGrid() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setXMinorGrid(int i) [virtual]
int i New flag value
If 1, grid lines will be drawn from the minor ticks on the X axis; if 0, they
won't.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.13.17. MFrameXfer::setXMinorTicks() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setXMinorTicks(int i) [virtual]
int i New tick position
Sets position of the X minor ticks relative to the X axis (see "Graph axis
constants").
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.13.18. MFrameXfer::setYAutoScale() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setYAutoScale(int i) [virtual]
int i New flag value
If 1, the maximum and minimum X values will be automatically calculated based
on the data in the range to be graphed; if 0, they won't.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.13.19. MFrameXfer::setYAxisLoc() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setYAxisLoc(int i) [virtual]
int i New axis location
Sets the location of the Y axis on the X axis (see "Graph axis constants").
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.13.20. MFrameXfer::setYAxisRot() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setYAxisRot(int i) [virtual]
int i New label rotation
Sets the angle to which the Y-axis labels are being rotated.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.13.21. MFrameXfer::setYGridCol() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setYGridCol(const MColor *c) [virtual]
const MColor *c New grid color
Sets the color of the Y axis grid lines.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.13.22. MFrameXfer::setYLogScale() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setYLogScale(int i) [virtual]
int i New flag value
If 1, the Y axis is logarythmic; if 0, it is linear.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.13.23. MFrameXfer::setYMajTickSize() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setYMajTickSize(int i) [virtual]
int i New tick size
Sets the size, in pixels, of major ticks on theY axis.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.13.24. MFrameXfer::setYMajorGrid() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setYMajorGrid(int i) [virtual]
int i New flag value
If 1, grid lines will be drawn from the major ticks on the Y axis; if 0, they
won't.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.13.25. MFrameXfer::setYMajorTicks() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setYMajorTicks(int i) [virtual]
int i New tick position
Sets position of the Y major ticks relative to the Y axis (see "Graph axis
constants").
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.13.26. MFrameXfer::setYMinTickSize() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setYMinTickSize(int i) [virtual]
int i New tick size
Sets the size, in pixels, of minor ticks on the Y axis.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.13.27. MFrameXfer::setYMinorGrid() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setYMinorGrid(int i) [virtual]
int i New flag value
If 1, grid lines will be drawn from the minor ticks on the Y axis; if 0, they
won't.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.13.28. MFrameXfer::setYMinorTicks() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setYMinorTicks(int i) [virtual]
int i New tick position
Sets position of the Y minor ticks relative to the Y axis (see "Graph axis
constants").
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.14. Setting 3-d values in an MFrameXfer instance ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
Open the Contents view and expand this section to see a list of methods.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.14.1. MFrameXfer::setWallCol() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setWallCol(const MColor *c) [virtual]
const MColor *c New wall color
Sets the color of the "wall" that is drawn behind the graphed data on a
three-dimensional graph.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.14.2. MFrameXfer::setWireFrame() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setWireFrame(int i) [virtual]
int i New flag value
If 1, the three-dimensional graph elements will be drawn in transparent
"wire-frame" form; if 0, they will be drawn in solid form.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.14.3. MFrameXfer::setXRot() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setXRot(int i) [virtual]
int i New X rotation
Sets the X rotation of a three-dimensional graph.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.14.4. MFrameXfer::setYRot() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setYRot(int i) [virtual]
int i New Y rotation
Sets the Y rotation of a three-dimensional graph.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.15. MFrameXfer operators ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
Open the Contents view and expand this section to see a list of methods.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.9.15.1. MFrameXfer::operator=() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
operator=(const MFrameXfer &)
const MFrameXfer & Parameter to compare to
Copies the values from the parameter to the current instance. Returns
reference to current instance.
MFrameXfer &
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.10. MGController ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
controller.h is the source file for this class.
This class inherits from MObject
An application-specific, abstract base class that handles application-wide
message passing. Essentially, any information or task that is not file-specific
is stored in and handled by the controller.
There is only one controller object instantiated for the application, and a
pointer to it is passed to each model when the model is instantiated, so that
the model can access the controller functions. The MGController header file
references an external MGController *theMesa.
In order to use the Mesa DLLs, you must create and instantiate a subclass of
MGController that properly handles message-passing between the DLLs and your
application. Many MGController methods do not do anything directly, but rather
rely on your application to handle the message.
The controller keeps track of the following information:
Is the application currently running?
A list of open models
A set of window-buffering caches for faster display
An atom table
List of AddIns loaded into Mesa
A history buffer, containing the REXX equivalents of commands recently
executed
Localization data (default currency symbols, thousands-place separator,
date and time separator, decimal marker, precision, units, etc.)
A list of "pings" (time-delayed messages) that must be delivered
License status - are we in demo mode? What license has been entered (if
any)? Is it valid?
Real-time feed status - when was the real-time feed last run? What thread
is it running in?
Are we using RGB colors?
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.10.1. Creating, destroying, and setting up an MGController instance ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
Open the Contents view and expand this section to see a list of methods.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.10.1.1. MGController::MGController() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
MGController(const char *lic, int &licStatus, HAB, int useRGB, int
bufferRedraw)
const char *lic License string
int &licStatus Storage location for license status
HAB Anchor block for the Mesa application
int useRGB Should we be using RGB colors?
int bufferRedraw What's the buffer redraw?
Queries the license manager for status of lic and stores the result in
licStatus (see "License status constants"). Initializes controller contents
and stores the HAB, buffer redraw status, and RGB color status.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.10.1.2. MGController::~MGController() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
~MGController() [virtual]
Attempts to kill the real-time-data feed thread, frees the models, resets
screen bitmap, and deletes all other GPI resources that were created.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.10.1.3. MGController::cleanUp() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
cleanUp() [virtual]
Frees all AddIns and registers that the application is no longer running (see
also MGController::isRunning() ).
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.10.1.4. MGController::setUp() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setUp() [virtual]
Forks two new threads, one for the real-time feed table and to watch for
"pings" (see MGController::watchPing()).
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.10.1.5. MGController::setupAddIns() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setupAddIns() [virtual]
Initializes the AddIns using PrfQueryProfileString and DosLoadModule. This must
be called after the application is started, because many AddIns may need
application-state information.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.10.1.6. MGController::setupFuncs() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setupFuncs()
Sets up sorted lists of functions, unary operators, binary operators, and
constants.
static void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.10.2. Files and models ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
Open the Contents view and expand this section to see a list of methods.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.10.2.1. MGController::addModel() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
addModel(MMesaModel *) [virtual]
MMesaModel * Model to add to the model list
If the model doesn't already exist in the controller's model list, and it
refers to a unique pathname, it is added to the model list.
Returns 1 if the model is successfully added, 0 otherwise.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.10.2.2. MGController::findModel() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
findModel(MMesaModel *) [virtual]
MMesaModel * Model to look for
Looks for a match to the given model in the model list.
Returns an index into the model list for the requested model, or -1 if the
model was not found.
int
findModel(const char *, int) [virtual]
const char * File name of model to look for
int Does this need to have a default path added to it? 1 to add path, 0
otherwise. Default is 1.
Scrolls through the model list looking for a model with the given filename. If
found, runs MGController::_findModel(), locking the model temporarily in order
to do so safely.
Returns pointer to the file/model in question.
MMesaModel *
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.10.2.3. MGController::_findModel() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
_findModel(const char *, int) [virtual]
const char * File name of model to look for
int Does this need to have a default path added to it? 1 to add path, 0
otherwise. Default is 1.
Scrolls through the model list looking for a model with the given fileame. If
found, returns pointer to the file/model in question.
MMesaModel *
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.10.2.4. MGController::getActiveModel() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getActiveModel() [virtual]
Within MGController, returns 0. Classes that inherit from MGController can
implement this method to return the currently active model. This method is
called by Mesa AddIns.
MMesaModel *
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.10.2.5. MGController::lockModel() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
lockModel() [virtual]
Locks the current model (see also MGController::unlockModel() ).
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.10.2.6. MGController::makeBackup() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
makeBackup() [virtual]
Within MGController, returns 0. Classes that inherit from MGController can
implement this method to indicate whether a backup file should be created when
a file is loaded/saved (see MFileStream). Should return 1 to make a backup, 0
otherwise.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.10.2.7. MGController::newModel() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
newModel() [virtual]
Within MGController, returns 0. Classes that inherit from MGController can
implement this method to create a new model and add it to the model list. This
method is called by Mesa AddIns.
MMesaModel *
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.10.2.8. MGController::openFile() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
openFile(const char *) [virtual]
const char *
Within MGController, returns 0. Classes that inherit from MGController can
implement this method to handle opening files on the file server - for
example, by opening the OS/2 File Open dialog panel. This method is called
when executing REXX scripts and by Mesa AddIns.
MMesaModel *
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.10.2.9. MGController::removeModel() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
removeModel(MMesaModel *) [virtual]
MMesaModel * MMesaModel instance to remove
Removes the model from the model list.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.10.2.10. MGController::setAllModelsToSaved() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setAllModelsToSaved() [virtual]
For each model within the controller, set the "has it been changed since
saving?" flag to 0, for no.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.10.2.11. MGController::unlockModel() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
unlockModel() [virtual]
Unlocks the mutex semaphore, allowing others to lock and make controller-wide
changes (see also MGController::lockModel() ).
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.10.2.12. MGController::unsavedModel() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
unsavedModel() [virtual]
Returns 1 if there are unsaved models in the model list, 0 otherwise.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.10.3. AddIns ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
Open the Contents view and expand this section to see a list of methods.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.10.3.1. MGController::addInAboutToClose() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
addInAboutToClose(MMesaModel *) [virtual]
MMesaModel * Model parameter
Retrieves the function for the function type aboutToCloseAddInType (see "AddIn
type constants") from the first AddIn in the controller's AddIn list that has
a function set for that type (see MGController::registerAddIn()). If such an
AddIn is found, the controller executes it using the given model parameter and
returns the result. Otherwise, does nothing and returns 0.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.10.3.2. MGController::addInAboutToSave() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
addInAboutToSave(MMesaModel *) [virtual]
MMesaModel * Model parameter
Retrieves the function for the function type aboutToSaveAddInType (see "AddIn
type constants") from the first AddIn in the controller's AddIn list that has
a function set for that type (see MGController::registerAddIn()). If such an
AddIn is found, the controller executes it using the given model parameter and
returns the result. Otherwise, does nothing and returns 0.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.10.3.3. MGController::addInDataAboutToBeEntered() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
addInDataAboutToBeEntered(MMesaModel *, const MAddress *, const char *)
[virtual]
MMesaModel * Model parameter
const MAddress * Address parameter
const char * String parameter
Retrieves the function for the function type dataEnteredAddInType (see "AddIn
type constants") from the first AddIn in the controller's AddIn list that has
a function set for that type (see MGController::registerAddIn()). If such an
AddIn is found, the controller executes it using the given model parameter,
string parameter, and the layer, row and column fields of the given address
parameter (see MAddress), and returns the result. Otherwise, does nothing and
returns 0.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.10.3.4. MGController::addInDoubleClick() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
addInDoubleClick(MMesaModel *, const MAddress *) [virtual]
MMesaModel * Model parameter
const MAddress * Address parameter
Retrieves the function for the function type doubleClickAddInType (see "AddIn
type constants") from the first AddIn in the controller's AddIn list that has
a function set for that type (see MGController::registerAddIn()). If such an
AddIn is found, the controller executes it using the given model parameter and
the layer, row and column fields of the given address parameter (see
MAddress), and returns the result. Otherwise, does nothing and returns 0.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.10.3.5. MGController::addInOpened() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
addInOpened(MMesaModel *) [virtual]
MMesaModel * Model parameter
Retrieves the function for the function type openedAddInType (see "AddIn type
constants") from the first AddIn in the controller's AddIn list that has a
function set for that type (see MGController::registerAddIn()). If such an
AddIn is found, the controller executes it using the given model parameter and
returns the result. Otherwise, does nothing and returns 0.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.10.3.6. MGController::addInPMMessage() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
addInPMMessage(int, int, int, int) [virtual]
MMesaModel * Model parameter
Retrieves the function for the function type pmMessageAddInType (see "AddIn
type constants") from the first AddIn in the controller's AddIn list that has
a function set for that type (see MGController::registerAddIn()). If such an
AddIn is found, the controller executes it using the given model parameter and
returns the result. Otherwise, does nothing and returns 0.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.10.3.7. MGController::doAddInMenuFunction() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
doAddInMenuFunction(int com, int type) [virtual]
int com Menu command ID
int type What should be done with the command? (0 to execute it, 1 to
return "can execute" setting for it, and 2 to trigger context-sensitive
help for it)
Retrieves the function for the function type menuAddInType (see "AddIn type
constants") from the first AddIn in the controller's AddIn list that has a
function set for that type (see MGController::registerAddIn()). If such an
AddIn is found, the controller either executes it, retrieves its "can execute"
setting, or triggers its context-sensitive help (depending on the value of
type) and returns the result. Otherwise, does nothing and returns 0.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.10.3.8. MGController::findFuncAddIns() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
findFuncAddIns(const char *, int = -1) [virtual]
const char * Function name
int Optional cached index into function AddIn list (for speeding
searches)
If a function AddIn with the given name exists in the function AddIn list,
returns an index into that list for that function. Otherwise, returns -1.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.10.3.9. MGController::getFuncAddInFBDescription() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getFuncAddInFBDescription(int) [virtual]
int Index into function AddIn list
Returns the description string defined in the given function AddIn, or a NULL
pointer if none exists (see also MGController::registerFunctionAddIn() ).
const char *
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.10.3.10. MGController::getFuncAddInFBExample() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getFuncAddInFBExample(int) [virtual]
int Index into function AddIn list
Returns the example string defined in the given function AddIn, or a NULL
pointer if none exists (see also MGController::registerFunctionAddIn() ).
const char *
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.10.3.11. MGController::getFuncAddInFBMembers() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getFuncAddInFBMembers(int) [virtual]
int Index into function AddIn list
Returns a list of function category IDs defined in the given function AddIn,
or a NULL pointer if none exists (see "Function category constants") (see also
MGController::registerFunctionAddIn() ).
const int *
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.10.3.12. MGController::getFuncAddInFBName() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getFuncAddInFBName(int) [virtual]
int Index into function AddIn list
Returns the human-readable function name defined in the given function AddIn,
or a NULL pointer if none exists. Two functions can have the same
human-readable function name, and the name is not intended for anything but
display purposes (see also MGController::registerFunctionAddIn() ). (Compare
with MGController::getFuncAddInName().)
const char *
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.10.3.13. MGController::getFuncAddInFBPrototype() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getFuncAddInFBPrototype(int) [virtual]
int Index into function AddIn list
Returns the prototype string defined in the given function AddIn, or a NULL
pointer if none exists (see also MGController::registerFunctionAddIn() ).
const char *
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.10.3.14. MGController::getFuncAddInName() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getFuncAddInName(int) [virtual]
int Index into function AddIn list
Returns the name defined in the given function AddIn, or a NULL pointer if
none exists. Function names must be unique and are used to parse function
entries (see also MGController::registerFunctionAddIn() ). (Compare with
MGController::getFuncAddInFBName().)
const char *
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.10.3.15. MGController::getNumFuncAddIns() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getNumFuncAddIns() [virtual]
Returns the number of function AddIns that have been loaded into the
controller.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.10.3.16. MGController::performAddInFunction() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
performAddInFunction(const char *, int numberOfParams, int cache, MStack
*stack, MMesaModel *model) [virtual]
const char * Name of function
int numberOfParams Number of parameters in function
int cache Cached AddIns (used to facilitate searching)
MStack *stack Stack of parameters to pass to the function being
performed
MMesaModel *model Model parameter to pass to the function being
performed
If the named function AddIn can be found in the AddIn list (see
MGController::findFuncAddIns()), then retrieves the function from that AddIn
(see MGController::registerAddIn()) and executes it using the given stack and
model as parameters, and returns index into the AddIn list. Otherwise, returns
-1 and does nothing.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.10.3.17. MGController::registerAddIn() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
registerAddIn(void *,void *,int) [virtual]
void * Module to search for
void * Function
int AddIn function type
Finds the given module in the AddIn list or creates a new module and adds it
to the list; the associates the given function type in that AddIn (see "AddIn
type constants") with the given function.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.10.3.18. MGController::registerFunctionAddIn() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
registerFunctionAddIn(const char *name, const char *fbName, const char
*fbProto, const char *fbDesc, const char *fbExample, int *fbMembers, void
*callBack) [virtual]
const char *name Function name, for formula-parsing purposes.
const char *fbName Function name, for human-readable display purposes.
const char *fbProto Function prototype, for human-readable display
purposes
const char *fbDesc Function description, for human-readable display
purposes
const char *fbExampleFunction example, for human-readable display
purposes
int *fbMembers What function categories does the function belong to
(see "Function category constants")?
void *callBack
Finds the given function AddIn or creates a new one, and sets its fields to
the given values.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.10.4. Atoms and resources ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
Open the Contents view and expand this section to see a list of methods.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.10.4.1. MGController::addStringToHistoryBuffer() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
addStringToHistoryBuffer(const char *) [virtual]
const char * String to add
Within MGController, does nothing. Classes that inherit from MGController may
maintain a history buffer if desired; if so, this method should add the given
line to the buffer.
Various methods within DOK will execute this method - for example,
MSheetView::mouse1MotionEnd() may result in selecting a range, which will
attempt to add a line to the history buffer.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.10.4.2. MGController::findAtom() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
findAtom(const char *) [virtual]
const char * String to search for in atom table
Pass-through to WinFindAtom(), or to WinAddAtom() if the string is not found.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.10.4.3. MGController::getAtom() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getAtom(int) [virtual]
Pass-through to WinQueryAtomName().
char *
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.10.4.4. MGController::getAtomForMesa() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getAtomForMesa() [virtual]
Pass-through to MGController::findAtom(), using the application name.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.10.4.5. MGController::getCharRes() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getCharRes(int) [virtual]
int Resource ID
Returns the string associated with the given resource ID in the resource
tables.
char *
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.10.4.6. MGController::getErrorString() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getErrorString(int, char *) [virtual]
int Error number
char * Buffer to hold string
Given an error number, copy the corresponding string into the buffer provided.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.10.4.7. MGController::getShortErrorString() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getShortErrorString(int, char *) [virtual]
int Error number
char * Storage buffer
Stores the defined short error string for the given error number.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.10.4.8. MGController::getMaxErrorNumber() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getMaxErrorNumber() [virtual]
Returns largest known error number.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.10.4.9. MGController::loadResString() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
loadResString(int, char *) [virtual]
int Resource ID
char * Storage location
Pass-through to WinLoadString() to store the string for the given resource ID.
Returns 1 if successful, 0 otherwise.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.10.5. REXX scripts ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
Open the Contents view and expand this section to see a list of methods.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.10.5.1. MGController::addScriptToQueue() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
addScriptToQueue(const char *) [virtual]
const char * Script to add
Within MGController, does nothing. Classes that inherit from MGController may
maintain a script queue if desired; if so, this method should add the given
script to the queue.
Various methods within DOK will execute this method - for example,
MSheetView::mouse1MotionEnd() may result in selecting a frame, which may
attempt to add a script to the queue if one is associated with that frame.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.10.5.2. MGController::runScript()=0 ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
runScript(const char *, MException *) = 0 [virtual]
const char * Script to run
MException * MException instance for storing error/warning messages
Within MGController, does nothing. Classes that inherit from MGController can
implement this method to execute the given REXX script in a new thread.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.10.6. Windows ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
Open the Contents view and expand this section to see a list of methods.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.10.6.1. MGController::addToDestroyList()=0 ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
addToDestroyList(HWND) = 0 [virtual]
HWND HWND to add to the destroy list.
Within MGController, does nothing. Classes that inherit from MGController may
maintain a destroy list which keeps track of windows that should be destroyed.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.10.6.2. MGController::getActiveWindow() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getActiveWindow() [virtual]
Within MGController, returns 0. Classes that inherit from MGController can
implement this method to return a handle to the currently active window. This
method is called during REXX script execution and by Mesa AddIns.
HWND
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.10.6.3. MGController::getApplicationClientWindow()=0 ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getApplicationClientWindow() = 0 [virtual]
Within MGController, does nothing. Classes that inherit from MGController can
implement this method to return a handle to the client window for the
application.
HWND
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.10.6.4. MGController::getApplicationWindow() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getApplicationWindow() [virtual]
Within MGController, returns 0. Classes that inherit from MGController can
implement this method to return a handle to the main application window. This
method is called by Mesa AddIns.
HWND
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.10.6.5. MGController::getApplicationFrameWindow()=0 ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getApplicationFrameWindow() = 0 [virtual]
Within MGController, does nothing. Classes that inherit from MGController can
implement this method to return a handle to the frame window for the
application.
HWND
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.10.6.6. MGController::getBufferRedraw() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getBufferRedraw() [virtual]
Returns 1 if the buffer should be redrawn, 0 otherwise.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.10.6.7. MGController::getMenuWindow()=0 ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getMenuWindow()= 0 [virtual]
Within MGController, does nothing. Classes that inherit from MGController can
implement this method to return a handle to the main menu. This method is
called by Mesa AddIns.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.10.7. Event queue ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
Open the Contents view and expand this section to see a list of methods.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.10.7.1. MGController::beAlive()=0 ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
beAlive() = 0 [virtual]
Within MGController, does nothing. Each class that inherits from MGController
must provide a method to look at the message queue and process events in a
timely fashion.
Returns 1 to keep running, 0 to terminate application.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.10.7.2. MGController::ping() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
ping(int, HWND, MPARAM=0, MPARAM=0) [virtual]
int Duration in microseconds before sending the ping
HWND HWND of the window to ping
MPARAM=0 Message Parameter 1 to send; defaults to 0
MPARAM=0 Message Parameter 2 to send; defaults to 0
Waits a given number of microseconds and then sends a MEM_PING message to the
given window, including the two message parameters.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.10.7.3. MGController::watchPing() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
watchPing() [virtual]
This method is run when the controller is first created (see
MGController::setUp()), and continues to run until the application stops
running (see also MGController::cleanUp() ). Every 50 milliseconds, it runs
through the event queue and posts messages to the appropriate windows.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.10.8. Commands ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
Open the Contents view and expand this section to see a list of methods.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.10.8.1. MGController::canExecute() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
canExecute(int, int &flags) [virtual]
int Command ID
int &flags Storage location for flags
Returns 1 if the command can be executed. Within MGController, returns 0 and
sets flags to 0. Classes that inherit from MGController should include tests
for application-specific commands to determine whether those commands can be
executed when this method is called (see also MWindow::canExecute() ).
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.10.9. Status indicators ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
Open the Contents view and expand this section to see a list of methods.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.10.9.1. MGController::cycleCalcIndicator() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
cycleCalcIndicator() [virtual]
Within MGController, does nothing. Classes that inherit from MGController can
implement this method to activate a visual indicator that recalculation is
occurring. This method is called during recalculation (see recalc(const
MAddress *, int) [virtual]).
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.10.9.2. MGController::displayException()=0 ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
displayException(const MException *) = 0 [virtual]
const MException * MException reference
Within MGController, does nothing. Classes that inherit from MGController must
handle displaying values from an MException instance, such as errors and
warnings (see MException).
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.10.9.3. MGController::percentComplete()=0 ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
percentComplete(int) = 0 [virtual]
int What percent complete the operation is.
Within MGController, does nothing. Classes that inherit from MGController can
implement this method to display some indication that an operation is a
certain percent complete. This method is called by models at many different
times by Mesa models.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.10.9.4. MGController::seriousError() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
seriousError(const char *) [virtual]
const char * Error message
A serious error is one which will terminate the Mesa 2 application after
display. This method creates a WinMessageBox that prints the error message
along with the results of WinGetLastError(). The controller also deallocates
all memory allocated to AddIns.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.10.9.5. MGController::setStatusMessage()=0 ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setStatusMessage(const char *) = 0 [virtual]
const char * Current status message
Within MGController, does nothing. Classes that inherit from MGController can
implement this method to display a current-status message.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.10.10. Display formats ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
Open the Contents view and expand this section to see a list of methods.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.10.10.1. MGController::getCurrency() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getCurrency() [virtual]
Returns the currency character, which is either the prefix or the trailing
character, for the current default first currency type. This is $ by default
(see also MGController::getCurrencyChars() ).
const char *
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.10.10.2. MGController::getCurrencyChars() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getCurrencyChars(int, int) [virtual]
int Which currency type? (0 for dollars, 1 for yen, 2 for pounds, 3
for generic American numeric format)
int Which field to retrieve? (0 for decimal marker, 1 for thousands
separator, 2 for prefix, 3 for trailing character.)
Returns the character or characters for the given field of the given currency
type from the default initial currency formats. (Compare with
MMesaModel::getCurSymbols().) For more information, see "Currency and numeric
symbols".
For example, getCurrencyChars(0,2) will return $, while getCurrencyChars(2,2)
will return an empty string (since pound format does not have a prefix
character).
const char *
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.10.10.3. MGController::getCurrencyPrefix() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getCurrencyPrefix() [virtual]
Returns 1 if the current default first currency type has a prefix currency
symbol (e.g; the American dollar) and 0 otherwise.
const int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.10.10.4. MGController::getDateFormat() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getDateFormat() [virtual]
Returns the current default date format (see "Display format constants").
const unsigned int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.10.10.5. MGController::getDateOrder() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getDateOrder() [virtual]
Returns 0 if the current default date format lists month first, then day, then
year.
Returns 1 if the current default date format lists day first, then month, then
year.
Returns 2 if the current default date format lists year first, then month, then
day.
For example, if the current default date format is dateDMYFormat,
getDateOrder() will return 1 (see "Display format constants").
const int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.10.10.6. MGController::getDateSep() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getDateSep() [virtual]
Returns the character used to separate month, date and year in the current
default date format.
For example, if the current default date format is dateDMYFormat, getDateSep()
will return / (see "Display format constants").
const char *
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.10.10.7. MGController::getDecSep() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getDecSep() [virtual]
Returns the decimal marker used in the default first currency format (see also
MGController::getCurrencyChars() ).
const char *
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.10.10.8. MGController::getThousandsSep() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getThousandsSep() [virtual]
Returns the thousands-place separator defined for the current default first
currency format. (Compare with MGController::getCurrencyChars().)
const char *
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.10.10.9. MGController::getTimeAM() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getTimeAM() [virtual]
Returns the string used to indicate morning in 12-hour time formats (see
"Display format constants").
const char *
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.10.10.10. MGController::getTimeFormat() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getTimeFormat() [virtual]
Returns the time format ID (see "Display format constants").
const unsigned int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.10.10.11. MGController::getTimePM() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getTimePM() [virtual]
Returns the string used to indicate afternoon in 12-hour time formats (see
"Display format constants").
const char *
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.10.10.12. MGController::getTimeSep() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getTimeSep() [virtual]
Returns the string used to separate hours, minutes and seconds in time display
formats (see "Display format constants").
const char *
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.10.11. Licensing ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
Open the Contents view and expand this section to see a list of methods.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.10.11.1. MGController::getInDemoMode() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getInDemoMode() [virtual]
Returns 1 if in demo mode, 0 otherwise.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.10.11.2. MGController::getLicense() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getLicense(int) [virtual]
int Truncate hyphenated license string? 1 for yes, 0 for no.
Returns license string being used. Flag passed in controls whether the second
part of a hyphenated license is returned.
If the current license string is F154-14, then getLicense(1) returns F154
while getLicense(0) returns F154-14. (Hyphenated licenses are a site-licensing
convention.)
const char *
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.10.12. Current selection ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
Open the Contents view and expand this section to see a list of methods.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.10.12.1. MGController::getCurrentAddress() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getCurrentAddress(MAddress *) [virtual]
MAddress * Storage location
Within MGController, always returns 0. Classes that inherit from MGController
can implement this method to store the address of the current base cell; it
should return 1 if successful and 0 otherwise. This method is called by Mesa
AddIns.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.10.12.2. MGController::getCurrentRange() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getCurrentRange(MRange *) [virtual]
MRange * Storage location
Within MGController, returns 0. Classes that inherit from MGController can
implement this method to store the address of the currently selected range.
This method is called by Mesa AddIns.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.10.12.3. MGController::selectRange() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
selectRange(const char *) [virtual]
const char * Address of range to select
Within MGController, does nothing. Classes that inherit from MGController can
implement this method to select a range in the active window with the given
address. This method is called by Mesa AddIns.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.10.13. Default dimensions ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
Open the Contents view and expand this section to see a list of methods.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.10.13.1. MGController::getDefaultRowsAndCols() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getDefaultRowsAndCols(int &, int &) [virtual]
int & Storage for rows
int & Storage for columns
Stores the default row/column size. In MGController, the defaults are 32x32.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.10.13.2. MGController::getDefaultUndoAndLayers() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getDefaultUndoAndLayers(int &, int &) [virtual]
int & Storage for number of undo levels
int & Storage for number of layers
Stores the default undo/layer settings. In MGController, the defaults are 32
undo levels and 1 layer.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.10.14. Keyboard and mouse actions ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
Open the Contents view and expand this section to see a list of methods.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.10.14.1. MGController::getEnterBehavior() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getEnterBehavior() [virtual]
Within MGController, returns 0. Classes that inherit from MGController can
implement this method to return an ID indicating what should happen when the
Enter key is pressed (see "Enter behavior constants").
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.10.14.2. MGController::getHitPoint()=0 ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getHitPoint() = 0 [virtual]
Within MGController, does nothing. Classes that inherit from MGController can
implement this method to return most recent hit-point location of the mouse.
MPoint
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.10.14.3. MGController::handleKey()=0 ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
handleKey(int, int) = 0 [virtual]
int Character entered
int Other key flags set (Ctrl, Alt, etc.)
Within MGController, does nothing. Classes that inherit from MGController can
implement this method to indicate whether the key has been handled - 0 if it
has, 1 if it has not.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.10.15. Recalculation and real-time data feeds ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
Open the Contents view and expand this section to see a list of methods.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.10.15.1. MGController::getRealTimeValue() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getRealTimeValue(const char *, const char *, double &val) [virtual]
const char * First ID string
const char * Second ID string
double &val Storage buffer
Looks in the real-time feed table for an entry containing both ID strings, and
stores the associated value in val. Returns noError if the entry is found, or
feedNotFoundError otherwise.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.10.15.2. MGController::recalcNeedFeeds() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
recalcNeedFeeds() [virtual]
Recalculates all models in the model list that depend on the real-time feed
table (see MMesaModel::getHasFeed()) and are set to automatically recalculate
(see MMesaModel::getAutoRecalc()).
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.10.15.3. MGController::setRealTimeValue() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setRealTimeValue(const char *, const char *, double) [virtual]
const char * First ID string
const char * Second ID string
double Value
Adds an entry to the real-time data feed table with the two identifier strings
and the double value.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.10.15.4. MGController::waitForData() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
waitForData() [virtual]
Polls the real-time data feed table every 250 microseconds. If data has
changed, triggers a recalculation of those models that depend on the feed table
(see MGController::recalcNeedFeeds()).
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.10.16. Retrieving thread information ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
Open the Contents view and expand this section to see a list of methods.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.10.16.1. MGController::getThreadNum() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getThreadNum() [virtual]
Returns the thread number for the controller.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.10.17. Retrieving current status of the application ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
Open the Contents view and expand this section to see a list of methods.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.10.17.1. MGController::getInBeAlive()=0 ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getInBeAlive() = 0 [virtual]
Within MGController, does nothing. Classes that inherit from MGController can
implement this method to indicate if MGController::beAlive()=0 is currently
running (1 if so, 0 otherwise).
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.10.17.2. MGController::isApplicationActive() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
isApplicationActive() [virtual]
Within MGController, always returns 1. Classes that inherit from MGController
can implement this method to determine whether the application is currently
active. This method is called by the edit view to control blinking of the
insertion point (see MEditView::winPing()).
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.10.17.3. MGController::isEditing()=0 ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
isEditing() = 0 [virtual]
Within MGController, does nothing. Classes that inherit from MGController can
implement this method to indicate whether a model is currently being edited (1
if so, 0 otherwise). This method is called primarily by display classes to
determine whether certain commands can be executed (see MWindow::canExecute()).
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.10.17.4. MGController::isEditingFormula()=0 ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
isEditingFormula() = 0 [virtual]
Within MGController, does nothing. Classes that inherit from MGController can
implement this method to indicate whether a formula in a model is currently
being edited (1 if so, 0 otherwise). This method is called primarily by display
classes to allow different behavior for common actions (besides simple
text-entry) while editing a formula; e.g. dragging the mouse to enter a range
address rather than select the range.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.10.17.5. MGController::isRunning() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
isRunning() [virtual]
Returns 1 if the application is registered as running, 0 otherwise (see also
MGController::cleanUp() ).
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.10.18. RGB colors ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
Open the Contents view and expand this section to see a list of methods.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.10.18.1. MGController::getUseRGB() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getUseRGB() [virtual]
Returns 1 if using RGB colors, 0 otherwise.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.10.19. Edit view ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
Open the Contents view and expand this section to see a list of methods.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.10.19.1. MGController::getEditView()=0 ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getEditView() = 0 [virtual]
Within MGController, does nothing. Classes that inherit from MGController can
implement this method to return a pointer to the application's edit view, if
one exists (see MEditView).
MEditView *
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.10.19.2. MGController::removeEdit()=0 ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
removeEdit() = 0 [virtual]
Within MGController, does nothing. Classes that inherit from MGController can
implement this method to remove the displayed value from the edit view.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.10.19.3. MGController::resizeFormulaView()=0 ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
resizeFormulaView()= 0 [virtual]
Within MGController, does nothing. Classes that inherit from MGController can
implement this method to resize a "formula view" - a area that displays the
underlying contents of the current base cell (see also
MGController::updateFormulaView()=0 ).
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.10.19.4. MGController::updateFormulaView()=0 ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
updateFormulaView() = 0 [virtual]
Within MGController, does nothing. Classes that inherit from MGController can
implement this method to redisplay the contents of the current base cell in a
separate "formula view" window (see also MGController::resizeFormulaView()=0 ).
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.11. MInterest ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
interest.h is the source file for this class.
This class inherits from MObject
Abstract base class that represents interest in an model, which results in
notifications being sent when that model undergoes a state change. Each model
maintains a list of registered interests in it (see
MMesaModel::registerInterest()), and notifies the interest whenever an
appropriate state change occurs.
For example, when you set up an MMesaView instance (see MMesaView::setUp()), it
instantiates a special MInterest subclass (a "display interest") that refers to
itself, and registers that interest with its associated model. Whenever a
format change occurs in the model, the model issues a formatsChanged() message
to all the registered MInterest instances, including the MMesaView's display
interest. If you want to notify your own objects of changes in a model, you can
subclass MInterest and implement the notification functions appropriately.
Whenever a model notifies an interest of a state change, it includes an MChange
parameter. MChange is a Mesa-internal class that represents a list of cells
that have been affected by the state change. For more information, see
"MChange".
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.11.1. Creating and destroying an MInterest instance ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
Open the Contents view and expand this section to see a list of methods.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.11.1.1. MInterest::MInterest() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
MInterest()
Initializes the MInterest.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.11.1.2. MInterest::~MInterest() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
~MInterest() [virtual]
Destroys the MInterest instance and releases any allocated resources.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.11.2. Notifying the interested object of a state change ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
Open the Contents view and expand this section to see a list of methods.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.11.2.1. MInterest::changedSize()=0 ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
changedSize(MChange *) = 0 [virtual]
MChange * List of affected cells
Within MInterest, does nothing. Subclasses of MInterest should notify the
interested object appropriately. This method is called when cells in the model
have been resized.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.11.2.2. MInterest::contentsChanged()=0 ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
contentsChanged(MChange *) = 0 [virtual]
MChange * List of affected cells
Within MInterest, does nothing. Subclasses of MInterest should notify the
interested object appropriately. This method is called when the contents of
one or more cells in the model have been changed.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.11.2.3. MInterest::formatsChanged()=0 ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
formatsChanged(MChange *) = 0 [virtual]
MChange * List of affected cells
Within MInterest, does nothing. Subclasses of MInterest should notify the
interested object appropriately. This method is called when the formats of one
or more cells in the model have been changed.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.11.2.4. MInterest::redisplay()=0 ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
redisplay(MChange *) = 0 [virtual]
MChange * List of affected cells
Within MInterest, does nothing. Subclasses of MInterest should notify the
interested object appropriately. This method is called when the model is
redisplayed (see MMesaModel::redisplay()).
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.11.2.5. MInterest::resetView()=0 ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
resetView(MChange *) = 0 [virtual]
MChange * List of affected cells
Within MInterest, does nothing. Subclasses of MInterest should notify the
interested object appropriately. This method is called when a script has been
deleted.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12. MMesaModel ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
mesamodel.h is the source file for this class.
This class inherits from MObject
Represents an open Mesa 2 file, often called a workbook or a model. In general,
all information and processes specific to a single Mesa 2 file can be accessed
and initiated by the MMesaModel instance that represents that file.
Within this document, MMesaModel is often discussed as if it contained
information about a model; in reality, most of the information is maintained in
an instance of MModel, which is a Mesa-internal class not directly available
through Mesa DOK. MMesaModel simply keeps track of an MModel instance, and most
MMesaModel methods are simple pass-through functions.
MMesaModel is a SOM-based class, where MModel is not (for performance reasons).
By using MMesaModel in your SOM-based custom applications, you allow the
application to interact with future updated versions of the Mesa DOK DLL's
without having to be recompiled.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.1. MMesaModel contents ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
Open the Contents view and expand this section to see a list of methods.
Each MMesaModel instance keeps track of the following information:
a cell list, containing address, contents, value type, format, and
(optional) cached value for every non-empty cell in the model;
a layer list, containing name, row and column count and size information,
default formatting information, and protection status for each layer in
the model;
a label list, containing a name, range, and "autogrow" setting for all
labelled ranges in the model (if any);
a script list, including name, program, and execution settings for all
REXX scripts in the model (if any);
a frame list (see MFrameXfer), including position, type and settings for
all graphs, shapes, and other graphic objects (if any);
a window list, including positions and magnification settings for all
windows that display the model;
recalculation information:
Does the model recalculate automatically when a cell is edited?
In what order should cells be recalculated, and how often?
Has the model been changed since the last recalculation?
Which cells depend on which other cells for their values?
Do any cells in the model depend on the controller's real-time feed table
for their values?
a print-job header which determines the appearance of printed pages from
this model;
a DDE link table containing references to tagged items in other models or
other DDE-enabled applications;
a BLOB list, containing Binary Large OBject entries for the model;
a format list, with an entry for every unique format in the model (see
MFormat);
a font list, with an entry for every unique font in the model (see
MFont);
a currency character array which is used in numeric and currency display
formats;
an undo list and a redo list, used for keeping track of executed
commands, associated model changes, and associated selections so that the
model can be restored to an earlier state;
file information for the model, including file name, path name (if any),
and optional password.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.2. Creating, destroying, and setting up an MMesaModel instance ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
Open the Contents view and expand this section to see a list of methods.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.2.1. MMesaModel::MMesaModel() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
MMesaModel()
Instantiates the MMesaModel instance.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.2.2. MMesaModel::~MMesaModel() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
~MMesaModel() [virtual]
Releases the MMesaModel instance.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.2.3. MMesaModel::cleanUp() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
cleanUp(MGController *) [virtual]
MGController *gc The controller (see MGController)
Deletes all items in the DDE item list for the model, freezes the event queue
and unsets the controller's running flag (see MGController).
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.2.4. MMesaModel::setUp() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setUp(MGController *) [virtual]
MGController * Controller to associate with the model
Registers the current model with the application controller (see
MGController).
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.3. Cell and range addresses ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
Open the Contents view and expand this section to see a list of methods.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.3.1. MMesaModel::addressFromPoint() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
addressFromPoint(const MAddress *, const MPoint *, int)
const MAddress * MAddress of the upper-left corner of the display
const MPoint * Point to look up
int Clip the address to within the window, or not? 1 to clip, 0 for no.
Default is 1
Returns the absolute address of the cell containing the given point (see
MAddress).
MAddress
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.3.2. MMesaModel::adToStr() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
adToStr(const MAddress *, char *, int)
const MAddress * Address to get the string-representation of
char * Storage location
int Always include layer reference ? -1 for yes (default)
Creates a character-string representation of the address (see
MAddress::toStr()). Stores the result in the character buffer provided.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.3.3. MMesaModel::doesCellExist() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
doesCellExist(const MAddress *) [virtual]
const MAddress * Address of cell
Determines whether the cell at the given address has been created or not.
The model's cell array is a sparse matrix, containing only those cells which
have contents or formatting or some other actual information in them. For
example, a 300-row by 400-column layer has 120,000 potential cells; however,
if only one cell has been edited since the layer was created, then only one of
those cells will actually exist.
Returns 1 if the cell exists, 0 otherwise.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.3.4. MMesaModel::find() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
find(const char *, int, int, const MRange *, const MAddress *) [virtual]
const char * String to search for
int Flags controlling the search (see "Search constants")
int Search order (1 for horizontal-first, 0 for vertical-first)
const MRange * Range in which to search
const MAddress * Starting address
Searches within the given range for the first cell after the starting address
containing the given string. Returns the address of that cell, or a null
address if none is found.
Note that by setting the starting address to the return value of find(), you
can use this method to cycle through an entire range and find all occurrances
of the string.
MAddress
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.3.5. MMesaModel::findLowerRightCell() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
findLowerRightCell(MAddress *) [virtual]
MAddress * Storage location
Finds and stores the address of the lower-right most cell in the layer,
ignoring blank cells and hidden rows/columns.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.3.6. MMesaModel::findNextCellInCol() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
findNextCellInCol(int type, const MAddress *, MAddress *) [virtual]
int type Type of search (1 for blank, 0 for non-blank)
const MAddress * Address of current cell
MAddress * Storage location
This method checks each cell under the current cell in the same column.
If type is 0, then:
if the cell immediately underneath is non-blank, the method stores the address
of the last non-blank cell it encounters before a blank cell;
if the cell immediately underneath is blank, the method stores the address of
the first non-blank cell it encounters.
If type is 1, the method stores the address of the first non-blank cell it
encounters.
In all cases, hidden rows are ignored, and the cell in the last row of the
layer is stored (whether or not it is blank) if the search fails.
For example, if the current layer has 4 columns and 5 rows, with the following
contents:
A B C D
R1: 100 Piano Australia Red
R2: 200 Guitar Blue
R3: 300 Jamaica
R4: Germany
R5: 400 Tuba Korea
...and the type parameter is set to 1 if the current cell is blank and 0 if
the current cell is not blank, then findNextCellInCol(type, currentCell, tmp)
will store the following addresses in tmp for the given currentCell addresses:
currentCell tmp
C1 C3
C2 C3
D1 D2
D2 D5
A2 A4
This method is used when processing the End,Down Arrow key combination.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.3.7. MMesaModel::findNextCellInRow() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
findNextCellInRow(int, const MAddress *, MAddress *) [virtual]
int Type of search (1 for blank, 0 for non-blank)
const MAddress * Address of current cell
MAddress * Storage location
This method checks each cell to the right of the current cell in the same row.
If type is 0, then:
if the cell immediately to the right is non-blank, the method stores the
address of the last non-blank cell it encounters before a blank cell;
if the cell immediately to the right is blank, the method stores the address
of the first non-blank cell it encounters.
If type is 1, the method stores the address of the first non-blank cell it
encounters.
In all cases, hidden columns are ignored, and the cell in the last column in
the layer is stored (whether or not it is blank) if the search fails.
For example, if the current layer has 4 columns and 5 rows, with the following
contents:
A B C D
R1: 100 Piano Australia Red
R2: 200 Guitar Blue
R3: 300 Jamaica
R4: Germany
R5: 400 Tuba Korea
...and the type parameter is set to 1 if the current cell is blank and 0 if
the current cell is not blank, then findNextCellInRow(type, currentCell, tmp)
will store the following addresses in tmp for the given currentCell addresses:
currentCell tmp
A1 D1
A2 B2
B2 D2
A3 C3
C3 D3
This method is used when processing the End,Right Arrow key combination.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.3.8. MMesaModel::findPriorCellInCol() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
findPriorCellInCol(int, const MAddress *, MAddress *) [virtual]
int Type of search (1 for blank, 0 for non-blank)
const MAddress * Address of current cell
MAddress * Storage location
This method checks each cell above the current cell in the same column.
If type is 0, then:
if the cell immediately above is non-blank, the method stores the address of
the last non-blank cell it encounters before a blank cell;
if the cell immediately above is blank, the method stores the address of the
first non-blank cell it encounters.
If type is 1, the method stores the address of the first non-blank cell it
encounters.
In all cases, hidden rows are ignored, and the cell in the first row is stored
(whether or not it is blank) if the search fails.
For example, if the current layer has 4 columns and 5 rows, with the following
contents:
A B C D
R1: 100 Piano Australia Red
R2: 200 Guitar Blue
R3: 300 Jamaica
R4: Germany
R5: 400 Tuba Korea
...and the type parameter is set to 1 if the current cell is blank and 0 if
the current cell is not blank, then findPriorCellInCol(type, currentCell, tmp)
will store the following addresses in tmp for the given currentCell addresses:
currentCell tmp
D5 D2
C5 C3
B5 B2
A5 A3
This method is used when processing the End,Up Arrow key combination.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.3.9. MMesaModel::findPriorCellInRow() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
findPriorCellInRow(int, const MAddress *, MAddress *) [virtual]
int Type of search (1 for blank, 0 for non-blank)
const MAddress * Address of current cell
MAddress * Storage location
This method checks each cell to the left of the current cell in the same row.
If type is 0, then:
if the cell immediately to the left is non-blank, the method stores the
address of the last non-blank cell it encounters before a blank cell;
if the cell immediately to the left is blank, the method stores the address of
the first non-blank cell it encounters.
If type is 1, the method stores the address of the first non-blank cell it
encounters.
In all cases, hidden columns are ignored, and the cell in the first column is
stored (whether or not it is blank) if the search fails.
For example, if the current layer has 4 columns and 5 rows, with the following
contents:
A B C D
R1: 100 Piano Australia Red
R2: 200 Guitar Blue
R3: 300 Jamaica
R4: Germany
R5: 400 Tuba Korea
...and the type parameter is set to 1 if the current cell is blank and 0 if
the current cell is not blank, then findPriorCellInRow(type, currentCell, tmp)
will store the following addresses in tmp for the given currentCell addresses:
currentCell tmp
D4 C4
C4 A4
D1 A1
D2 B2
B2 A2
This method is used when processing the End,Left Arrow key combination.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.3.10. MMesaModel::isAddress() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
isAddress(const char *, const MAddress *, MAddress *, int &) [virtual]
const char * String to parse
const MAddress * Base address to merge with address in string
MAddress * Storage location for address
int & Storage location for string length
Determines whether or not the given string represents a valid cell address. If
so, stores the absolute address it represents (if the address is relative, it
is merged with the base cell to obtain an absolute address) and the string
length.
Returns 1 if the string represents an address, 0 otherwise.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.3.11. MMesaModel::isMultiRange() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
isMultiRange(const char *, const MAddress *, MRange *, int &len) [virtual]
const char * String to parse
const MAddress * Base address
MRange * Storage location for address
int & Storage location for string length
Determines whether or not the given string represents the address of a valid
discontinuous range (e.g.; [A]A1:B30,[B]A1:C15,[Summary]C20:C22 ). If so,
stores the absolute range it represents (if the address is relative, it is
merged with the base cell to obtain an absolute address) and the string
length.
Returns 1 if the string refers to a discontinuous range; 0 otherwise.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.3.12. MMesaModel::rangeToStr() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
rangeToStr(const MRange *, const MAddress *, char *&, int &) [virtual]
const MRange * Range to be converted
const MAddress * Base address
char *& Storage location for string
int & Storage location for string length
Stores the string equivalent of the given range, offset from the given cell if
relative, and the length of that string. (Compare with MMesaModel::adToStr().)
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.4. Removing cells ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
Open the Contents view and expand this section to see a list of methods.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.4.1. MMesaModel::clear() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
clear(const MSelection *, const MSelection *, int, MException *)
const MSelection * Selection to clear
const MSelection * Current selection (to be journaled for undo/redo
purposes)
int Action to perform (see "Action ID constants")
MException * Storage location for errors
If the given selection includes a frame, then the frame is removed from the
model's frame list. Otherwise, every cell in the selected range is removed
from the model's cell list.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.4.2. MMesaModel::clearRange() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
clearRange(const MRange *, const MSelection *, int, MException *)
const MRange * Range to clear
const MSelection * Current selection (to be journaled for undo/redo
purposes)
int Action to perform (see "Action ID constants")
MException * Storage location for errors
Removes every cell in the given range from the model's cell list.
void
MMesaModel::cut()
MMesaModel::clearSpecialRange()
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.5. Retrieving the contents or value of cells ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
Open the Contents view and expand this section to see a list of methods.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.5.1. MMesaModel::getCellString() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getCellString(const MAddress *) [virtual]
const MAddress * Address of cell to return input string for
Returns the input string of the given cell - that is, a string which a user
could enter into that cell in order to duplicate its contents.
char *
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.5.2. MMesaModel::getCellValue() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getCellValue(const MAddress *) [virtual]
const MAddress * Address to get value of
Returns the value of the given cell.
char *
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.5.3. MMesaModel::getCellValueToAddInValue() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getCellValueToAddInValue(void *) [virtual]
void * Pointer to AddIn value
Reads address information (if any) from the given AddIn parameter, then stores
the contents and value type (see "Cell type constants") of the cell at that
address (or of default cell, if no address is given) in the AddIn parameter.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.5.4. MMesaModel::isCellNonBlank() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
isCellNonBlank(const MAddress *) [virtual]
const MAddress * Which cell?
Returns 0 if given cell is empty, 1 otherwise.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.6. Changing the contents or value of cells ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
Open the Contents view and expand this section to see a list of methods.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.6.1. MMesaModel::clearSpecialRange() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
clearSpecialRange(const MRange *, int, const MSelection *, int, MException *)
const MRange * Range to clear
int Clearing type.
const MSelection * Current selection (to be journaled for undo/redo
purposes)
int Action to perform (see "Action ID constants")
MException * Storage location for errors
Removes some, but not necessarily all, of the contents of the cells in the
given range. What subset is removed depends on the given clearing type (see
"Clear special constants").
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.6.2. MMesaModel::convertRange() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
convertRange(const MRange *, int func, const MSelection *, int, MException *)
const MRange * Range to convert
int func What kind of conversion?
const MSelection * Current selection (to be journaled for undo/redo
purposes)
int Action to perform (see "Action ID constants")
MException * Storage location for errors
Converts the cells in the given range from one form to another, depending on
type of conversion (see "Conversion constants").
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.6.3. MMesaModel::setCellToAddInValue() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setCellToAddInValue(void *, int) [virtual]
void * Pointer to AddIn value
int action Action to perform (see "Action ID constants")
Reads a cell address, contents, and value type (see "Cell type constants")
from the given AddIn parameter, then sets the cell at that address to the
given values.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.6.4. MMesaModel::setCellToString() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setCellToString(const MAddress *, const char *, int, MException *, const
MSelection *)
const MAddress * Address of cell to set
const char * RPN string to set the cell to
int Action to perform (see "Action ID constants")
MException * Storage location for errors
const MSelection * Current selection (to be journaled for undo/redo
purposes)
Sets the given cell's contents to the given string.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.7. Retrieving the position of cells ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
Open the Contents view and expand this section to see a list of methods.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.7.1. MMesaModel::getRectForAd() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getRectForAd(const MAddress *, const MAddress *, MRect *)
const MAddress * Upper-left corner of the display
const MAddress * Address to get rectangle for
MRect * Storage location
Stores the bounding rectangle for the given cell.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.7.2. MMesaModel::getRectForRange() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getRectForRange(const MAddress *, const MAddress *, const MAddress *, MRect *)
[virtual]
const MAddress * Upper-left corner of the display
const MAddress * Upper-left corner of the range
const MAddress * Lower-right corner of the range
MRect * Storage location
Stores the bounding rectangle for the given range.
void
getRectForRange(const MAddress *, const MRange *, MRect *) [virtual]
const MAddress * Upper-left corner of the display
const MRange * Range
MRect * Storage for the bounding rectangle
Stores the bounding rectangle for the given range.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.8. Filling ranges of cells ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
Open the Contents view and expand this section to see a list of methods.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.8.1. MMesaModel::autoRange() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
autoRange(const MRange *, int, const MSelection *, int, MException *)
const MRange * Selected range
int Which function? (see "SmartMath function constants")
const MSelection * Current selection (to be journaled for undo/redo
purposes)
int Action to perform (see "Action ID constants")
MException * Storage location for errors
Based on the current selection, determines the range to use as an argument to
the given function, then inserts a formula using the given function and the
calculated argument into every selected cell.
If a single cell is selected and there is a numeric value in the cell
immediately above it, the range is all the cells above the current cell in the
same column that contain a continuous series of values.
If there is no numeric value above the selected cell, but there is a numeric
value to the left of the selected cell, the range is all the cells to the left
of the current cell in the same row that contain a continuous series of
values.
If all the selected cells are empty and in the same row, the range is all the
cells above the selected range (in the same column) that contain a continuous
series of values. If there are no values above a selected cell, the method
does nothing.
If all the selected cells are empty and in the same column, the range is all
the cells to the left of the selected range (in the same row) that contain a
continuous series of values. If there are no values to the left of a selected
cell, the method does nothing.
If a rectangular range is selected, the range is the last row or last column
if either is empty, or both if both are empty. If neither is empty, the range
is the last row.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.8.2. MMesaModel::copyCells() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
copyCells(const MRange *, const MAddress *, int, MException *, const MSelection
*) [virtual]
const MRange * Range of cells to copy from
const MAddress * Offset
int Action to perform (see "Action ID constants")
MException * Storage location for errors
const MSelection * Current selection (to be journaled for undo/redo
purposes)
Copies a range of cells from their current position to a position offset by
the given relative address (see also MMesaModel::copy() ).
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.8.3. MMesaModel::fillDown() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
fillDown(const MRange *, int, const MSelection *, MException *) [virtual]
const MRange * Range to fill
int Action to perform (see "Action ID constants")
const MSelection * Current selection (to be journaled for undo/redo
purposes)
MException * Storage location for errors
Copies the contents of each cell in the first row of the given range into
every cell in the same column, in the given range. If the range is large
enough, triggers MGController::percentComplete()=0.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.8.4. MMesaModel::fillRight() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
fillRight(const MRange *, int, const MSelection *, MException *) [virtual]
const MRange * Range to fill
int Action to perform (see "Action ID constants")
const MSelection * Current selection (to be journaled for undo/redo
purposes)
MException * Storage location for errors
Copies the contents of each cell in the first column of the given range into
every cell in the same row, in the given range. If the range is large enough,
triggers MGController::percentComplete()=0.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.8.5. MMesaModel::fillSmartDown() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
fillSmartDown(const MRange *, int, const MSelection *, MException *) [virtual]
const MRange * Range to fill
int Action to perform (see "Action ID constants")
const MSelection * Current selection (to be journaled for undo/redo
purposes)
MException * Storage location for errors
Enters a formula into each cell in the given range, except those in the first
row of that range.
The function used in each formula depends on the contents of the top cell -
that is, the cell in the first row of the given range and in the same column
as the cell being edited. If the top cell contains a formula, then the SAME()
function is used. If the top cell contains a number or a string, then the
NEXT() function is used.
Similarly, the argument used in each formula depends on the contents of the
top cell. If a formula, then each formula includes an absolute reference to
the top cell. If a string or number, then each formula includes a relative
reference to the cell immediately above it.
For example, if cells A1 through C3 have the following contents:
A B C
R1: 100 Text =INT(RAND * 10)
R2: 200 More text =INT(RAND * 100)
R3: 300 Still more text =INT(RAND * 1000)
...and range is an MRange instance representing the range A1:C3, then
fillSmartDown(range, action, sel, exc) will generate (overwriting the previous
contents of A2:C3) the following:
A B C
R1: 100 Text =INT(RAND * 10)
R2: =NEXT(A1) =NEXT(B1) =SAME( cket.$A]$C$1)
R3: =NEXT(A2) =NEXT(B2) =SAME( cket.$A]$C$1)
If the range is large enough, triggers MGController::percentComplete()=0.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.8.6. MMesaModel::fillSmartRight() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
fillSmartRight(const MRange *, int, const MSelection *, MException *) [virtual]
const MRange * Range to fill
int Action to perform (see "Action ID constants")
const MSelection * Current selection (to be journaled for undo/redo
purposes)
MException * Storage location for errors
Enters a formula into each cell in the given range, except those in the first
column of that range.
The function used in each formula depends on the contents of the left cell -
that is, the cell in the first column of the given range and in the same row
as the cell being edited. If the left cell contains a formula, then the SAME()
function is used. If the left cell contains a number or a string, then the
NEXT() function is used.
Similarly, the argument used in each formula depends on the contents of the
left cell. If a formula, then each formula includes an absolute reference to
the left cell. If a string or number, then each formula includes a relative
reference to the cell immediately to its left.
For example, if cells A1 through C3 have the following contents:
A B C
R1: 100 Text =INT(RAND * 10)
R2: 200 More text =INT(RAND * 100)
R3: 300 Still more text =INT(RAND * 1000)
...and range is an MRange instance representing the range A1:C3, then
fillSmartRight(range, action, sel, exc) will generate (overwriting the
previous contents of A2:C3) the following:
A B C
R1: 100 =NEXT(A1) =NEXT(B1)
R2: 200 =NEXT(A2) =NEXT(B2)
R3: 300 =NEXT(A3) =NEXT(B3)
If the range is large enough, triggers MGController::percentComplete()=0.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.8.7. MMesaModel::fillSmartWithCell() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
fillSmartWithCell(const MAddress *, const MRange *, int, const MSelection *,
MException *) [virtual]
const MAddress * Address of the base cell
const MRange * Range to fill
int Action to perform (see "Action ID constants")
const MSelection * Current selection (to be journaled for undo/redo
purposes)
MException * Storage location for errors
Enters a formula into each cell in the given range, except the base cell.
The function used in each formula depends on the contents of the base cell. If
the base cell contains a formula, then the SAME() function is used. If the
base cell contains a number or a string, then the NEXT() function is used. The
argument used in each formula is a relative reference to an adjacent cell in
the direction of the base cell, where vertical references have priority over
horizontal ones.
For example, if cells A1 through C3 have the following contents:
A B C
R1: 100 Text =INT(RAND * 10)
R2: 200 More text =INT(RAND * 100)
R3: 300 Still more text =INT(RAND * 1000)
...and range is an MRange instance representing the range A1:C3, and cell is
an MAddress instance representing cell B2, then fillSmartWithCell(cell,range,
action, sel, exc) will generate (overwriting the previous contents of A2:C3)
the following:
A B C
R1: =NEXT(A2) =NEXT(B2) =NEXT(C2 ar.
R2: =NEXT(B2) More text =NEXT(B2)
R3: =NEXT(A2) =NEXT(B2) =NEXT(C2 ar.
If the range is large enough, triggers MGController::percentComplete()=0.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.8.8. MMesaModel::fillWithCell() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
fillWithCell(const MAddress *, const MRange *, int, const MSelection *,
MException *) [virtual]
const MAddress * Address of base cell
const MRange * Range to fill
int Action to perform (see "Action ID constants")
const MSelection * Current selection (to be journaled for undo/redo
purposes)
MException * Storage location for errors
Copies the contents of the base cell into every other cell in the given range.
If the range is large enough, triggers MGController::percentComplete()=0.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.8.9. MMesaModel::importText() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
importText(MStream *, const MAddress *, int, const MSelection *, MException *)
[virtual]
MStream *st Input stream
const MAddress * MAddress to store it in
int Action to perform (see "Action ID constants")
const MSelection * Current selection (to be journaled for undo/redo
purposes)
MException * Storage location for errors
Reads text from st (see MStream) and places it in the given address. If the
character being read is a tab or a newline, then the character is ignored and
the destination address is offset by one column or one row, respectively.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.8.10. MMesaModel::moveCells() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
moveCells(const MRange *, const MAddress *, int, MException *, const MSelection
*) [virtual]
const MRange * Source range
const MAddress * Offset to move them
int Action to perform (see "Action ID constants")
MException * Storage location for errors
const MSelection * Current selection (to be journaled for undo/redo
purposes)
Changes the location of each of the given cells by the given offset, replacing
the existing cells at that location if there are any. If the new location is
beyond the existing boundaries of the layer, expands the layer.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.9. Sorting ranges of cells ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
Open the Contents view and expand this section to see a list of methods.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.9.1. MMesaModel::sort() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
sort(const MRange *, int, int, int, int *, int *, int, MSelection *, MException
*) [virtual]
const MRange * Range to sort
int Does the range have titles? 1 for yes, 0 for no
int Sort by row or by column? 1 for column, 0 for row.
int Number of sort keys
int * Array of integers for each sort key, each defining the row or
column for that key (stored as an offset into the range)
int * Array of one integer for each sort key, each indicating the sort
order for that key (1 for ascending, -1 for descending)
int Action to perform (see "Action ID constants")
const MSelection * Current selection (to be journaled for undo/redo
purposes)
MException * Storage location for errors
Sorts the contents of the range.
Each data series in the range (see below) is sorted based on the values in its
key cell(s) and the sort order defined for that key (if ascending, then cell
contents are ordered first to last from top to bottom; if descending, they are
ordered first to last from bottom to top).
Up to 6 keys can be defined. The second key is used only to resolve if the
values of the first key cells of two data series are identical (the third is
used to resolve ties of the second, and so forth). If the range has titles,
the first data series in the range is ignored.
A data series is a row, if the range is being sorted by row, or a column, if
the range is being sorted by column.
For example, given the following cells in range:
Col 0 Col 1 Col 2 Col 3
Row 0 ID Date Day Color
Row 1 42 26-Aug-95 Sat Blue
Row 2 96 19-Mar-95 Sun Red
Row 3 19 02-Aug-95 Wed Green
Row 4 42 17-Jul-95 Mon Orange
Row 5 35 09-Jun-95 Fri Blue
Row 6 97 08-Oct-95 Sun Red
...and given an integer array keys = {3,2, 0} and an integer array order = {1,
-1, 1}, then sort(range, 1,0,3,keys, order, defaultAction, &sel, &tmp) will
change the range to the following:
Col 0 Col 1 Col 2 Col 3
Row 0 ID Date Day Color
Row 1 42 26-Aug-95 Sat Blue
Row 2 35 09-Jun-95 Fri Blue
Row 3 96 19-Mar-95 Sun Green
Row 4 42 17-Jul-95 Mon Orange
Row 5 19 02-Aug-95 Wed Red
Row 6 97 08-Oct-95 Sun Red
Notice that row 0 is unchanged. Given order = {-1, -1, 1} instead, then
sort(range, 1,0,3,keys, order, defaultAction, &sel, &tmp) will change the
range to the following:
Col 0 Col 1 Col 2 Col 3
Row 0 ID Date Day Color
Row 1 19 02-Aug-95 Wed Red
Row 2 97 08-Oct-95 Sun Red
Row 3 42 17-Jul-95 Mon Orange
Row 4 96 19-Mar-95 Sun Green
Row 5 42 26-Aug-95 Sat Blue
Row 6 35 09-Jun-95 Fri Blue
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.10. Labelled and autogrow ranges ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
Open the Contents view and expand this section to see a list of methods.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.10.1. MMesaModel::autoGrow() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
autoGrow(const MAddress *, const MRange *, int, const MSelection *, MException
*) [virtual]
const MAddress * Base cell
const MRange * Selected range
int Action to perform (see "Action ID constants")
const MSelection * Current selection (to be journaled for undo/redo
purposes)
MException * Storage location for errors
If the base cell is at the lower edge of the selected range (see
MRange::isAtLowerEdge()), and the range has been named and defined as an
autogrow range (see MRange::isAutoGrow()), extends the selected range by one
row and redefines the named range to include the new row.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.10.2. MMesaModel::deleteLabel() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
deleteLabel(const char *, int, const MSelection *) [virtual]
const char * Label name
int Action to perform (see "Action ID constants")
const MSelection * Current selection (to be journaled for undo/redo
purposes)
Removes the given label from the model's labelled ranges list.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.10.3. MMesaModel::findLabel() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
findLabel(const char *, MRange *) [virtual]
const char * Label to look for
MRange * Storage location
Locates the range associated with the given label and stores it.
Returns 1 if the range is found, 0 otherwise.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.10.4. MMesaModel::getLabel() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getLabel(int, MRange *) [virtual]
int Index into label list
MRange * Storage location
Stores the range associated with the given label, and returns the label name.
char *
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.10.5. MMesaModel::getLabelNames() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getLabelNames(int &) [virtual]
int & Storage for number of items
Returns string array of label names in model and stores the number of items in
that list.
char **
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.10.6. MMesaModel::numberOfLabels() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
numberOfLabels() [virtual]
Returns number of labelled ranges defined in the model.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.10.7. MMesaModel::setLabel() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setLabel(const char *, const MRange *, int, const MSelection *) [virtual]
const char * Label
const MRange * Range
int Action to perform (see "Action ID constants")
const MSelection * Current selection (to be journaled for undo/redo
purposes)
Adds the given label, associated with the given range, to the model's label
list.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.10.8. MMesaModel::shouldAutoGrow() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
shouldAutoGrow(const MAddress *, const MRange *) [virtual]
const MAddress * Current base cell
const MRange * Current range
Returns 1 if the given range is defined as autogrow in the model's label list,
and if the base cell is at the lower edge of that range; 0 otherwise.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.11. Frame list ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
Open the Contents view and expand this section to see a list of methods.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.11.1. MMesaModel::getFrameNames() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getFrameNames(int &) [virtual]
int & Storage location
Returns the list of frame names, and stores the number of items in the list.
char **
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.12. Adding a frame ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
Open the Contents view and expand this section to see a list of methods.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.12.1. MMesaModel::addFrame() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
addFrame(const MPoint *, const MAddress *, MFrame *, int, const MSelection *)
const MPoint * Point to display the frame at
const MAddress * Cell to anchor at
MFrame * Frame to be added
int Action to perform (see "Action ID constants")
const MSelection * Current selection (to be journaled for undo/redo
purposes)
Adds the given frame to the model's frame list (see MFrameXfer).
Returns name of the frame.
char *
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.12.2. MMesaModel::addImage() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
addImage(const MPoint *, const MAddress *, MImage *, int, const MSelection *)
const MPoint * Point to display the image at
const MAddress * Cell to anchor at
MImage * Image to be added
int Action to perform (see "Action ID constants")
const MSelection * Current selection (to be journaled for undo/redo
purposes)
Adds the given image to the model's image list.
Returns name of the image.
char *
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.12.3. MMesaModel::createGraph() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
createGraph(MRect *, const MAddress *, int, const MRange *, int, const
MSelection *) [virtual]
MRect * Size and position of graph
const MAddress * Anchor cell for graph frame
int What type of graph (see "Frame constants")?
const MRange * Range to be graphed
int Action to perform (see "Action ID constants")
const MSelection * Current selection (to be journaled for undo/redo
purposes)
Creates a graph of the given type and the given data at the given location,
anchored to the given cell.
Returns the frame name of the graph.
char *
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.12.4. MMesaModel::duplicateFrame() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
duplicateFrame(const char *, const MPoint *, const char *, int, const
MSelection *) [virtual]
const char * Name of frame to duplicate
const MPoint * Position of upper-left corner of new frame
const char * Unused
int Action to perform (see "Action ID constants")
const MSelection * Current selection (to be journaled for undo/redo
purposes)
Creates a copy of the named frame at the given position.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.12.5. MMesaModel::newShape() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
newShape(int, const MAddress *, const MRect *, int, int, int, const MSelection
*) [virtual]
int Type of shape (see "Shape and imported graphic type constants")
const MAddress * Anchor cell
const MRect * Position for shape
int Line width
int Line type (arrowheads)
int Action to perform (see "Action ID constants")
const MSelection * Current selection (to be journaled for undo/redo
purposes)
Creates a new frame of the given type at the given position with the given
parameters.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.13. Removing a frame ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
There are no methods designed exclusively to remove frames from a model.
However, MMesaModel::cut() and MMesaModel::clear() will both delete a frame if
it is included within the initial selection parameter.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.14. Identifying the position of a frame ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
Open the Contents view and expand this section to see a list of methods.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.14.1. MMesaModel::frameAtPoint() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
frameAtPoint(const MAddress *, const MPoint *, char **) [virtual]
const MAddress * Upper-left corner of display
const MPoint * Point (in sheet coordinates)
char ** Storage location
Identifies the frame at the given point if one exists (or the uppermost frame
if there are several frames at that point), and stores the frame name.
Returns 1 if a frame is found, 0 otherwise.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.14.2. MMesaModel::getCornerForFrame() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getCornerForFrame(const char *, const MAddress *, const MPoint *) [virtual]
const char * Frame name to look for
const MAddress * Upper left corner of display (used for translating
between frame and sheet coordinates)
const MPoint * Point
Identifies the corner of the given frame (if any) represented by the given
point. This is particularly useful for determining whether the a frame is
being resized.
Return 0 if the point is not a corner of the frame, or the corner ID if it is
(see "Frame corner constants").
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.14.3. MMesaModel::getRectForFrame() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getRectForFrame(const MAddress *, const char *, MRect *) [virtual]
const MAddress * Upper-left corner of display
const char * Frame name
MRect * Storage location
Stores the bounding rectangle for the given frame, if it exists.
Returns 1 if the frame exists, 0 otherwise.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.14.4. MMesaModel::isFrameAt() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
isFrameAt(int, const MRect *) [virtual]
int Which layer?
const MRect * Rectangle parameter
Compares the position of each frame in the model frame list to that of the
given rectangle. Returns 1 if there is a match, 0 otherwise.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.15. Retrieving frame settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
Open the Contents view and expand this section to see a list of methods.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.15.1. MMesaModel::frameHasText() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
frameHasText(const char *frame) [virtual]
const char *frame Frame name
Returns 1 if the named frame contains text, 0 otherwise.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.15.2. MMesaModel::getFrameText() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getFrameText(const char *frame) [virtual]
const char *frame Frame name
If the named frame has text in it, returns the text in frame.
char *
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.15.3. MMesaModel::getFrameInfo() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getFrameInfo(const char *) [virtual]
const char * Frame name
Returns an MFrameXfer instance including the settings of the named frame.
MFrameXfer *
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.16. Changing frame settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
Open the Contents view and expand this section to see a list of methods.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.16.1. MMesaModel::setFrameInfo() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setFrameInfo(const char *, const MFrameXfer *, int, const MSelection *)
[virtual]
const char * Frame name
const MFrameXfer * New frame settings
int Action to perform (see "Action ID constants")
const MSelection * Current selection (to be journaled for undo/redo
purposes)
Applies the given frame settings to the given frame. For more information, see
"MFrameXfer".
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.16.2. MMesaModel::setFrameOrder() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setFrameOrder(const char *, int, int, const MSelection *) [virtual]
const char * Frame name
int Order. Top is 1, bottom is 0
int Action to perform (see "Action ID constants")
const MSelection * Current selection (to be journaled for undo/redo
purposes)
Moves the given frame to the top or the bottom of the frame stacking order.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.16.3. MMesaModel::setFrameText() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setFrameText(const char *frame, char *text, int, const MSelection *sel)
[virtual]
const char *frame Frame name
char *text New text
int action Action to perform (see "Action ID constants")
const MSelection * Current selection (to be journaled for undo/redo
purposes)
Adds the given text to the given frame.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.16.4. MMesaModel::setFrameToType() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setFrameToType(const char *, int, int, const MSelection *) [virtual]
const char * Frame name
int New frame type
int Action to perform (see "Action ID constants")
const MSelection * Current selection (to be journaled for undo/redo
purposes)
Sets the frame type of the given frame (see "Frame constants").
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.17. Format list ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
Open the Contents view and expand this section to see a list of methods.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.17.1. MMesaModel::getCurSymbols() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getCurSymbols() [virtual]
Returns string array of all the currency symbols in use within the given model.
(Compare with MGController::getCurrencyChars().). For more information, see
"Currency and numeric symbols".
char **
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.17.2. MMesaModel::getFontNum() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getFontNum(const MFont *) [virtual]
const MFont * Font
Return index into the model's font list for the given font.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.17.3. MMesaModel::setCurSymbols() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setCurSymbols(char **, int, const MSelection *) [virtual]
char ** New currency-symbol array
int Action to perform (see "Action ID constants")
MException * Storage location for errors
const MSelection * Current selection (to be journaled for undo/redo
purposes)
Sets the currency-symbol array for the current model. For more information,
see "Currency and numeric symbols".
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.18. Retrieving and changing the format of a cell ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
Open the Contents view and expand this section to see a list of methods.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.18.1. MMesaModel::doGridBorder() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
doGridBorder(const MSelection *, int, int, const MSelection *, MException *)
[virtual]
const MSelection * Selection to draw border around
int Packed int structure telling what kind of border/grid to draw
int Action to perform (see "Action ID constants")
const MSelection * Current selection (to be journaled for undo/redo
purposes)
MException * Storage location for errors
Changes the border settings in the format of some or all of the selected cells
based on the packed integer parameter, as follows:
Bit Meaning Values
0: Outline 1 for yes, 0 for no
1: Grid 1 for yes, 0 for no
2-3: Left border Size in pixels
4: Left border 1 for draw, 0 for don't draw
5-6: Right border Size in pixels
7: Right border 1 for draw, 0 for don't draw
8-9: Top border Size in pixels
10: Top border 1 for draw, 0 for don't draw
11-12: Bottom border Size in pixels
13: Bottom border 1 for draw, 0 for don't draw
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.18.2. MMesaModel::getFormatAndFontForCell() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getFormatAndFontForCell(const MAddress *, MFormat *, MFont *) [virtual]
const MAddress * Address of cell
MFormat * Storage location for format
MFont * Storage location for font
Stores the format and font for the given cell. Always returns 0 (return value
is reserved for future use).
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.18.3. MMesaModel::setFont() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setFont(const char *, int, const MRange *, int, const MSelection *, MException
*) [virtual]
const char * Font name
int Font size (in points)
const MRange * Range
int Action to perform (see "Action ID constants")
const MSelection * Current selection (to be journaled for undo/redo
purposes)
MException * Storage location for errors
Sets every cell in the given range to the given font and size. For more
information, see "MFormat".
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.18.4. MMesaModel::setFontAttribute() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setFontAttribute(int, const MRange *, int, const MSelection *, MException *)
[virtual]
int Attribute
const MRange * Range
int Action to perform (see "Action ID constants")
const MSelection * Current selection (to be journaled for undo/redo
purposes)
MException * Storage location for errors
Applies the given attribute (see "Font attribute constants") to the font of
every cell in the given range. For more information, see "MFont".
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.18.5. MMesaModel::setFontForLayer() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setFontForLayer(int layer, const MFont *, int, const MSelection *, MException
*) [virtual]
int layer Which layer?
const MFont * New font
int Action to perform (see "Action ID constants")
const MSelection * Current selection (to be journaled for undo/redo
purposes)
MException * Storage location for errors
Sets the given font as the default font for all cells in the given layer.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.18.6. MMesaModel::setRangeToFont() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setRangeToFont(const MRange *, const MFont *, int, const MSelection *,
MException *) [virtual]
const MRange * Range
const MFont * New font
int Action to perform (see "Action ID constants")
const MSelection * Current selection (to be journaled for undo/redo
purposes)
MException * Storage location for errors
Sets the font of all cells within the given range to the given font (see
MFont).
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.18.7. MMesaModel::setRangeToFormat() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setRangeToFormat(const MRange *, const MFormat *, int, const MSelection *,
MException *) [virtual]
const MRange * Range
const MFormat * New format
int Action to perform (see "Action ID constants")
const MSelection * Current selection (to be journaled for undo/redo
purposes)
MException * Storage location for errors
Sets the format of all cells within the given range to the given format (see
MFormat).
void
MMesaModel::clearSpecialRange()
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.19. Changing the format of a frame ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
Open the Contents view and expand this section to see a list of methods.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.19.1. MMesaModel::bkgColorDroppedOnFrameAt() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
bkgColorDroppedOnFrameAt(MColor, const char *, const MAddress *, const MPoint
*, const MSelection *, int) [virtual]
MColor What color was dropped?
const char * Frame name
const MAddress * Upper-left cell displayed in sheet view (used to
convert window coordinates into frame coordinates)
const MPoint * Where was it dropped (in window coordinates)?
const MSelection * Current selection (to be journaled for undo/redo
purposes)
int Action to perform (see "Action ID constants")
If the named frame exists in the model and can change color, sets the
background color of the frame.
Otherwise, does nothing.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.19.2. MMesaModel::colorDroppedOnFrameAt() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
colorDroppedOnFrameAt(MColor, const char *, const MAddress *, const MPoint *,
const MSelection *, int) [virtual]
MColor What color was dropped?
const char * Frame name
const MAddress * Upper-left cell displayed in sheet view (used to
convert window coordinates into frame coordinates)
const MPoint * Where was it dropped (in window coordinates)?
const MSelection * Current selection (to be journaled for undo/redo
purposes)
int Action to perform (see "Action ID constants")
If the named frame exists in the model and can change color, sets the
foreground color of the frame.
Otherwise, does nothing.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.19.3. MMesaModel::fontDroppedOnFrameAt() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
fontDroppedOnFrameAt(const MFont *, const char *, const MAddress *, const
MPoint *, const MSelection *, int) [virtual]
const MFont * Font that was dropped
const char * Name of the frame the font was dropped on
const MAddress * Current cell
const MPoint * Location of the drop (in sheet coordinates)
const MSelection * Current selection (to be journaled for undo/redo
purposes)
int Action to perform (see "Action ID constants")
If the given frame exists and can change font, makes the font change.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.20. Layer list ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
Open the Contents view and expand this section to see a list of methods.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.20.1. MMesaModel::deleteLayer() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
deleteLayer(int, int, MException *, const MSelection *) [virtual]
int Layer to delete
int Action to perform (see "Action ID constants")
MException * Storage location for errors
const MSelection * Current selection (to be journaled for undo/redo
purposes)
Deletes the given layer from the model.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.20.2. MMesaModel::getLayerNames() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getLayerNames(int &) [virtual]
int & Storage for number of items
Return string array of user-defined layer names in the model. Default names
(e.g.; A, B, etc) are not included.
char **
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.20.3. MMesaModel::getNumLayers() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getNumLayers()
Returns the number of layers in the model.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.20.4. MMesaModel::newLayer() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
newLayer(int, MException *, const MSelection *) [virtual]
int Action to perform (see "Action ID constants")
MException * Storage location for errors
const MSelection * Current selection (to be journaled for undo/redo
purposes)
Adds a new layer to the bottom of the current worksheet.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.21. Retrieving layer settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
Open the Contents view and expand this section to see a list of methods.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.21.1. MMesaModel::getExtents() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getExtents(int, int &, int &)
int What layer are we interested in?
int & Storage for number of rows
int & Storage for number of columns
Stores the number of rows and columns in the given layer.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.21.2. MMesaModel::getLayerGrid() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getLayerGrid(int) [virtual]
int Which layer?
Returns 1 if the specified layer is showing grid-lines, 0 otherwise.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.21.3. MMesaModel::getLayerName() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getLayerName(int n) [virtual]
int n Which layer?
Returns the name of the given layer. By default, the first layer is named A,
the second B, and so forth; layers can be renamed by the user.
char *
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.21.4. MMesaModel::getLayerProtection() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getLayerProtection(int) [virtual]
int Which layer?
Return 1 if the layer is protected, 0 otherwise.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.22. Changing layer settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
Open the Contents view and expand this section to see a list of methods.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.22.1. MMesaModel::setExtents() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setExtents(int, int, int, int, const MSelection *, MException *) [virtual]
int Which layer?
int New number of rows
int New number of columns
int Action to perform (see "Action ID constants")
const MSelection * Current selection (to be journaled for undo/redo
purposes)
MException * Storage location for errors
Sets the number of rows and columns in the given layer.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.22.2. MMesaModel::setLayerColor() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setLayerColor(int, MColor, int, int, const MSelection *, MException *)
[virtual]
int Which layer?
MColor What color?
int What layer component?
int Action to perform (see "Action ID constants")
const MSelection * Current selection (to be journaled for undo/redo
purposes)
MException * Storage location for errors
Sets the given component of the given layer (see "Layer component constants")
to the given color.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.22.3. MMesaModel::setLayerGrid() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setLayerGrid(int, int, int, const MSelection *) [virtual]
int Which layer?
int Show grid? (1 for yes, 0 for no)
int Action to perform (see "Action ID constants")
const MSelection * Current selection (to be journaled for undo/redo
purposes)
Sets the given layer's grid-display status.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.22.4. MMesaModel::setLayerName() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setLayerName(int, const char *, int, const MSelection *) [virtual]
int Which layer?
const char * New name
int Action to perform (see "Action ID constants")
const MSelection * Current selection (to be journaled for undo/redo
purposes)
Changes the name of the given layer.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.22.5. MMesaModel::setLayerProtection() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setLayerProtection(int, int, int, const MSelection *) [virtual]
int Which layer?
int Protected? (1 for yes, 0 for no)
int Action to perform (see "Action ID constants")
const MSelection * Current selection (to be journaled for undo/redo
purposes)
Sets the protection status of the given layer.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.23. Retrieving row and column sizes ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
Open the Contents view and expand this section to see a list of methods.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.23.1. MMesaModel::getColumnSize() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getColumnSize(int layer, int column) [virtual]
int layer Which layer?
int column Which column?
Returns the width (in pixels) of the given column.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.23.2. MMesaModel::getDefaultCellSize() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getDefaultCellSize(int, int &, int &) [virtual]
int Layer
int & Storage for default width
int & Storage for default height
Stores the default cell height and width for the given layer.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.23.3. MMesaModel::getRowSize() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getRowSize(int layer, int row) [virtual]
int layer Which layer?
int row Which row?
Returns the size of the given row (in pixels).
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.23.4. MMesaModel::getRulerHi() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getRulerHi() [virtual]
Returns the height of row headings, in pixels.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.23.5. MMesaModel::getRulerWid() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getRulerWid() [virtual]
Returns the width of column headings, in pixels.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.23.6. MMesaModel::isColHidden() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
isColHidden(int, int) [virtual]
int Which layer?
int Which column?
Returns 1 if the given column is hidden in the given layer, 0 otherwise.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.23.7. MMesaModel::isRowHidden() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
isRowHidden(int, int) [virtual]
int Which layer?
int Which row?
Returns 1 if the given row is hidden in the given layer, 0 otherwise.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.24. Changing row and column sizes ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
Open the Contents view and expand this section to see a list of methods.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.24.1. MMesaModel::setColumnSize() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setColumnSize(const MRange *, int, const MSelection *, int, MException *)
[virtual]
const MRange * Range to resize
int New size (in pixels)
const MSelection * Current selection (to be journaled for undo/redo
purposes)
int Action to perform (see "Action ID constants")
MException * Storage location for errors
Sets the column width for all columns containing cells in the given range to
the new size.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.24.2. MMesaModel::setDefaultCellSize() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setDefaultCellSize(int, int, int, int, const MSelection *) [virtual]
int Which layer?
int New default width
int New default height
int Action to perform (see "Action ID constants")
const MSelection * Current selection (to be journaled for undo/redo
purposes)
Sets the default cell size for the given layer.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.24.3. MMesaModel::setRowSize() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setRowSize(const MRange *, int, const MSelection *, int, MException *)
[virtual]
const MRange * Range to resize
int New size (in pixels)
const MSelection * Current selection (to be journaled for undo/redo
purposes)
int Action to perform (see "Action ID constants")
MException * Storage location for errors
Sets the row height for all rows containing cells in the given range to the
new size.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.24.4. MMesaModel::smartSizeColumns() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
smartSizeColumns( const MRange *, int, const MSelection *, MException * )
[virtual]
const MRange * Range
int Action to perform (see "Action ID constants")
const MSelection * Current selection (to be journaled for undo/redo
purposes)
MException * Storage location for errors
Calculates a new column width for each column containing cells in the given
range, and resizes the columns accordingly. The new column size is equal to
the maximum of the widths of the contents of the selected cells in that
column.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.24.5. MMesaModel::smartSizeRows() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
smartSizeRows( const MRange *, int, const MSelection *, MException * )
[virtual]
const MRange * Range
int Action to perform (see "Action ID constants")
const MSelection * Current selection (to be journaled for undo/redo
purposes)
MException * Storage location for errors
Calculates a new row height for each row containing cells in the given range,
and resizes the rows accordingly. The new row size is equal to the maximum of
the heights of the contents of the selected cells in that row.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.25. Script list ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
Open the Contents view and expand this section to see a list of methods.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.25.1. MMesaModel::deleteScript() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
deleteScript(const char *, int, const MSelection *) [virtual]
const char * Script name
int Action to perform (see "Action ID constants")
const MSelection * Current selection (to be journaled for undo/redo
purposes)
Deletes the named script from the current sheet.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.25.2. MMesaModel::executeCloseScripts() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
executeCloseScripts() [virtual]
Identifies the scripts in the model's script list that are marked to execute
when the model is closed, and adds them to the controller's script queue (see
MGController::addScriptToQueue()).
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.25.3. MMesaModel::executeOpenScripts() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
executeOpenScripts() [virtual]
Identifies the scripts in the model's script list that are marked to execute
when the model is opened, and adds them to the controller's script queue (see
MGController::addScriptToQueue()).
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.25.4. MMesaModel::getNextScriptName() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getNextScriptName() [virtual]
Returns the first string of the form Script### (e.g.; Script001, Script002,
etc) that is not already included in the model's script name list.
char *
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.25.5. MMesaModel::getNumScripts() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getNumScripts() [virtual]
Returns the number of scripts in the model.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.25.6. MMesaModel::getScriptNames() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getScriptNames(int &) [virtual]
int & Storage for number of elements in array
Returns string array of script names.
char **
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.25.7. MMesaModel::hasCloseScripts() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
hasCloseScripts()
Returns 1 if any scripts in the model are set to execute when the model is
closed; 0 otherwise.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.26. Retrieving script settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
Open the Contents view and expand this section to see a list of methods.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.26.1. MMesaModel::getScript() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getScript(const char *) [virtual]
const char * Script name
Returns the executable REXX program for the named script.
char *
getScript(int) [virtual]
int Index into script list
Returns the executable REXX program for the named script.
char *
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.26.2. MMesaModel::getScriptInfo() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getScriptInfo(const char *) [virtual]
const char * Script name
Returns a packed integer for the named script, indicating whether the script
is set to execute automatically when the model opens or closes.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.26.3. MMesaModel::getScriptName() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getScriptName(int) [virtual]
int Index into script list
Returns name of the given script.
char *
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.27. Changing script settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
Open the Contents view and expand this section to see a list of methods.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.27.1. MMesaModel::setScript() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setScript(const char *, const char *, int, int, const MSelection *) [virtual]
const char * Name of script
const char * Executable script text
int Packed integer containing script-execution settings
int Action to perform (see "Action ID constants")
const MSelection * Current selection (to be journaled for undo/redo
purposes)
Adds an entry with the given values to the model's script list.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.27.2. MMesaModel::setScriptInfo() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setScriptInfo(const char *, int, int, const MSelection *) [virtual]
const char * Script name
int New script info settings
int Action to perform (see "Action ID constants")
const MSelection * Current selection (to be journaled for undo/redo
purposes)
Sets the script info value for the named script. Script info is a packed
integer which currently contains script-execution settings (execute on close,
execute on open).
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.27.3. MMesaModel::setScriptName() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setScriptName(int, const char *, int, const MSelection *) [virtual]
int Index into script list
const char * New name for the script
int Action to perform (see "Action ID constants")
const MSelection * Current selection (to be journaled for undo/redo
purposes)
Sets the name of the given script.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.28. Displaying the model ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
Open the Contents view and expand this section to see a list of methods.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.28.1. MMesaModel::drawInto() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
drawInto(MDraw *, const MRect *, const MRect *, const MAddress *, const
MSelection *, int,const MSelection *, float, float, int, const char **,const
MAddress *, const char *, int,int) [virtual]
MDraw * Handle to the drawing space to draw into
const MRect * The rectangle defining the entire page to be written on
const MRect * The rectangle defining the area to draw/update
const MAddress * Address of cell in upper-left corner of region to be
displayed
const MSelection * Current selection (to be journaled for undo/redo
purposes)
int Flags to control the drawing (see "Frame drawing constants")
MSelection * Cell or range being selected as a reference via keyboard
commands, if any; defaults to 0
float Height of the column headers
float Width of the row headers
int Number of column titles in the model, if any; defaults to -1
const char** Text of column titles in the model, if any; defaults to
NULL
const MAddress * Address of the cell being edited using in-cell
editing, if any; defaults to NULL
const char * Unused; defaults to NULL
int Unused; defaults to -1
int Unused; defaults to -1
Draws the appropriate part of spreadsheet, including all displayed frames,
cells, etc., based on the given flags (see "Frame drawing constants").
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.28.2. MMesaModel::redisplay() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
redisplay() [virtual]
Redisplays the model.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.29. Window list ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
Open the Contents view and expand this section to see a list of methods.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.29.1. MMesaModel::getPosition() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getPosition() [virtual]
Returns an MPosition instance representing the current positions of all the
windows associated with the given model (see Other Mesa-specific classes).
MPosition *
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.29.2. MMesaModel::getScale() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getScale(float *scArray) [virtual]
float *scArray Array of storage locations
Stores the magnification setting for each window in the model's window list
(up to 32 windows).
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.29.3. MMesaModel::setPosition() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setPosition(const MPosition *) [virtual]
const MPosition * New window-position information
Sets the positions of the windows in the model's window list (see Other
Mesa-specific classes).
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.29.4. MMesaModel::setScale() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setScale(float *scArray) [virtual]
float *scArray Array of storage locations
Sets the magnification setting for each window in the model's window list (up
to 32 windows).
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.30. Recalculation ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
Open the Contents view and expand this section to see a list of methods.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.30.1. MMesaModel::getAutoRecalc() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getAutoRecalc() [virtual]
Returns 1 if automatic recalculation is set; 0 otherwise.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.30.2. MMesaModel::getHasChanged() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getHasChanged() [virtual]
Returns 1 if the model has changed since the last recalculation, 0 if not.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.30.3. MMesaModel::getRecalcIterations() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getRecalcIterations() [virtual]
Returns the number of times the model should be recalculated per recalculation
event.
This is only meaningful if the recalculation type is set to rowRecalcOrder,
columnRecalcOrder, or allowCircRecalcOrder (see "Recalculation order
constants").
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.30.4. MMesaModel::getRecalcType() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getRecalcType() [virtual]
Returns current recalculation type (see "Recalculation order constants").
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.30.5. MMesaModel::recalc() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
recalc(const MAddress *, const MRange *, int) [virtual]
const MAddress * Base address
const MRange * Range to recalculate
int Action to perform (see "Action ID constants")
Recalculates the given range, offset from the given cell if relative.
void
recalc(const MAddress *, int) [virtual]
const MAddress * Cell to recalculate
int Action to perform (see "Action ID constants")
Recalculates the given cell.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.30.6. MMesaModel::setAutoRecalc() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setAutoRecalc(int, int, const MSelection *) [virtual]
int New automatic recalculation setting (1 for on, 0 for off)
int Action to perform (see "Action ID constants")
const MSelection * Current selection (to be journaled for undo/redo
purposes)
Sets automatic recalculation for the current model on or off.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.30.7. MMesaModel::setHasChanged() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setHasChanged(int) [virtual]
int New changed status (1 for has changed, 0 for not)
Sets the model's changed status, which is used to determine if the model needs
to be recalculated.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.30.8. MMesaModel::setRecalcIterations() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setRecalcIterations(int, int, const MSelection *) [virtual]
int New number of iterations
int Action to perform (see "Action ID constants")
const MSelection * Current selection (to be journaled for undo/redo
purposes)
Sets the number of recalculation iterations for the current model.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.30.9. MMesaModel::setRecalcType() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setRecalcType(int, int, const MSelection *) [virtual]
int New recalculation order
int Action to perform (see "Action ID constants")
const MSelection * Current selection (to be journaled for undo/redo
purposes)
Sets the recalculation order of the current model (see "Recalculation order
constants").
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.31. Real-time feeds ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
Open the Contents view and expand this section to see a list of methods.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.31.1. MMesaModel::getHasFeed() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getHasFeed() [virtual]
Returns 1 if the model contains a real-time data feed, 0 otherwise.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.32. BLOBs ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
Open the Contents view and expand this section to see a list of methods.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.32.1. MMesaModel::getBlobValue() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getBlobValue(const char *name, int &len, void *&blob) [virtual]
const char *name Name of BLOB
int &len Storage location for BLOB size
void *&blob Storage location for BLOB value
Searches the model's BLOB list for the given name; if found, stores the BLOB's
size and a pointer to the BLOB value. Returns 1 if BLOB is found; 0 otherwise.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.32.2. MMesaModel::setBlobValue() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setBlobValue(const char *name, int len, const void *blob) [virtual]
const char *name Name of BLOB
int len BLOB size
void *blob BLOB
Adds an entry to the model's BLOB list, allowing miscellaneous additional
information about a model to be added (e.g.; by Mesa AddIns) at run-time.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.33. Interest list ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
Open the Contents view and expand this section to see a list of methods.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.33.1. MMesaModel::getInterestCount() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getInterestCount() [virtual]
Returns the number of other objects (models, windows, etc.) which have
registered an interest in this model (see MInterest).
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.33.2. MMesaModel::registerInterest() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
registerInterest(MInterest *) [virtual]
MInterest * Representation of some object's interest in the model
Adds the given interest marker to the model's interest list (see MInterest).
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.33.3. MMesaModel::unregisterInterest() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
unregisterInterest(MInterest *) [virtual]
MInterest * Interest marker for no-longer-interested object
Removes all interest markers from the same object as the given interest marker
from the model's interest list (see MInterest). If, as a consequence, the
model's interest list is left empty, the model is closed.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.34. DDE links ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
Open the Contents view and expand this section to see a list of methods.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.34.1. MMesaModel::addDDEItem() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
addDDEItem(const char *, const char *, const char *, const char *, const char
*, int, const MSelection *, MException *) [virtual]
const char * Item name
const char * Program
const char * File name
const char * Item tag within file
const char * Target
int Action to perform (see "Action ID constants")
const MSelection * Current selection (to be journaled for undo/redo
purposes)
MException * Storage location for errors
Adds an entry to the model's DDE link table with the given parameters.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.34.2. MMesaModel::deleteDDEItem() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
deleteDDEItem(int, int, const MSelection *, MException *) [virtual]
int Item number
int action Action to perform (see "Action ID constants")
const MSelection * Current selection (to be journaled for undo/redo
purposes)
MException * Storage location for errors
Removes the given item from the model's DDE list.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.34.3. MMesaModel::getDDEItem() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getDDEItem(int i) [virtual]
int i Index into DDE list
Returns the given entry in the model's DDE item list.
MDDEClientItem *
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.34.4. MMesaModel::getNewDDEClientItem() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getNewDDEClientItem() [virtual]
Creates a new MDDEClientItem instance associated with the given model and
returns a pointer to it (see Other Mesa-specific classes).
MDDEClientItem *
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.34.5. MMesaModel::getNumDDEItems() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getNumDDEItems() [virtual]
Returns the number of items in the model's DDE link table.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.35. Generic stream I/O ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
Open the Contents view and expand this section to see a list of methods.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.35.1. MMesaModel::loadFromStream() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
loadFromStream(MStream *ms, int, MException *me) [virtual]
MStream *ms Input stream
int action Action to perform (see "Action ID constants")
MException * Storage location for errors
Reads the model's contents from the given stream.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.35.2. MMesaModel::saveToStream() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
saveToStream(MStream *ms, MException *me) [virtual]
MStream *ms Output stream
MException * Storage location for errors
Writes the model out to the given stream.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.36. File I/O ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
Open the Contents view and expand this section to see a list of methods.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.36.1. MMesaModel::getFileType() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getFileType() [virtual]
Returns the file type identifier for the current model (see also
MFileStream::setAttributes() ).
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.36.2. MMesaModel::getHasPath() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getHasPath() [virtual]
Returns 1 if the model includes a full pathname, 0 otherwise. This method is
used at save time to determine whether the user should be prompted for a file
name.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.36.3. MMesaModel::getPassword() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getPassword() [virtual]
Returns an MPassword instance representing the current file password, if one
exists (see Other Mesa-specific classes).
MPassword *
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.36.4. MMesaModel::getPathName() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getPathName() [virtual]
Return full pathname for the current sheet (e.g. C:\MESA\EXAMPLES\AUTOLOAD.M2).
char *
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.36.5. MMesaModel::loadFromPath() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
loadFromPath(int, MException *) [virtual]
int Action to perform (see "Action ID constants")
MException * Storage location for error
Reads the model's contents from the pathname stored with the model.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.36.6. MMesaModel::saveToPath() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
saveToPath(MException *) [virtual]
MException * Storage location for errors
Saves the model to the stored pathname, if there is one, or to the file name
in the current directory, otherwise. Checks the file name extension and saves
in the appropriate format (e.g.; if the extension is WK1, exports the model in
WK1 format).
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.36.7. MMesaModel::setFileType() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setFileType(int) [virtual]
int New file type
Sets the file type identifier for the current model (see also
MFileStream::setAttributes() ).
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.36.8. MMesaModel::setHasPath() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setHasPath(int) [virtual]
int New path status (1 for has path defined, 0 for not)
Sets the model's path status, which is used to determine if the user should be
prompted for a path name at save time.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.36.9. MMesaModel::setPathName() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setPathName(const char *, int) [virtual]
const char * New path name
int Action to perform (see "Action ID constants")
Sets the pathname of the model.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.37. Clipboard I/O ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
Open the Contents view and expand this section to see a list of methods.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.37.1. MMesaModel::copy() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
copy(const MSelection *, int, MClipStream *) [virtual]
const MSelection * Selection to copy
int Copy type (unused)
MClipStream * Output stream to clipboard
Copies selection to the output stream (see MClipStream) (see also
MMesaModel::copyCells() ).
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.37.2. MMesaModel::cut() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
cut(const MSelection *, int, MClipStream *, const MSelection *, int, MException
*) [virtual]
const MSelection * Selection to cut to the clipboard
int Copy type (unused)
MClipStream * Output stream to clipboard
const MSelection * Current selection (to be journaled for undo/redo
purposes)
int Action to perform (see "Action ID constants")
MException * Storage location for errors
Copies the given selection to the clipboard, then clears the selection from
the model.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.37.3. MMesaModel::paste() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
paste(const MSelection *, int, MClipStream *, const MSelection *, int,
MException *) [virtual]
const MSelection * Selection to paste into
int Type of paste (see "Paste special constants").
MClipStream * Input stream
const MSelection * Current selection (to be journaled for undo/redo
purposes)
int Action to perform (see "Action ID constants")
MException * Storage location for errors
Reads values from the clipboard into the given selection.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.38. Printing ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
Open the Contents view and expand this section to see a list of methods.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.38.1. MMesaModel::createPrintInfo() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
createPrintInfo(const MRect *ire, const MPrintHead *ph) [virtual]
const MRect *ire Page rectangle
const MPrintHead *ph Print job header information
Retrieves the information needed to do a print job based on the model:
the given page rectangle;
the headers from the given print header (see MPrintHead);
the range from the given print header if one is defined, or the extent of the
first layer otherwise (see MMesaModel::getExtents());
the current time;
the scaling-and-rotation transformation matrix, based on the print orientation
and scaling info from the print header, the size of the page rectangle, and
the size of the range being printed;
the number of pages in the print job, based on size of area being drawn, size
of page area, page breaks, etc.;
the order in which to print those pages (over-then-down vs. down-then-over);
...and returns an MPrintInfo instance including that information (see Other
Mesa-specific classes).
MPrintInfo *
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.38.2. MMesaModel::doPage() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
doPage(MDraw *, const MRect *, const MAddress *, const MAddress *, const
MPrintHead *, int thisPage, int totPage, double time) [virtual]
MDraw * Handle to the drawing space to print onto
const MRect * Page rectangle
const MAddress * Upper-left cell of range to be printed on this page
const MAddress * Lower-right cell of range to be printed on this page
const MPrintHead * Header information for the print job
int thisPage Which page of the print job is this?
int totPage How many pages are there in the print job?
double time What is the print time?
Prints the given range onto the given drawing space, with all the associated
print-job info.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.38.3. MMesaModel::getDefaultPrintHead() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getDefaultPrintHead(MPrintHead *) [virtual]
MPrintHead * Storage location
Stores a pointer to the default print-job header for the current model.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.38.4. MMesaModel::print() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
print(MDraw *, const MRect *, const MPrintHead *, int, int, MException *)
[virtual]
MDraw * Handle to drawing space for printing
const MRect * Page rectangle
const MPrintHead * Print-job header
int Start page
int End page
MException * Storage location for errors
Prints the current model to the given drawing space, using the given print-job
headers, in a separate thread.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.38.5. MMesaModel::print_nonThreaded() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
print_nonThreaded(MDraw *, const MRect *, const MPrintHead *, int start, int
end, MException *) [virtual]
MDraw * Handle to drawing space for printing
const MRect * Page rectangle
const MPrintHead * Print-job header
int Start page
int End page
MException * Storage location for errors
Prints the current model to the given drawing space, using the given print-job
headers, in the current thread.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.38.6. MMesaModel::setDefaultPrintHead() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setDefaultPrintHead(const MPrintHead *, int, const MSelection *) [virtual]
const MPrintHead * New print-job header
int Action to perform (see "Action ID constants")
const MSelection * Current selection (to be journaled for undo/redo
purposes)
Sets the default print-job header for the model.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.39. Undo and redo lists ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
Open the Contents view and expand this section to see a list of methods.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.39.1. MMesaModel::getRedoCnt() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getRedoCnt() [virtual]
Returns number of operations that are currently journaled and can be redone.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.39.2. MMesaModel::getUndoCnt() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getUndoCnt() [virtual]
Returns number of operations currently maintained in the model's undo list.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.39.3. MMesaModel::getUndoMax() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getUndoMax() [virtual]
Re turns maximum number of operations that can be undone.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.39.4. MMesaModel::redoLastCommand() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
redoLastCommand(const MSelection *, int, MSelection *) [virtual]
const MSelection * Current selection (to be journaled for undo/redo
purposes)
int Action to perform (see "Action ID constants")
MSelection * Storage location for new selection (read from the redo
list)
Finds the last item in the redo list, restores the model to the state before
that command was undone (including retrieving the previous selection), and
removes that command from the redo list.
Returns 1 if an item in the redo list is actually redone, 0 otherwise.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.39.5. MMesaModel::setUndoMax() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setUndoMax(int) [virtual]
int New maximum undo setting
Sets the maximum size of the model's undo and redo lists.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.12.39.6. MMesaModel::undoLastCommand() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
undoLastCommand(const MSelection *, int, MSelection *) [virtual]
const MSelection * Current selection
int Action to perform (see "Action ID constants")
MSelection * Storage location for new selection (read from the undo
list)
Undoes the last command performed in the model and adds it to the redo list.
Stores the selection associated with that command.
Returns 1 if the command is actually undone, 0 otherwise.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.13. MMesaView ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
mesaview.h is the source file for this class.
This class inherits from MView
Handles the "spreadsheet" part of a single file window, including scrollbars
and the sheet display.
An MMesaView instance does not handle the actual drawing of a layer of data
(see MSheetView). It does, however, keep track of what part of the layer is
being drawn and of the relative sizes and positions of the layer and the
scrollbars. For example, MMesaView::arrangeViews() arranges the scroll bars and
the sheet view correctly on the screen, and is generally called whenever the
file window is resized.
Each MMesaView instance keeps track of the views that compose it (the
MSheetView and the two scrollbars) and the model it is displaying. It also
keeps track of the current context menu and the "superview" window, just like
any other MView subclass (see MView).
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.13.1. Creating and destroying an MMesaView instance ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
Open the Contents view and expand this section to see a list of methods.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.13.1.1. MMesaView::MMesaView() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
MMesaView(HWND, MMesaModel *)
HWND Handle to the parent window
MMesaModel * Associated model
Creates a new MMesaView instance with the values passed in.
void
MMesaView(MWindow *, MMesaModel *)
MWindow * Handle to the parent window
MMesaModel * Associated model
Creates a new MMesaView instance with the values passed in.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.13.1.2. MMesaView::~MMesaView() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
~MMesaView() [virtual]
Destroys the instance and frees all allocated resources.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.13.1.3. MMesaView::aboutToDestroy() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
aboutToDestroy() [virtual]
Unregisters the Mesa view's interest in its model (see
MMesaModel::unregisterInterest()), passes through to the sheet view and
scrollbars, and deletes itself.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.13.1.4. MMesaView::cleanUp() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
cleanUp() [virtual]
Unregisters the Mesa view's interest in its model (see
MMesaModel::unregisterInterest()), and passes through to the sheet view and
scrollbars.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.13.2. Handling the views within a Mesa view ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
Open the Contents view and expand this section to see a list of methods.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.13.2.1. MMesaView::aboutToChangeToLayer() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
aboutToChangeToLayer(int) [virtual]
int New layer
Alerts other items, such as the scroll bars, that a new layer is going to be
displayed. This allows those items to resize or reinitialize themselves as
needed.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.13.2.2. MMesaView::arrangeViews() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
arrangeViews() [virtual]
Arranges the sheet view and the scroll bars correctly, based on their current
sizes and the size of the display window.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.13.2.3. MMesaView::changedSize() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
changedSize(HWND, MChange *) [virtual]
HWND Unused
MChange * Unused
Passes through to MSheetView::changedSize() and to MMesaView::arrangeViews(),
and updates the sheet view.
Always returns 0.
MRESULT
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.13.2.4. MMesaView::getSheetView() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getSheetView() [virtual]
Returns pointer to the sheet view associated with the Mesa view.
MSheetView *
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.13.2.5. MMesaView::setUp() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setUp(const MRect *, int = 0) [virtual]
const MRect * Size and position of the new window
int Style flags. Defaults to 0.
Creates an OS/2 window with the given coordinates. Creates sheet view and
scrollbars and arranges them properly within that window, and registers an
interest in the associated model (see MInterest).
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.13.2.6. MMesaView::updateScrollers() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
updateScrollers() [virtual]
Updates the scroll bars for the Mesa view based on the sheet view size and
position.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.13.3. Handling the associated model ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
Open the Contents view and expand this section to see a list of methods.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.13.3.1. MMesaView::doesFrameExist() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
doesFrameExist(const char *) [virtual]
const char* Frame name
Returns 1 if the named frame exists in the frame list for the model associated
with the Mesa view; 0 otherwise.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.13.3.2. MMesaView::getDirectory() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getDirectory() [virtual]
Returns path name (not file name) of the model associated with the Mesa view.
(Compare with MMesaModel::getPathName().)
char *
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.13.3.3. MMesaView::getFrameName() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getFrameName(int num) [virtual]
int num Index into model's frame list
Returns the name of the given item in the frame list of the model associated
with the Mesa view.
char *
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.13.3.4. MMesaView::getModel() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getModel() [virtual]
Returns a pointer to the model associated with the Mesa view.
MMesaModel *
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.13.3.5. MMesaView::newShape() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
newShape(int, const char *, int, int, int, int, int, int) [virtual]
int Frame type (see "Shape and imported graphic type constants")
const char * Anchor cell address (in string form)
int X- offset from the upper-left of anchor cell for frame position
int Y- offset from the upper-left of anchor cell for frame position
int New frame width
int New frame height
int Line width for shape
int Line type (arrowheads, etc.) for line shapes
Passes through to MSheetView::newShape(), which creates a new shape of the
given type at the given position with the given parameters.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.13.4. Handling the application's edit view ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
Open the Contents view and expand this section to see a list of methods.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.13.4.1. MMesaView::copyFromEditView() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
copyFromEditView(MClipStream *) [virtual]
MClipStream * Output stream
Passes through to MEditView::copyToClipboard(), copying the current selection
within the edit view (if one exists) to the clipboard.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.13.4.2. MMesaView::cutFromEditView() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
cutFromEditView(MClipStream *) [virtual]
MClipStream * Output stream
Passes through to MEditView::copyToClipboard(), copying the current selection
within the edit view to the clipboard, and to MEditView::removeSelection(),
removing that selection from the edit view, if one exists.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.13.4.3. MMesaView::getEditView() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getEditView() [virtual]
Passes through to MGController::getEditView()=0.
Returns pointer to the edit view associated with the application, if one
exists.
MEditView *
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.13.4.4. MMesaView::isEditing() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
isEditing() [virtual]
Passes through to MGController::isEditing()=0.
Returns 1 if currently editing, 0 otherwise.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.13.4.5. MMesaView::isEditingFormula() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
isEditingFormula() [virtual]
Passes through to MGController::isEditingFormula()=0.
Returns 1 if currently editing a formula, 0 otherwise.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.13.4.6. MMesaView::pasteIntoEditView() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
pasteIntoEditView(MClipStream *) [virtual]
MClipStream * Input stream
Passes through to MEditView::copyToClipboard(), which replaces the current
selection in the edit view (if one exists) with the contents of the clipboard.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.13.4.7. MMesaView::removeEdit() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
removeEdit() [virtual]
Pass-through to MGController::removeEdit()=0, which deletes the edit viewif one
exists.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.13.4.8. MMesaView::resizeFormulaView() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
resizeFormulaView() [virtual]
Passes through to MGController::resizeFormulaView()=0, which resizes the
formula view if one exists.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.13.4.9. MMesaView::updateFormulaView() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
updateFormulaView() [virtual]
Passes through to MGController::updateFormulaView()=0, which updates the
formula view if one exists.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.13.5. Handling commands and user input ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
Open the Contents view and expand this section to see a list of methods.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.13.5.1. MMesaView::canEditContents() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
canEditContents() [virtual]
Passes through to MSheetView::canEditContents().
Returns 1 if the contents of the sheet can be edited, 0 otherwise.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.13.5.2. MMesaView::canExecute() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
canExecute(int, int &) [virtual]
int Command ID
int & Unused
Determines whether the given command can be executed within the Mesa view at
this moment. For example, if there is nothing on the clipboard, then "Paste"
won't work.
Returns 1 if the command can be executed, 0 otherwise.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.13.5.3. MMesaView::handleKey() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
handleKey(int, int) [virtual]
int Character entered
int Key flags set (Ctrl, Alt, etc.)
Passes through to MGController::handleKey()=0.
Returns 0 if the key was handled, 1 otherwise.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.13.5.4. MMesaView::winCommand() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
winCommand(HWND, ULONG, MPARAM, MPARAM, int &) [virtual]
HWND Window handle
ULONG Message
MPARAM Parameter 1
MPARAM Parameter 2
int & Was it processed? 1 for yes, 0 for no. (If no, then it will be
passed to default window handler.)
Process the command. See mesaview.cpp for the complete list.
MRESULT
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.13.5.5. MMesaView::winChar() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
winChar(HWND, ULONG, MPARAM, MPARAM, int &) [virtual]
HWND Window handle
ULONG Command
MPARAM Parameter 1
MPARAM Parameter 2
int & Was it processed? 1 for yes, 0 for no. (If no, then it will be
passed to default window handler.)
If there is a sheet view associated with the Mesa view, passes through to the
sheet view's winChar method, which handles keyboard processing for the sheet.
Returns 1 if the keystroke was handled, 0 otherwise.
MRESULT
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.13.6. Scrolling the sheet ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
Open the Contents view and expand this section to see a list of methods.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.13.6.1. MMesaView::scrollFrom() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
scrollFrom(int, int) [virtual]
int Row
int Column
Passes through to MSheetView::scrollFrom(), which scrolls the sheet so that
the cell at the given row and column appears at the upper left of the cell,
then redisplays as needed.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.13.6.2. MMesaView::scrollToVisible() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
scrollToVisible(const MAddress *, int=0) [virtual]
const MAddress * Address to display
int Actually scroll? 1 to scroll, 0 to not scroll. Default is 0.
Scroll to make a given address visible.
Passes through to MSheetView::scrollToVisible(), determining the necessary
offset to make the given cell appear in the sheet view (and scrolling if
appropriate).
Returns 1 if there is an offset necessary to display the given cell, 0
otherwise. (In other words, returns 0 if the given cell is already being
displayed.)
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.13.6.3. MMesaView::winHScroll() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
winHScroll(HWND, ULONG, MPARAM, MPARAM, int &handled) [virtual]
HWND Unused
ULONG Unused
MPARAM Unused
MPARAM Scroll type (see "Scrolling constants")
int &handled Was it processed? 1 for yes, 0 for no. (If no, then it
will be passed to default window handler.)
Scrolls the appropriate number of pixels horizontally, calculates the new
upper-left cell being displayed in the sheet view, and sets handled to 1.
Always returns 1.
MRESULT
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.13.6.4. MMesaView::winSize() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
winSize(HWND, ULONG, MPARAM, MPARAM, int &) [virtual]
HWND Unused
ULONG Unused
MPARAM Unused
MPARAM Unused
int & Unused
Passes through to MMesaView::arrangeViews().
Always returns 0.
MRESULT
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.13.6.5. MMesaView::winUpdateSheet() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
winUpdateSheet(MChange *) [virtual]
MChange * MChange list of cells that have been affected.
If the currently displayed page is a layer, updates the region of the layer
that is currently displayed in the sheet view, including frames and other
displayed objects as appropriate.
Always returns 0.
MRESULT
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.13.6.6. MMesaView::winVScroll() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
winVScroll(HWND, ULONG, MPARAM, MPARAM, int &handled) [virtual]
HWND Unused
ULONG Unused
MPARAM Unused
MPARAM Scroll type (see "Scrolling constants")
int &handled Was it processed? 1 for yes, 0 for no. (If no, then it
will be passed to default window handler.)
Scrolls the appropriate number of pixels vertically, calculates the new
upper-left cell being displayed in the sheet view, and sets handled to 1.
Always returns 1.
MRESULT
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.13.7. Handling sheet magnification ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
Open the Contents view and expand this section to see a list of methods.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.13.7.1. MMesaView::getViewScale() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getViewScale() [virtual]
Passes through to MSheetView::getViewScale().
Returns the magnification of the sheet view (1.00 = 100%).
float
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.13.7.2. MMesaView::setViewScale() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setViewScale(float s) [virtual]
float s New scale for sheet
Passes through to MSheetView::setViewScale(), which sets the magnification of
the sheet view (1.00 = 100%).
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.13.8. Retrieving the current selection ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
Open the Contents view and expand this section to see a list of methods.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.13.8.1. MMesaView::getCurAdPtr() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getCurAdPtr() [virtual]
Passes through to MSheetView::getCurAdPtr().
Returns pointer to the current selection.
const MAddress *
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.13.8.2. MMesaView::getCurLayer() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getCurLayer() [virtual]
Passes through to MSheetView::getCurLayer().
Returns current layer number.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.13.8.3. MMesaView::getCurSelection() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getCurSelection() [virtual]
Passes through to MSheetView::getCurSelection().
Returns pointer to the current selection.
const MSelection *
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.13.8.4. MMesaView::getLayerName() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getLayerName() [virtual]
Passes through to MSheetView::getLayerName().
Returns name of current layer.
const char *
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.13.8.5. MMesaView::getLayerNumber() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getLayerNumber() [virtual]
Passes through to MSheetView::getLayerNumber().
Returns number of current layer.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.13.8.6. MMesaView::getSelectionContents() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getSelectionContents() [virtual]
Passes through to MSheetView::getSelectionContents().
Returns string form of the current selection (see also
MSelection::getSelectionContents() ).
char *
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.13.8.7. MMesaView::getSelectionName() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getSelectionName() [virtual]
Passes through to MSheetView::getSelectionName().
Returns name of the current selection (see also MSelection::getSelectionName()
).
char *
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.13.8.8. MMesaView::getSelectionRange() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getSelectionRange() [virtual]
Passes through to MSheetView::getSelectionRange().
Returns string form of the current range (see also
MSelection::getSelectionRange()] ).
char *
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.13.8.9. MMesaView::isScriptSelected() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
isScriptSelected() [virtual]
Passes through to MSheetView::isScriptSelected().
Returns 1 if a script is selected, 0 otherwise.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.13.8.10. MMesaView::isSheetSelected() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
isSheetSelected() [virtual]
Passes through to MSheetView::isSheetSelected().
Returns 1 if a layer is selected, 0 otherwise.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.13.9. Setting the current selection ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
Open the Contents view and expand this section to see a list of methods.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.13.9.1. MMesaView::resetView() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
resetView(MChange *) [virtual]
MChange * Unused
Sets the selection to default values (first layer, first row, first column)
and updates everything accordingly.
Always returns 0.
MRESULT
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.13.9.2. MMesaView::select() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
select(const MSelection *) [virtual]
const MSelection * New selection
Passes through to MSheetView::select(), which sets the current selection to
the given value.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.13.9.3. MMesaView::setAddressAndRange() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setAddressAndRange(const MAddress *, const MRange *) [virtual]
const MAddress * New address
const MRange * New range
Passes through to MSheetView::setAddressAndRange(), which sets the currently
selected address and range to the given values.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.13.9.4. MMesaView::setCurAd() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setCurAd(const MAddress *) [virtual]
const MAddress * New address
Passes through to MSheetView::setCurAd(), which sets the current address to
the given value.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.13.9.5. MMesaView::setCurRange() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setCurRange(const MRange *) [virtual]
const MRange * New range
Passes through to MSheetView::setCurRange(), which sets the current range to
the given value
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.13.9.6. MMesaView::setLayer() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setLayer(int) [virtual]
int New layer
Passes through to MSheetView::setLayer(), which changes the layer being
displayed and warns all the relevant windows.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.13.9.7. MMesaView::setSelection() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setSelection(const MSelection *) [virtual]
const MSelection * New selection
Passes through to MSheetView::setSelection(), which sets the current selection
to the given value.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.14. MObject ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
object.h is the source file for this class.
Base class for all objects with virtual tables in Mesa DOK. MObject allows
other classes and instances to query information about themselves.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.14.1. Creating and destroying an MObject instance ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
Open the Contents view and expand this section to see a list of methods.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.14.1.1. MObject::MObject() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
MObject()
Creates a new MObject instance.
void
MObject(const char *, int)
const char * Filename the objects are allocated from; used for debug
purposes.
int Line number the objects are allocated from; used for debug
purposes.
Creates a new MObject instance and stores the given values in it.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.14.1.2. MObject::~MObject() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
~MObject() [virtual]
Destroys this instance and frees all resources.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.15. MPoint ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
rect.h is the source file for this class.
Represents a single point within the application window - for example, the
point where a mouse-down event occurs. MPoint is an abstraction of the OS/2
POINTL class, existing primarily to allow alterations to point-handling
routines to be made in a single place in the code.
Each MPoint instance keeps track of the X and Y coordinates of the point it
represents. The MPoint itself does not contain any information whatsoever about
its reference frame; instead, various classes within Mesa DOK establish their
own conventions for the origin point and the positive X and Y directions:
View classes such as MSheetView keep their origin point at the upper-left
corner of the window.
The Mesa model maintains an origin point at the upper-left corner of cell
A1 of the given layer, or the upper-left corner of the given script page.
Frames maintain an origin point at the lower-left corner of the frame.
These coordinates are maintained in points, allowing items to be displayed
within a view consistently with the way they are produced within a printer.
Additionally, your application window, and whatever other OS/2 windows it
contains, maintain their origin points in OS/2 GPI coordinates at the
lower-left corner of the window, in pixels. Furthermore, functions may
transform coordinate frames in a variety of other ways for convenience's sake,
as long as they remain consistent with the existing conventions.
The routines that detect and handle mouse events, drawing, and so forth
automatically convert coordinates from OS/2 window to Mesa view to Mesa model
to frame as needed, so you don't generally have to worry about the coordinate
frame of a point unless you want to bypass these routines within your own
functions.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.15.1. Initializing and destroying an MPoint instance ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
Open the Contents view and expand this section to see a list of methods.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.15.1.1. MPoint::free() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
free()
Releases all resources allocated to the MPoint (note: currently, no resources
are ever allocated to an MPoint, and free() does nothing at all).
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.15.1.2. MPoint::copyFromPOINTL() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
copyFromPOINTL(const void *)
const void * Input POINTL
Initializes the MPoint with coordinates read from the given POINTL.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.15.1.3. MPoint::init() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
init()
Initializes the MPoint with default coordinates of 0,0.
void
init(const MPoint *)
const MPoint * MPoint instance to initialize from
Initializes the MPoint with coordinates read from the given parameter.
void
init(float, float)
float X coordinate
float Y coordinate
Initializes the MPoint with the given coordinates.
void
init(MStream *st)
MStream *st Input stream
Initializes the MPoint with coordinates read from st (see MStream).
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.15.2. Retrieving point position ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
Open the Contents view and expand this section to see a list of methods.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.15.2.1. MPoint::getX() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getX()
Returns X coordinate.
float
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.15.2.2. MPoint::getY() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getY()
Returns Y coordinate.
float
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.15.3. Changing point position ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
Open the Contents view and expand this section to see a list of methods.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.15.3.1. MPoint::offsetX() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
offsetX(float)
float X offset
Increments the X coordinate by the given amount.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.15.3.2. MPoint::offsetY() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
offsetY(float)
float Y offset
Increments the Y coordinate by the given amount.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.15.3.3. MPoint::rotate() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
rotate(float)
float Degrees to rotate
Sets the X and Y coordinates to those of a point rotated the given number of
degrees around the point 0,0.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.15.3.4. MPoint::scaleDown() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
scaleDown(float)
float Scale factor
Divides the X and Y coordinates by the given scale-down factor.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.15.3.5. MPoint::scaleUp() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
scaleUp(float)
float Scale factor
Multiplies the X and Y coordinates by the given scale-up factor.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.15.3.6. MPoint::set() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
set(float, float)
float X coordinate
float Y coordinate
Sets the X and Y coordinates to the given values.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.15.3.7. MPoint::setX() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setX(float)
float New X coordinate
Sets the X coordinate to the given value.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.15.3.8. MPoint::setY() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setY(float)
float New Y coordinate
Sets the Y coordinate to the given value.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.15.3.9. MPoint::translate() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
translate(float, float)
float X offset
float Y offset
Increments the X and Y coordinates by the given values.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.15.4. Outputting a point ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
Open the Contents view and expand this section to see a list of methods.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.15.4.1. MPoint::copyToPOINTL() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
copyToPOINTL(void *) const
void * Output POINTL
Copies X and Y coordinates from the current MPoint to the given POINTL.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.15.4.2. MPoint::write() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
write(MStream *st)
MStream *st Output stream
Writes the X and Y coordinates out to st (see MStream).
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.15.5. MPoint operators ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
Open the Contents view and expand this section to see a list of methods.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.15.5.1. MPoint::operator==() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
operator==(const MPoint &) const
const MPoint & Instance to compare to
Compares the current X and Y coordinates with those from the given MPoint.
Returns 1 if both are equal, 0 otherwise.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.16. MPrintHead ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
printhead.h is the source file for this class.
This class inherits from MObject
Each MPrintHead instance keeps track of the following print-job related
information:
its name;
the range to printed (default is all the non-empty cells in the current
layer);
the scale to print in (default is 100%);
margin size (default is 72 points, or 1 inch);
the order in which to print pages if range doesn't fit on one
page(default is over, then down);
page orientation (default is portrait);
up to eight header strings and their associated fonts;
whether grid lines should be printed;
whether row/column headings should be printed.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.16.1. Creating, destroying, and initializing an MPrintHead instance ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
Open the Contents view and expand this section to see a list of methods.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.16.1.1. MPrintHead::MPrintHead() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
MPrintHead()
Creates an MPrintHead instance with default values.
void
MPrintHead(MStream *st)
MStream *st Input stream
Creates a new MPrintHead instance and loads the values from st (see MStream).
void
MPrintHead(const MPrintHead *)
const MPrintHead * MPrintHead to initialize from
Creates a new MPrintHead instance and sets the values to those in the given
MPrintHead.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.16.1.2. MPrintHead::~MPrintHead() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
~MPrintHead() [virtual]
Frees any resources allocated by the MPrintHead instance.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.16.2. Retrieving information from an MPrintHead instance ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
Open the Contents view and expand this section to see a list of methods.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.16.2.1. MPrintHead::getFont() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getFont(int) const [virtual]
int Which header string?
Returns the font for the given header string (see "Header position
constants").
const MFont *
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.16.2.2. MPrintHead::getGrid() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getGrid() const [virtual]
Returns 1 if grid lines should be printed; 0 otherwise.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.16.2.3. MPrintHead::getLayer() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getLayer() const [virtual]
Returns number of layer to be printed.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.16.2.4. MPrintHead::getMargin() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getMargin(int) const [virtual]
int Which margin?
Returns size (in points) of the given margin (see "Margin position
constants").
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.16.2.5. MPrintHead::getOrient() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getOrient() const [virtual]
Returns page orientation (see "Page orientation constants").
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.16.2.6. MPrintHead::getOrder() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getOrder() const [virtual]
Returns print order (see "Print order constants").
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.16.2.7. MPrintHead::getRange() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getRange() const [virtual]
Returns address of range to be printed.
const MRange *
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.16.2.8. MPrintHead::getRCHead() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getRCHead() const [virtual]
Returns 1 if row and column headers should be printed; 0 otherwise.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.16.2.9. MPrintHead::getScale() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getScale() const [virtual]
Returns current scaling percentage (default is 1).
float
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.16.2.10. MPrintHead::getString() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getString(int) const [virtual]
int Which header string?
Returns the text of the given header string (see "Header position constants").
const char *
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.16.3. Setting values in an MPrintHead instance ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
Open the Contents view and expand this section to see a list of methods.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.16.3.1. MPrintHead::operator=() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
operator=(const MPrintHead &ph) [virtual]
const MPrintHead & ph Another MPrintHead
Copies the values from ph to the current instance. Returns reference to
current instance.
MPrintHead &
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.16.3.2. MPrintHead::setGrid() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setGrid(int) [virtual]
int TRUE for print grid, FALSE for don't print grid
Sets the print-grid setting for the print job.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.16.3.3. MPrintHead::setLayer() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setLayer(int lay) [virtual]
int lay Layer to be printed
Sets the layer for the print job to the given layer.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.16.3.4. MPrintHead::setMargin() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setMargin(int n, int val) [virtual]
int n Which margin?
int val New size, in points
Sets the given margin (see "Margin position constants") to the given size.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.16.3.5. MPrintHead::setOrder() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setOrder(int) [virtual]
int New order
Sets the print order to the given value (see "Print order constants").
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.16.3.6. MPrintHead::setOrient() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setOrient(int) [virtual]
int New orientation
Sets the orientation to the given value (see "Page orientation constants").
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.16.3.7. MPrintHead::setRange() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setRange(const MRange *r) [virtual]
const MRange *r New range .
Sets the range to be printed to the given range.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.16.3.8. MPrintHead::setRCHead() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setRCHead(int) [virtual]
int TRUE to print row and column headers; FALSE otherwise.
Sets the print-headers setting for the print job.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.16.3.9. MPrintHead::setScale() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setScale(float) [virtual]
float New scale value
Sets the print scale to the given value (1=100%).
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.16.3.10. MPrintHead::setString() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setString(int, const char *text) [virtual]
int Which header?
const char *text New text
Sets the given header (see "Header position constants") to the given text.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.16.4. Outputting an MPrintHead instance to a stream ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
Open the Contents view and expand this section to see a list of methods.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.16.4.1. MPrintHead::write() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
write(MStream *st) const [virtual]
MStream *st Output stream
Outputs all stored values to st (see MStream).
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.17. MRange ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
range.h is the source file for this class.
Represents a range of cells within a model.
An MRange instance can represent either a simple rectangular range or a
discontinuous range, consisting of several, potentially overlapping,
rectangular ranges.
Note that an MRange instance refers to and does not contain the data in the
range it represents. Instances can therefore be created and destroyed without
having any direct effect on the cells being represented.
Each MRange instance keeps track of a range list, each entry in which contains
either a single address (if the given range is only one cell) or a pair of
addresses (defining the upper-left and lower-right corners of that range).
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.17.1. Destroying an MRange instance ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
Open the Contents view and expand this section to see a list of methods.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.17.1.1. MRange::free() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
free()
Releases any storage the MRange has allocated and deletes the range list.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.17.2. Setting or replacing the range list ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
Open the Contents view and expand this section to see a list of methods.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.17.2.1. MRange::copySelectedRanges() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
copySelectedRanges(const MRange *, int, int)
const MRange * MRange to copy from
int First item in range list to copy
int Last item in range list to copy
Replaces the current range list with the given subset of the given MRange's
range list.
For example, if range1 contains 4 items and range2 contains 10 items, then
range1 -> copySelectedRanges(range2, 3, 5) will leave range1 containing 3
items, equal to the third, fourth, and fifth items from range2.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.17.2.2. MRange::operator=() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
operator=(const MRange &)
const MRange & Range to copy values from
Copies all values from the given rangeto the current range.
Returns reference to current range.
MRange &
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.17.2.3. MRange::init() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
init()
Initializes the MRange with an empty range list.
void
init(MStream *st)
MStream *st Input stream
Initializes the instance with a range list read from st (see MStream).
void
init(const MAddress *)
const MAddress * Address
Initializes the MRange with a single range containing only the given cell.
void
init(const MAddress *, const MAddress *)
const MAddress * Upper-left corner of range
const MAddress * Lower-right corner of range
Initializes the MRange with a single range specified by the given addresses.
void
init(const MRange *)
const MRange * Range
Initializes the MRange with the range list from the given MRange.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.17.2.4. MRange::set() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
set(const MAddress *)
const MAddress * Address
Sets range list to a single range containing only the given cell.
void
set(const MAddress *, const MAddress *)
const MAddress * Upper-left corner of range
const MAddress * Lower-right corner of range
Sets range list to a single range specified by the given addresses.
void
set(const MRange *)
const MRange * Range
Replaces current range list with that of the given range.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.17.2.5. MRange::setAndSort() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setAndSort(const MAddress *, const MAddress *)
const MAddress * One corner of range
const MAddress * Other corner of range
Sets range list to a single range represented by the given addresses, which
are sorted into upper-left, lower-right order before being added.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.17.2.6. MRange::zap() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
zap()
Re-initializes the MRange instance to default values.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.17.3. Adding items to the range list ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
Open the Contents view and expand this section to see a list of methods.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.17.3.1. MRange::addAndSortRange() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
addAndSortRange(const MAddress *, const MAddress *)
const MAddress * One corner of new range
const MAddress * Other corner of new range
Adds the given addresses to the range list, sorting into upper-left,
lower-right order if needed.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.17.3.2. MRange::addRange() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
addRange(const MAddress *)
const MAddress * New address
Adds the address to the range list as a single-cell range.
void
addRange(const MAddress *, const MAddress *)
const MAddress * Upper-left corner of new range
const MAddress * Lower-right corner of new range
Adds the given addresses to the range list.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.17.4. Querying the range list ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
Open the Contents view and expand this section to see a list of methods.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.17.4.1. MRange::getCount() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getCount() const
Returns size of range list.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.17.4.2. MRange::getAbs() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getAbs()
Returns 1 if the first item in the range list contains an absolute row, column,
or layer reference; 0 otherwise.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.17.4.3. MRange::getItem() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getItem(int, MAddress &, MAddress &) const
int Which item?
MAddress & Storage for upper left corner
MAddress & Storage for lower right corner
Stores the addresses of the corners of the given item in the range list.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.17.4.4. MRange::getTotalCells() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getTotalCells() const
Returns the total number of cells referred to by all the ranges in the range
list. Cells referred to by more than one range are counted multiple times.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.17.4.5. MRange::isAtLowerEdge() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
isAtLowerEdge(const MAddress *) const
const MAddress * Address to look for
Determines whether the given address is within the bottom row of any range in
the range list.
If so, returns 1; otherwise returns 0.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.17.4.6. MRange::inRange() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
inRange(const MAddress *) const
const MAddress * Address to look for
Determines whether the given address is within any range in the range list.
If so, returns 1; otherwise returns 0.
int
inRange(const MRange *) const
const MRange * Range to look for
Determines whether all the cells in the given range are within any range in
the range list.
If so, returns 1; otherwise returns 0.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.17.4.7. MRange::inWhichRange() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
inWhichRange(const MAddress *, MAddress &, MAddress &) const
const MAddress * Address to look for
MAddress & Storage for upper left corner
MAddress & Storage for lower right corner
Determines whether the given address is within any range in the range list,
and stores the upper-left and lower-right addresses of that range.
Returns the position of that range in the range list, or -1 if no such range
is found.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.17.4.8. MRange::isAutoGrow() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
isAutoGrow() const
Returns 1 if the range is defined as an auto-grow range; 0 otherwise.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.17.4.9. MRange::isColInRange() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
isColInRange(int, int) const
int Which column?
int Which layer?
Determines whether the given column overlaps the current range (see also
MRange::overlapRange() ).
Returns 1 if it overlaps, 0 otherwise.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.17.4.10. MRange::isRowInRange() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
isRowInRange(int, int) const
int Which row?
int Which layer?
Determines whether the given row overlaps the current range (see also
MRange::overlapRange() ).
Returns 1 if it overlaps, 0 otherwise.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.17.4.11. MRange::overlapRange() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
overlapRange(const MRange *) const
const MRange * MRange to compare to
Two MRanges overlap if any of the cells in any of the ranges included in one
MRange is also in one of the ranges included in the other MRange. For example,
if mr1 includes the range A5:F6 as the third element in its range list, and
mr2 includes the range C1:D10 as the fifth element in its range list, then mr1
-> overlapRange(mr2) will return 1 (since the cells C5, C6, D5 and D6 are
common to both).
Returns 1 if the two ranges overlap, 0 otherwise.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.17.5. Handling the range list ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
Open the Contents view and expand this section to see a list of methods.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.17.5.1. MRange::setAutoGrow() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setAutoGrow(int)
int New autogrow setting
Sets the autogrow flag for the range.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.17.5.2. MRange::setCount() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setCount(int)
int New range list size
Sets the size of the range list. Use with some care, as the current range list
may be larger than the new size, in which case the extra ranges will be
effectively lost.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.17.5.3. MRange::sortRange() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
sortRange()
Sorts each item in the range list into upper-left, lower-right order.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.17.6. Changing addresses of items in the range list ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
Open the Contents view and expand this section to see a list of methods.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.17.6.1. MRange::doMerge() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
doMerge(const MAddress *)
const MAddress * Base address
Passes through to MAddress::doMerge() for every MAddress in the range list,
thereby offseting the entire range being represented.
For example, if range1 represents the range A1:D5,B2,E5:G11 and base
represents the cell A5, then range1 -> doMerge(base) will set range1 to
represent the range A5:D9,B6,E9:G15.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.17.6.2. MRange::growFrom() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
growFrom(const MAddress *)
const MAddress * Address to look for
Determines whether the given address is within the bottom row of any range in
the range list.
If not, or if it's a null address, returns -1. Otherwise, adds one row to the
first range for which that is true and returns the position of that range in
the range list.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.17.6.3. MRange::makeAbs() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
makeAbs()
Passes through to MAddress::makeAbs() for every address in the range list,
thereby changing them all to completely absolute range references.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.17.6.4. MRange::offset() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
offset(int, int, int)
int Row offset
int Column offset
int Layer offset
Passes through to MAddress::offset() for every address in the range list,
thereby offsetting the entire range by the given coordinates.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.17.6.5. MRange::offsetBy() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
offsetBy(const MAddress *)
const MAddress * Address containing coordinates to offset by
Passes through to MAddress::offset() for every address in the range list,
where the three integer parameters are retrieved from the given address,
thereby offsetting the entire range by the given coordinates.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.17.6.6. MRange::setAbs() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setAbs(int)
int Packed structure containing absolute-flag settings for addresses
Unpacks the given structure and passes the appropriate parameters through to
MAddress::setAbsLayer(), MAddress::setAbsRow(), and MAddress::setAbsCol() for
each address stored in the range list.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.17.6.7. MRange::setItem() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setItem(int, const MAddress *, const MAddress *)
int Which item in the range list?
const MAddress * Upper-left corner of range
const MAddress * Lower-right corner of range
Replaces the given item in the range list with a single range specified by the
given addresses.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.17.7. Writing out an MRange instance ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
Open the Contents view and expand this section to see a list of methods.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.17.7.1. MRange::write() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
write(MStream *st) const
MStream *st Output stream
Outputs the instance to st (see MStream).
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.17.8. MRange operator ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
Open the Contents view and expand this section to see a list of methods.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.17.8.1. MRange::operator==() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
operator==(const MRange &) const
const MRange & Range to compare
Two MRanges are equal if their range lists are the same size and contain the
same items in the same order.
Returns 1 if MRanges are equal, 0 otherwise.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.18. MRect ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
rect.h is the source file for this class.
Represents a rectangular region within the application window - for example,
the size of a selected rectangular range.
MRect is an abstraction of the OS/2 RECTL structure and is generally used
within Mesa DOK where a RECTL would usually occur. It exists primarily to allow
alterations to rectangle-handling routines to be made in a single place in the
code.
Each MRect instance keeps track of its starting point, its width, and its
height. For more information, see "MPoint".
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.18.1. Destroying an MRect instance ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
Open the Contents view and expand this section to see a list of methods.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.18.1.1. MRect::free() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
free()
Releases all allocated storage for the MRect instance. Currently does nothing,
since no storage is allocated.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.18.1.2. MRect::setNull() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setNull()
Sets all the values in the MRect instance to null pointers.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.18.2. Setting rectangle size and position ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
Open the Contents view and expand this section to see a list of methods.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.18.2.1. MRect::clipRect() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
clipRect(const MRect *)
const MRect * Clipping rectangle
If the corner opposite the starting point of the given rectangle is inside the
boundary of the current rectangle, sets the corner opposite the starting point
of the current rectangle equal to it.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.18.2.2. MRect::copyFromRECTLInc() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
copyFromRECTLInc(const void *)
const void * Input RECTL
Sets the rectangle parameters to values read from the given RECTL, plus a
1-pixel bounding line.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.18.2.3. MRect::copyFromRECTLNorm() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
copyFromRECTLNorm(const void *)
const void * Input RECTL
Sets the rectangle parameters to values read from the given RECTL.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.18.2.4. MRect::init() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
init()
Sets the rectangle parameters to {0,0,0,0}.
void
init(const MRect *)
const MRect * Rectangle to initialize from
Sets the rectangle parameters to values read from the given MRect.
void
init(float tx, float ty, float twid, float thi)
float tx New X
float ty New Y
float twid New width
float thi New height
Sets the rectangle parameters to the given values.
void
init(MStream *st)
MStream *st Input stream
Sets the rectangle parameters to values read from st (see MStream).
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.18.2.5. MRect::inset() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
inset(float,float)
float Horizontal inset
float Vertical inset
Resizes and offsets the rectangle by the given values in all directions.
For example, if the current rectangle has width 10 and height 20 and starts at
the point {0,0}, inset(2,3) will resize it to width 6 and height 14 and move
its starting point to {2,3}.
Returns pointer to current rectangle.
MRect *
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.18.2.6. MRect::insetRect() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
insetRect(float, float)
float Horizontal inset
float Vertical inset
Resizes and offsets the rectangle by the given values in all directions
(identical to inset(float, float)).
Returns pointer to current rectangle.
MRect *
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.18.2.7. MRect::intersectRect() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
intersectRect(const MRect *)
const MRect * Rectangle to compare to
Determines whether there is any intersection between the current and the given
rectangles. If there is, resizes and offsets the rectangle to the size and
position of the area of intersection. (Compare with MRect::doesIntersect().)
For example, if the current rectangle has width 10 and height 20 and starts at
the point {0,0}, and theRect has width 10 and height 4 and starts at the point
{2,3}, intersectRect(theRect) will resize the current rectangle to width 8 and
height 4 and move its starting point to {2,3}
Returns 1 if they intersect, 0 otherwise.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.18.2.8. MRect::offsetHi() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
offsetHi(float)
float Height offset
Changes the current rectangle's height by the given amount, leaving the
starting point unchanged.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.18.2.9. MRect::offsetWid() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
offsetWid(float)
float Width offset
Changes the current rectangle's width by the given amount, leaving the
starting point unchanged.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.18.2.10. MRect::offsetX() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
offsetX(float)
float X offset
Moves the starting point of the current rectangle horizontally by the given
amount, leaving height and width unchanged.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.18.2.11. MRect::offsetY() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
offsetY(float)
float Y offset
Moves the starting point of the current rectangle vertically by the given
amount, leaving height and width unchanged.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.18.2.12. MRect::round() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
round()
Rounds the height, width, and starting X and Y coordinates of the current
rectangle to the nearest integers. Used to avoid problems when drawing lines
that are not aligned with pixel boundaries.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.18.2.13. MRect::scaleDown() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
scaleDown(float)
float Scale factor
Divides the height, width, and starting X and Y coordinates of the current
rectangle by the given value.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.18.2.14. MRect::scaleUp() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
scaleUp(float)
float Scale factor
Multiples the height, width, and starting X and Y coordinates of the current
rectangle by the given value.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.18.2.15. MRect::set() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
set(float, float, float, float)
float New X
float New Y
float New width
float New height
Sets the rectangle parameters to the given values.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.18.2.16. MRect::setCX() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setCX(float)
float New maximum X
Changes the current rectangle's width to the difference between the X
coordinate of the starting point and the given X value, leaving the starting
point unchanged.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.18.2.17. MRect::setCY() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setCY(float)
float New maximum Y
Changes the current rectangle's height to the difference between theY
coordinate of the starting point and the givenY value, leaving the starting
point unchanged.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.18.2.18. MRect::setHi() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setHi(float)
float New height
Sets the rectangle's height to the given value, leaving the starting point
unchanged.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.18.2.19. MRect::setWid() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setWid(float)
float New width
Sets the rectangle's width to the given value, leaving the starting point
unchanged.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.18.2.20. MRect::setX() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setX(float)
float New X coordinate
Moves the starting point of the current rectangle horizontally to the given X
coordinate.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.18.2.21. MRect::setY() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setY(float)
float New Y coordinate
Moves the starting point of the current rectangle vertically to the givenY
coordinate.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.18.2.22. MRect::sizeByCorner() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
sizeByCorner(int, float, float)
int Which corner?
float X offset
float Y offset
Resizes/moves the current rectangle by offsetting the given corner (see "Frame
corner constants") vertically and/or horizontally by the given amounts.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.18.3. Retrieving rectangle size and position ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
Open the Contents view and expand this section to see a list of methods.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.18.3.1. MRect::getCX() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getCX() const
Returns the X coordinate of the corner of the current rectangle opposite the
starting point.
float
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.18.3.2. MRect::getCY() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getCY() const
Returns theY coordinate of the corner of the current rectangle opposite the
starting point.
float
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.18.3.3. MRect::getHi() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getHi() const
Returns the rectangle height.
float
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.18.3.4. MRect::getWid() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getWid() const
Returns the rectangle width.
float
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.18.3.5. MRect::getX() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getX() const
Returns the X coordinate of the rectangle's starting point.
float
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.18.3.6. MRect::getY() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getY() const
Returns the Y coordinate of the rectangle's starting point.
float
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.18.3.7. MRect::isNull() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
isNull() const
Returns 1 if the rectangle is null, 0 otherwise.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.18.4. Outputting an MRect instance ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
Open the Contents view and expand this section to see a list of methods.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.18.4.1. MRect::copyToRECTLInc() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
copyToRECTLInc(void *) const
const void * Output RECTL
Sets the given RECTL identical to the current rectangle, including a 1-pixel
bounding line.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.18.4.2. MRect::copyToRECTLNorm() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
copyToRECTLNorm(void *) const
const void * Output RECTL
Sets the given RECTL identical to the current rectangle, not including a
1-pixel bounding line.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.18.4.3. MRect::write() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
write(MStream *st) const
MStream *st Output stream
Outputs all stored values to st (see MStream).
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.18.5. Determining intersections with a rectangle ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
Open the Contents view and expand this section to see a list of methods.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.18.5.1. MRect::doesIntersect() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
doesIntersect(const MRect *) const
const MRect * Rectangle to compare to
Determines whether there is any intersection between the current and the given
rectangles. (Compare with MRect::intersectRect().)
Returns 1 if they intersect, 0 otherwise.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.18.5.2. MRect::pointIn() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
pointIn(const MPoint *) const
const MPoint * Point
Returns 1 if the given point is within the boundaries of the current
rectangle; 0 otherwise.
int
pointIn(const void *) const
const void * Pointer to a POINTL structure
Returns 1 if the given point is within the boundaries of the current
rectangle; 0 otherwise.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.18.6. MRect operator ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
Open the Contents view and expand this section to see a list of methods.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.18.6.1. MRect::operator==() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
operator==(const MRect &) const
const MRect & Rectangle
Returns 1 if the height, width, and starting point of the given rectangle and
of the current rectangle are identical; 0 otherwise.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.19. MSelection ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
selection.h is the source file for this class.
An MSelection represents a set of model contents, such as ranges and graphs,
and also maintains other information about the view and model that it is
associated with.
Each MSheetView instance maintains an MSelection which represents the current
selection within the view - that is, the set of objects which a user's actions
are expected to affect (see MSheetView). However, MSelection is used throughout
Mesa DOK, particularly within MMesaModel, to represent a generic set of
objects. For example, when an action is added to the undo list, the current
selection is journaled; whenever an action is undone or redone, the journaled
selection becomes the current selection.
Within a given selection there is an "active selection" - for example, there is
a base cell which is highlighted by an extra rectangle when the selected range
is displayed.
In general, when an action is performed on an MSelection, it affects the entire
active selection and not anything else. For example, if the active selection is
a frame, the MSelection will still maintain a range reference and a base cell
reference. However, a command to reformat the current selection will reformat
only the frame, not the range or base cell.
Each MSelection instance keeps track of:
which page is being displayed in the model, and what type of page (layer
or script);
(The method names in this class may be somewhat confusing - for
historical reasons, "sheet" is used to refer to a layer page, "script" to
a script page, and "layer" to a page in general. Elsewhere within Mesa
DOK, and consistently within this document, "layer" refers to a layer
page, "page" refers to a page in general, and "sheet" is not generally
used.)
the selected range on that page, if it's a layer, or the script name, if
it's a script;
the active selection, which can include frames;
the upper-left corner to display in the sheet view (see MSheetView);
the default selections on other pages in the model, used to set the
correct selection when a new page is displayed (see MSelection::prime()).
Much of this information is maintained in string or index form, rather than as
actual pointers to the selected objects. For example,
MSelection::canEditContents() must query any selected frames to determine
their type. However, since only the names of selected frames are stored within
the MSelection instance, the method must first query the given model for a
pointer to the named frame. This is necessary, since MSelections are stored in
the model's undo list and therefore the objects referred to by the MSelection
may not always exist.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.19.1. Initializing and destroying an MSelection instance ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
Open the Contents view and expand this section to see a list of methods.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.19.1.1. MSelection::free() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
free()
Releases any storage allocated by this instance.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.19.1.2. MSelection::init() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
init()
Initializes the instance to default values.
void
init(MStream *st)
MStream *st Input stream
Initializes the instance with values read from st (see MStream).
void
init(const MSelection *, int)
const MSelection * MSelection instance to initialize from
int Which selections? (1 for all, 0 for just the active selection)
Initializes the instance with the indicated values from the given MSelection.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.19.1.3. MSelection::initToA1() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
initToA1()
Initializes the instance to cell [A]A1.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.19.2. Handling ranges and base cell in an MSelection instance ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
Open the Contents view and expand this section to see a list of methods.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.19.2.1. MSelection::fillRange() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
fillRange(MRange *) const
MRange * Storage location
Stores the current range, if the current page is a layer.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.19.2.2. MSelection::getAdPtr() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getAdPtr() const
Returns pointer to base cell.
const MAddress *
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.19.2.3. MSelection::getItem() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getItem(int, MAddress &, MAddress &) const
int Which item?
MAddress & Upper left corner address
MAddress & Lower right corner address
Passes through to MRange::getItem() for the selected range, storing the
corners of the indicated subrange.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.19.2.4. MSelection::getRangeCount() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getRangeCount() const
Passes through to MRange::getCount() for the selected range, returning the
number of discrete subranges.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.19.2.5. MSelection::getRangePtr() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getRangePtr() const
Returns pointer to the currently selected range.
const MRange *
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.19.2.6. MSelection::getUnconstRangePtr() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getUnconstRangePtr()
Returns a pointer to the selected range.
MRange *
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.19.2.7. MSelection::inRange() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
const MAddress * Address
Passes through to MRange::inRange() for the selected range, returning 1 if the
given address is within the current range; 0 otherwise.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.19.2.8. MSelection::inWhichRange() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
inWhichRange(const MAddress *, MAddress &, MAddress &) const
const MAddress * Address to check for
MAddress & Storage location for upper-left corner
MAddress & Storage location for upper-right corner
Passes through to MRange::inWhichRange() for the selected range, returning 1
if the given address is within the current range; 0 otherwise.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.19.2.9. MSelection::isASpreadsheet() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
isASpreadsheet() const
Returns 1 if the active selection is a range of cells, 0 otherwise.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.19.2.10. MSelection::isColInRange() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
isColInRange(int i1, int i2) const
int Which column?
int Which layer?
Returns 1 if the given column in the given layer is within the selected range.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.19.2.11. MSelection::isRowInRange() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
isRowInRange(int, int) const
int Which row?
int Which layer?
Returns 1 if the given row in the given layer is within the selected range.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.19.2.12. MSelection::makeARange() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
makeARange()
Removes everything in the selection besides the range, and frees the allocated
resources.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.19.2.13. MSelection::set() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
set(const MAddress *)
const MAddress * Address to store as base cell
Sets the base cell address to the given address, and clears all ranges from
the selection list.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.19.2.14. MSelection::setAdButNotRange() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setAdButNotRange(const MAddress *)
const MAddress * Address to store as base cell
Sets the base cell address to the given address, leaving the rest of the
selection list unchanged.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.19.2.15. MSelection::setAddressAndRange() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setAddressAndRange(const MAddress *, const MRange *)
const MAddress * Address to store as base cell
const MRange * Range to store as selected range
Sets the base cell address to the given address, and sets the current range to
the given range.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.19.2.16. MSelection::setAndSort() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setAndSort(const MAddress *, const MAddress *)
const MAddress * One corner of new range
const MAddress * Other corner of new range
Ensures that the active selection is a range (by selecting a default range if
it's not), then passes the given addresses through to MRange::setAndSort() for
that range, which sets it to the range defined by the given addresses.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.19.2.17. MSelection::setAndSortItem() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setAndSortItem( int item, const MAddress *, const MAddress * )
int item Which item in the range list?
const MAddress * One corner of new range
const MAddress * Other corner of new range
Passes through to MRange::setItem() for the active range, setting the given
item in its range list to the new range, then sorts all the items in the
active range list into upper-left, lower-right order.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.19.2.18. MSelection::zap() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
zap()
Reinitializes the selection to cell [A]A1.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.19.2.19. MSelection::zapRange() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
zapRange()
Sets the range and base cell to cell [A]A1, leaving the rest of the selection
unchanged.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.19.2.20. MSelection::zapToLayer() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
zapToLayer()
Sets the range and base cell to cell A1 of the current layer.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.19.3. Handling frames in an MSelection instance ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
Open the Contents view and expand this section to see a list of methods.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.19.3.1. MSelection::getFrameName() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getFrameName(int) const
int Which frame?
Returns the frame name for the given frame.
const char *
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.19.3.2. MSelection::isFrameSelected() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
isFrameSelected() const
Returns frame number of the active selected frame, or 0 if no frame is
selected.
int
isFrameSelected(const char *) const
const char * Frame name
Returns 1 if the named frame is in the selection, 0 otherwise.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.19.3.3. MSelection::makeNoGraph() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
makeNoGraph()
Removes all selected frames from the selection, and frees the allocated
resources.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.19.3.4. MSelection::setFrameSelection() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setFrameSelection(const char *)
const char * Name of frame
Sets the active selection to the given frame name.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.19.4. Handling multiple pages in an MSelection instance ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
Open the Contents view and expand this section to see a list of methods.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.19.4.1. MSelection::findSelection() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
findSelection(int) const
int Which layer?
Returns the default selection stored for that layer, or NULL if layer doesn't
exist.
const MSelection *
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.19.4.2. MSelection::getLayer() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getLayer() const
Returns the current layer number.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.19.4.3. MSelection::getLayerName() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getLayerName(MMesaModel *)
MMesaModel * Model containing page name list
Returns script name if the current page is a script; otherwise, returns a
blank string.
const char *
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.19.4.4. MSelection::isScriptLayer() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
isScriptLayer() const
Returns 1 if the current selection is a script page; 0 otherwise.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.19.4.5. MSelection::isSheetLayer() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
isSheetLayer() const
Returns 1 if the current selection is a layer page; 0 otherwise.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.19.4.6. MSelection::makeScript() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
makeScript()
Removes everything, including the range, from the selection, and makes it a
script-page selection.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.19.4.7. MSelection::prime() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
prime(int, const MAddress *)
int Which layer?
const MAddress * Address to store as base cell
Stores the given base cell in the instance's selection list for the current
layer, then selects the given layer and turns the stored selection for that
layer into the active selection.
void
prime(int, const MAddress *, const MRange *)
int Which layer?
const MAddress * Address to store as base cell
const MRange * Range to store as selected range
Stores the given base cell and range in the instance's selection list for the
current layer, then selects the given layer and turns the stored selection for
that layer into the active selection.
void
prime(int, const MSelection *)
int Which layer?
const MSelection * Selection to store as current selection
Stores the given selection in the instance's selection list for the current
layer, then selects the given layer and turns the stored selection for that
layer into the active selection.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.19.4.8. MSelection::setLayer() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setLayer(int, MMesaModel *)
int Which page?
MMesaModel * Mesa model containing page name list
Sets the displayed page within the MSelection to the given page. If the given
page is a layer, either restores the stored selection for that page or sets a
default selection if no stored selection is available. If the given page is a
script, retrieves the script name from the model.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.19.4.9. MSelection::testForSheetLayer() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
testForSheetLayer(int)
int Which page?
Returns 1 if the given page is a layer, 0 otherwise.
static int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.19.4.10. MSelection::testForScriptLayer() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
testForScriptLayer(int i)
int Which page?
Returns 1 if the given page is a script, 0 otherwise.
static int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.19.5. Handling upper-left display cell in an MSelection instance ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
Open the Contents view and expand this section to see a list of methods.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.19.5.1. MSelection::getUpperLeftColumn() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getUpperLeftColumn() const
Returns column of the first cell being displayed.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.19.5.2. MSelection::getUpperLeftLayer() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getUpperLeftLayer() const
Returns layer of the first cell being displayed.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.19.5.3. MSelection::getUpperLeftPtr() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getUpperLeftPtr() const
Returns address of the first cell being displayed.
const MAddress *
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.19.5.4. MSelection::getUpperLeftRow() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getUpperLeftRow() const
Returns row of the first cell being displayed.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.19.5.5. MSelection::setUpperLeft() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setUpperLeft(const MAddress *)
const MAddress * New upper-left corner to display
Sets the upper left corner of the display to the given address.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.19.5.6. MSelection::setUpperLeftColumn() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setUpperLeftColumn(int)
int New left column
Sets the left column to display to the given value.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.19.5.7. MSelection::setUpperLeftRow() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setUpperLeftRow(int)
int New top row
Sets the top row to display to the given value.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.19.6. Querying the MSelection instance ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
Open the Contents view and expand this section to see a list of methods.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.19.6.1. MSelection::canEditContents() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
canEditContents(MMesaModel *) const
MMesaModel * Model containing frame list
Determines whether the current selection can be textually edited. (The given
model is used to retrieve the frame type, if a frame is selected.)
If it is a range of cells or a text box, returns 1; otherwise returns 0.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.19.6.2. MSelection::deltaOnlyRange() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
deltaOnlyRange(const MSelection *) const
const MSelection * MSelection to compare to
Is the only difference between the current and the given selections the range?
Returns 1 if so; 0 otherwise.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.19.6.3. MSelection::getSelectionContents() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getSelectionContents(MMesaModel *) const
MMesaModel * Model containing the frame list
If the current active selection is a range, returns the contents of the base
cell in string form.
If the current active selection is a text box, returns its text.
Otherwise, returns an empty string.
char *
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.19.6.4. MSelection::getSelectionName() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getSelectionName(MMesaModel *) const
MMesaModel * Model containing page name and frame list
If the current page is a script, returns the script name.
If one or more frames are selected, returns the name of the first frame.
Otherwise, returns the address of the base cell, in string form.
char *
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.19.6.5. MSelection::getSelectionRange()] ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getSelectionRange(MMesaModel *, int &)]
MMesaModel * Model containing page name and frame list
int & Storage location
If the current page is a script, returns the script name.
If one or more frames are selected, returns the name of the first frame.
Otherwise, returns the address of the selected range in string form and stores
the length of the string.
char *
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.19.6.6. MSelection::hasSelection() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
hasSelection() const
Returns 1 if the selection has any contents, 0 otherwise.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.19.6.7. MSelection::isZapped() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
isZapped() const
Returns 1 if the current selection is empty; 0 otherwise.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.19.7. Writing an MSelection out ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
Open the Contents view and expand this section to see a list of methods.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.19.7.1. MSelection::write() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
write(MStream *st) const
MStream *st Output stream
Writes all stored values out to st (see MStream).
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.19.8. MSelection operators ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
Open the Contents view and expand this section to see a list of methods.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.19.8.1. MSelection::operator=() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
operator=(const MSelection &)
const MSelection & MSelection instance to initialize from
Initialize the instance with values from the given MSelection.
Returns pointer to current MSelection.
MSelection &
operator=(const MSelection *)
const MSelection * MSelection instance to initialize from
Initialize the instance with values from the given MSelection.
Returns pointer to current MSelection.
MSelection &
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.20. MSheetView ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
sheetview.h is the source file for this class.
This class inherits from MView
Represents a view into a layer of data, including row and column headers.
An MSheetView instance can be created as part of an MMesaView instance (see
MMesaView) or can be controlled directly by your application window. In either
case, it will both draw a given model on the screen, and handle mouse input to
the model.
Each MSheetView instance keeps track of:
the Mesa view that contains it (see MMesaView), if any;
the model it displays (see MMesaModel);
the magnification level it should display at;
the current selection within the view (see MSelection);
mouse-input information (what mouse buttons have been pressed, where?);
context-sensitive menus available for the sheet;
whether something is currently being selected.
It also maintains a cache buffer to speed redisplay, and keeps track of the
current context menu and the "superview" window just like any other MView
subclass (see MView).
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.20.1. Creating and destroying an MSheetView instance ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
Open the Contents view and expand this section to see a list of methods.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.20.1.1. MSheetView::MSheetView() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
MSheetView(HWND, MMesaModel *, MMesaView *)
HWND Parent of the sheet
MMesaModel * Model being viewed
MMesaView * Application view instance
Passes the parent up the chain to MView, to create the window, and associates
the parameters to their respective instance variables.
void
MSheetView(MWindow *, MMesaModel *, MMesaView *)
MWindow * Parent of the sheet
MMesaModel * Model being viewed
MMesaView * Application view instance.
Passes the parent up the chain to MView, to create the window, and associates
the parameters to their respective instance variables.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.20.1.2. MSheetView::~MSheetView() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
~MSheetView() [virtual]
Frees any resources allocated, and destroys any menus that are in the instance.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.20.1.3. MSheetView::setUp() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setUp(const MRect *, int = 0) [virtual]
const MRect * Size
int Window style; default is 0.
Loads the popup menus and passes parameters to MView::setUp(), which creates a
new view window of the given size and style.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.20.2. Querying the current selection ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
Open the Contents view and expand this section to see a list of methods.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.20.2.1. MSheetView::canEditContents() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
canEditContents() [virtual]
Passes through to MSelection::canEditContents() for the current selection,
returning 1 if the current selection is editable, 0 otherwise.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.20.2.2. MSheetView::changedSize() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
changedSize(HWND, MChange *) [virtual]
HWND Unused
MChange * Unused
If the current selection's base cell or upper-left displayed cell are beyond
the maximum row or column being displayed in that layer, sets the currently
selected range and base cell to A1 of that layer.
Always returns 0.
MRESULT
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.20.2.3. MSheetView::getCurAdPtr() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getCurAdPtr() [virtual]
Passes through to MSelection::getAdPtr() for the current selection, returning
the current base cell.
const MAddress *
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.20.2.4. MSheetView::getCurLayer() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getCurLayer() [virtual]
Passes through to MSelection::getLayer() for the current selection, returning
the layer number currently visible.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.20.2.5. MSheetView::getCurRngPtr() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getCurRngPtr() [virtual]
Passes through to MSelection::getRangePtr() for the current selection,
returning the current range in the current layer's selection.
const MRange *
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.20.2.6. MSheetView::getCurSelection() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getCurSelection() [virtual]
Returns the current selection.
const MSelection *
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.20.2.7. MSheetView::getLayerName() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getLayerName() [virtual]
Passes through to MSelection::getLayerName() for the current selection,
returning the current layer's name.
const char *
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.20.2.8. MSheetView::getLayerNumber() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getLayerNumber() [virtual]
Passes through to MSelection::getLayer() for the current selection, returning
the current layer's number.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.20.2.9. MSheetView::getSelectionContents() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getSelectionContents() [virtual]
Passes through to MSelection::getSelectionContents(), returning the string form
of the current selection's contents.
char *
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.20.2.10. MSheetView::getSelectionName() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getSelectionName() [virtual]
Passes through to MSelection::getSelectionName(), returning the string form of
the current selection's name.
char *
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.20.2.11. MSheetView::getSelectionRange() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getSelectionRange() [virtual]
Passes through to MSelection::getSelectionRange()], returning the string form
of the current selection's range.
char *
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.20.2.12. MSheetView::isScriptSelected() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
isScriptSelected() [virtual]
Passes through to MSelection::isScriptLayer() for the current selection,
returning 1 if the current selection is a script layer, 0 otherwise.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.20.2.13. MSheetView::isSheetSelected() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
isSheetSelected() [virtual]
Passes through to MSelection::isSheetLayer() for the current selection,
returning 1 if the current selection is a range of data, 0 otherwise.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.20.3. Changing the current selection ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
Open the Contents view and expand this section to see a list of methods.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.20.3.1. MSheetView::deselectFrames() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
deselectFrames() [virtual]
Removes all frames from the current selection and redisplays the previously
selected frame.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.20.3.2. MSheetView::extendSelection() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
extendSelection(MAddress *tmp) [virtual]
MAddress *tmp Corner to extend selection to
Extends the current selection to include the given address.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.20.3.3. MSheetView::select() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
select(const MSelection *) [virtual]
const MSelection * New selection
Sets the current selection to the given value.
void
select(const char *) [virtual]
const char * Frame name
Passes through to MSelection::setFrameSelection() for the current selection,
setting the current selection tot he named frame.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.20.3.4. MSheetView::setAddressAndRange() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setAddressAndRange(const MAddress *, const MRange *) [virtual]
const MAddress * New address
const MRange * New range
Sets the currently selected address and range to the given values.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.20.3.5. MSheetView::setCurAd() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setCurAd(const MAddress *) [virtual]
const MAddress * Address to make current
Sets the currently selected address. If editing a formula, stores the address
(in string format) in the edit view and updates the edit view.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.20.3.6. MSheetView::setCurRange() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setCurRange(const MRange *) [virtual]
const MRange * Range to make current
Sets the currently selected range, and updates other windows as needed.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.20.3.7. MSheetView::setLayer() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setLayer(int) [virtual]
int New layer
Sets the layer being displayed and updates other windows and views as needed.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.20.3.8. MSheetView::setSelection() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setSelection(const MSelection *) [virtual]
const MSelection * MSelection instance to make current
Notifies all parent windows that a layer change is about to occur if
necessary, then sets the current selection to the given selection.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.20.3.9. MSheetView::setToNullSelectedRange() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setToNullSelectedRange() [virtual]
Clears the current selected range while keeping the current base cell
unchanged.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.20.4. Handling input to the view ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
Open the Contents view and expand this section to see a list of methods.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.20.4.1. MSheetView::bkgColorDroppedAt() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
bkgColorDroppedAt(MColor, int, int) [virtual]
MColor Color dropped on sheet
int X coordinate of location dropped
int Y coordinate of location dropped
Determines what sort of item the color was dropped on (a frame, a range, etc.)
and routes the event accordingly, setting the item's background color to the
given color.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.20.4.2. MSheetView::colorDroppedAt() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
colorDroppedAt(MColor, int, int) [virtual]
MColor Color dropped on sheet
int X coordinate of location dropped
int Y coordinate of location dropped
Determines what sort of item the color was dropped on (a frame, a range, etc.)
and routes the event accordingly, setting the item's foreground color to the
given color.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.20.4.3. MSheetView::dragDrop() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
dragDrop(HWND, ULONG, MPARAM, MPARAM, int &) [virtual]
HWND Unused
ULONG Unused
MPARAM Items being dropped - bitmaps or metafiles
MPARAM Unused
int & Was it processed? 1 for yes, 0 for no. (If no, then it will be
passed to default window handler.)
Determines what to do for each item dropped onto the sheet view, and sets the
processing flag to 1.
Always returns 0.
MRESULT
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.20.4.4. MSheetView::dragOver() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
dragOver(HWND, ULONG, MPARAM, MPARAM, int &) [virtual]
HWND Unused
ULONG Unused
MPARAM Items being dropped - bitmaps or metafiles
MPARAM X,Y coordinates of current location
int & Was it processed? 1 for yes, 0 for no. (If no, then it will be
passed to default window handler.)
Determines whether the items being dragged over the sheet can be dropped onto
the sheet at the given point, passes the appropriate message to OS/2, and sets
the handled/processed flag to 1.
MRESULT
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.20.4.5. MSheetView::fontDroppedAt() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
fontDroppedAt(const MFont *, int, int) [virtual]
const MFont * Font dropped
int X coordinate where it was dropped
int Y coordinate where it was dropped
Determines what part of the view the font was dropped on, and either passes
through to the appropriate subsection (e.g; if the font was dropped on a
frame), or changes the font directly if dropped on a cell or the selected
range.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.20.4.6. MSheetView::handleChar() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
handleChar(int, int, int &) [virtual]
int Character entered
int Flags set
int & Was the character processed? 1 for yes, 0 for no.
Handles the keystrokes for arrow keys, navigation, and so forth.
MRESULT
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.20.4.7. MSheetView::handleMouse2Motion() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
handleMouse2Motion(HWND, ULONG, MPARAM, MPARAM, int &) [virtual]
HWND Unused
ULONG Unused
MPARAM X and Y coordinates of mouse-pointer location
MPARAM Unused
int & Was it processed? 1 for yes, 0 for no. (If no, then it will be
passed to default window handler.)
Handles the mouse action as appopriate, based on the current application state
(i.e. are we editing a formula? copying a range? etc.) and the location of the
mouse action (e.g; a range or a frame). Sets the handled flag to 1 if the
action is handled.
MRESULT
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.20.4.8. MSheetView::mouse1Click() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
mouse1Click(const MPoint *, int, int &) [virtual]
const MPoint * Unused
int Unused
int & Unused
Does nothing.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.20.4.9. MSheetView::mouse1Down() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
mouse1Down(const MPoint *, int, int &) [virtual]
const MPoint * Point the mouse went down at
int Key flags
int & Unused
Stores the position and flags, and passes through to
MSheetView::mouse1MotionStart().
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.20.4.10. MSheetView::mouse1MotionEnd() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
mouse1MotionEnd(int &) [virtual]
int & Was it handled? 1 for yes, 0 for no.
If the mouse is currently being used to select an object or resize a row or
column, handles the operation and sets the handled flag to 1. Otherwise does
nothing.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.20.4.11. MSheetView::mouse1MotionStart() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
mouse1MotionStart(int &) [virtual]
int & Was it handled? 1 for yes, 0 for no.
Based on the mouse position and the view's state, determines what action is
being initiated. Sets internal values accordingly.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.20.4.12. MSheetView::mouse1Up() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
mouse1Up(const MPoint *, int, int &) [virtual]
const MPoint * Unused
int Unused
int & Was it handled? 1 for yes, 0 for no.
If a selection process was occuring, passes through to
MSheetView::mouse1MotionEnd().
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.20.4.13. MSheetView::mouse2Down() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
mouse2Down(const MPoint *, int, int &) [virtual]
const MPoint * Point the mouse went down at
int Key flags
int & Unused
Stores the position and flags, and passes through to
MSheetView::mouse2MotionStart().
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.20.4.14. MSheetView::mouse2MotionEnd() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
mouse2MotionEnd(int &) [virtual]
int & Was it handled? 1 for yes, 0 for no.
If the mouse is currently being used to select an object or resize a row or
column, handles the operation and sets the handled flag to 1. Otherwise does
nothing.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.20.4.15. MSheetView::mouse2MotionStart() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
mouse2MotionStart(int &) [virtual]
int & Was it handled? 1 for yes, 0 for no.
Based on the mouse position and the view's state, determines what action is
being initiated. Sets internal values accordingly.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.20.4.16. MSheetView::mouse2Up() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
mouse2Up(const MPoint *, int, int &) [virtual]
const MPoint * Unused
int Unused
int & Was it handled? 1 for yes, 0 for no.
If a selection process was occuring, passes through to
MSheetView::mouse2MotionEnd().
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.20.4.17. MSheetView::winContextMenu() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
winContextMenu(HWND, ULONG, MPARAM, MPARAM, int &) [virtual]
HWND Unused
ULONG Unused
MPARAM X and Y OS/2 window coordinates of point
MPARAM Unused
int & Was it processed? 1 for yes, 0 for no. (If no, then it will be
passed to default window handler.)
Determines what part of the sheet view - row headers, column headers, selected
range, frame, etc. - lies under the given point, stores the appropriate
context menu, and passes the given parameters to MView::winContextMenu() to
show the menu.
Always returns 1.
MRESULT
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.20.4.18. MSheetView::winMouseMove() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
winMouseMove(HWND, ULONG, MPARAM, MPARAM, int &) [virtual]
HWND Window handle
ULONG Message
MPARAM X and Y OS/2 window coordinates of point
MPARAM Unused
int & Was it processed? 1 for yes, 0 for no. (If no, then it will be
passed to default window handler.)
Based on the type of mouse action and the internal state of the view, handles
the action appropriately.
MRESULT
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.20.5. Handling view display and redisplay ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
Open the Contents view and expand this section to see a list of methods.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.20.5.1. MSheetView::bufferWindow() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
bufferWindow() [virtual]
Is this window to be buffered (see MWindow::bufferWindow())?
Always returns 1.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.20.5.2. MSheetView::displayAddress() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
displayAddress(const MAddress *) [virtual]
const MAddress * Address of the cell to display
If the given cell is displayed within the sheet view, redisplay it.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.20.5.3. MSheetView::displayFrame() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
displayFrame(const char *)
const char * Frame name
If the given frame is displayed within the sheet view, redisplay it.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.20.5.4. MSheetView::displayRange() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
displayRange(const MRange *) [virtual]
const MRange * MRange to show
If any cell in the given frame is displayed within the sheet view, redisplay
it.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.20.5.5. MSheetView::displayRangeDiff() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
displayRangeDiff(const MRange *, const MRange *) [virtual]
const MRange * Range 1
const MRange * Range 2
If any cell in one, but not both, of the given ranges is displayed within the
sheet view, redisplay it.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.20.5.6. MSheetView::displaySelectionDiff() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
displaySelectionDiff(const MSelection *, const MSelection *) [virtual]
const MSelection * Selection 1
const MSelection * Selection 2
If the two selections are ranges, passes the range pointers through to
MSheetView::displayRangeDiff(). Otherwise, redisplays the entire sheet.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.20.5.7. MSheetView::drawSelf() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
drawSelf(MDraw *, const MRect *) [virtual]
MDraw * Region to draw to
const MRect * Clipping rectangle
Draws the sheet to the draw region, clipped to within the clipping rectangle
provided (see MWindow::drawSelf()).
Always returns 1.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.20.5.8. MSheetView::getDrawScale() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getDrawScale() [virtual]
Returns 1 if the current magnification is 100%, and 32 otherwise.
float
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.20.5.9. MSheetView::getUpperLeft() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getUpperLeft() [virtual]
Passes through to MSelection::getUpperLeftPtr() for the current selection,
returning the address of of the upper-left cell currently being displayed.
const MAddress *
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.20.5.10. MSheetView::getUpperLeftColumn() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getUpperLeftColumn() [virtual]
Passes through to MSelection::getUpperLeftColumn() for the current selection,
returning the left-most column currently being displayed.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.20.5.11. MSheetView::getUpperLeftRow() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getUpperLeftRow() [virtual]
Passes through to MSelection::getUpperLeftRow() for the current selection,
returning the upper-most row currently being displayed.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.20.5.12. MSheetView::getViewScale() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getViewScale() [virtual]
Returns the current magnification.
float
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.20.5.13. MSheetView::scrollFrom() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
scrollFrom(int, int) [virtual]
int Row
int Column
Scrolls the sheet so that the cell at the given row and column appears at the
upper left of the cell, then redisplays as needed.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.20.5.14. MSheetView::scrollToVisible() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
scrollToVisible(const MAddress *, int = 0) [virtual]
const MAddress * Address to display
int Actually scroll? 1 to scroll, 0 to not scroll. Default is 0.
Determines the necessary offset to make the given cell appear in the sheet
view (and scrolling if appropriate). Returns 1 if there is an offset necessary
to display the given cell, 0 otherwise. (In other words, returns 0 if the
given cell is already being displayed.)
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.20.5.15. MSheetView::setUpperLeftColumn() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setUpperLeftColumn(int) [virtual]
int New upper left column
Sets the left column of the displayed area to the given column.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.20.5.16. MSheetView::setUpperLeftRow() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setUpperLeftRow(int) [virtual]
int New upper left row
Sets the top row of the displayed area to the given row.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.20.5.17. MSheetView::setViewScale() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setViewScale(float s) [virtual]
float s New magnification.
Sets the magnification of the sheet view.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.20.6. Querying an MSheetView instance ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
Open the Contents view and expand this section to see a list of methods.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.20.6.1. MSheetView::getMesaView() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getMesaView() [virtual]
Returns a pointer to the Mesa view that controls this sheet view, if any. For
more information, see "MMesaView".
MMesaView *
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.20.6.2. MSheetView::hasDrawSelf() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
hasDrawSelf() [virtual]
Always returns 1, indicating that MSheetView has a drawSelf() method (see
MWindow::hasDrawSelf()).
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.20.6.3. MSheetView::isEditing() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
isEditing() [virtual]
Passes through to MMesaView::isEditing() for the Mesa view, returning 1 if
editing, 0 if not.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.20.6.4. MSheetView::isEditingFormula() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
isEditingFormula() [virtual]
Passes through to MMesaView::isEditingFormula() for the Mesa view, returning 1
if editing a formula, 0 if not.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.20.7. Transforming between view and layer coordinate frames ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
Open the Contents view and expand this section to see a list of methods.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.20.7.1. MSheetView::transformFromSheetToView() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
transformFromSheetToView(MRect *, MRect * = NULL) [virtual]
MRect * Rectangle to be transformed
MRect * Client window rectangle. Default is NULL (will be recalculated
automatically)
Transforms the first given rectangle from layer coordinates (relative to the
upper left ot A1) to view coordinates (relative to upper left of view),
applying any scaling factors and transformations that are needed.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.20.7.2. MSheetView::transformPoint() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
transformPoint(MPoint *, MRect * = NULL) [virtual]
MPoint * Point to transform
MRect * View rectangle to transform into. Defaults to null.
Transforms a point from OS/2 window coordinates to frame coordinates. If view
rectangle is not given, queries the client window of the sheet. Offsets the
point within that rectangle, and then performs any scaling necessary on it.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.20.7.3. MSheetView::transformFromViewToSheet() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
transformFromViewToSheet(MRect *, MRect * = NULL) [virtual]
MRect * Rectangle to be transformed
MRect * Client window rectangle. Default is NULL (will be recalculated
automatically)
Transforms the first given rectangle from view coordinates (relative to upper
left of view) to layer coordinates (relative to the upper left ot A1),
applying any scaling factors and transformations that are needed.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.20.8. Handling row and column headers ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
Open the Contents view and expand this section to see a list of methods.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.20.8.1. MSheetView::setColumnTitleHeight() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setColumnTitleHeight(int) [virtual]
int New height of column headings
Sets the height of the title above each column.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.20.8.2. MSheetView::setColumnTitles() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setColumnTitles(const char **title, int numTitle) [virtual]
const char **title List of titles for column headings
int numTitle How many titles in the list?
Sets the text of the given number of column headings to the given titles.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.20.8.3. MSheetView::setRowTitleWidth() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setRowTitleWidth(int) [virtual]
int New width of row headings
Sets the width of the row headings.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.20.9. Other methods ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
Open the Contents view and expand this section to see a list of methods.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.20.9.1. MSheetView::newShape() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
newShape(int, const char *, int, int, int, int, int, int) [virtual]
int Type of shape (see "Shape and imported graphic type constants")
const MAddress * Anchor cell
int X start position, offset from the address passed in
int X start position, offset from the address passed in
int Width
int Height
int Line width
int Line type (arrowheads)
Passes through to MMesaModel::newShape(), creating a new shape in the
associated model.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.20.9.2. MSheetView::setCursor() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setCursor(HWND, ULONG, MPARAM, MPARAM, int &) [virtual]
HWND Unused
ULONG Unused
MPARAM Unused
MPARAM Unused
int & Was it processed? 1 for yes, 0 for no. (If no, then it will be
passed to default window handler.)
Returns 0.
MRESULT
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.21. MStream ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
stream.h is the source file for this class.
This class inherits from MObject
Handles input and output in a platform-independant fashion.
There are two subclasses of MStream defined within Mesa DOK - one to handle
clipboard I/O (see MClipStream) and one to handle file I/O (see MFileStream).
They behave identically on the application side, which allows other classes to
write themselves out to and read themselves in from a "stream" of data without
worrying about the details of the I/O device being used. You can subclass
MStream within your own application to handle application-specific I/O in the
same way.
Most Mesa DOK classes can accept an MStream parameter for input or output. When
an item is written to a stream, it should include an identifier, followed by
the position in the stream of the next item (this allows stream-reading
functions to simply skip over items they wish to ignore), followed by the item
itself. The stream-output methods of each class are responsible for writing the
items out a way that can be read by the appropriate stream-input methods;
MStream itself does nothing but transfer the bits from one place to another.
Each MStream subclass instance keeps track of its current position within the
stream, and of the position of the next element in the stream (so that the
current element can be skipped over). It also contains an exception, used to
pass error messages back and forth (see MException) and a version number, which
is not currently used for anything.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.21.1. Creating and destroying an MStream instance ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
Open the Contents view and expand this section to see a list of methods.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.21.1.1. MStream::MStream() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
MStream()
Sets the version to 0.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.21.1.2. MStream::~MStream() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
~MStream() [virtual]
Frees any allocated resources.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.21.2. Reading values ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
Open the Contents view and expand this section to see a list of methods.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.21.2.1. MStream::endRead() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
endRead()
Moves to the next element in the stream, possibly skipping the current element.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.21.2.2. MStream::read()=0 ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
read(void *, int) = 0[virtual]
void * Buffer to read into
int Number of bytes to read
Does nothing; however, every class that inherits from MStream must implement
this method to read a specified number of bytes from the stream into the
buffer.
Returns the number of bytes read.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.21.2.3. MStream::readChar() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
readChar()
Reads an appropriate number of bytes for a single character, and returns that
value.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.21.2.4. MStream::readInt() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
readInt()
Reads an appropriate number of bytes for an integer, and returns that value.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.21.2.5. MStream::readLong() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
readLong()
Reads an appropriate number of bytes for a long integer, and returns that
value.
long
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.21.2.6. MStream::readLongDouble() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
readLongDouble()
Reads an appropriate number of bytes for a long double, and returns that value.
long double
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.21.2.7. MStream::readNumber() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
readNumber()
Reads an appropriate number of bytes for a double, and returns that value.
double
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.21.2.8. MStream::readPointer() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
readPointer()
Reads an appropriate number of bytes for a pointer, and returns that value.
Note that the stream actually writes and reads the address, and so this method
is only useful for pointers to structures that are in the same place as they
were when they were written.
void *
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.21.2.9. MStream::readPtr() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
readPtr()
Reads an appropriate number of bytes for a single character, and returns a
pointer to a null-terminated string. Note that the string must be MFree'd to
avoid memory leaks.
void *
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.21.2.10. MStream::readShort() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
readShort()
Reads an appropriate number of bytes for a short integer, and returns that
value.
short
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.21.2.11. MStream::readStr() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
readStr()
Reads an appropriate number of bytes and returns a pointer to a null-terminated
string. Note that the string must be MFree'd to avoid memory leaks.
char *
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.21.2.12. MStream::readString() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
readString()
Reads an appropriate number of bytes and returns a pointer to a null-terminated
string. Note that the string must be MFree'd to avoid memory leaks.
char *
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.21.2.13. MStream::readUChar() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
readUChar()
Reads an appropriate number of bytes for a single unsigned character, and
returns that value.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.21.2.14. MStream::readULong() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
readULong()
Reads an appropriate number of bytes for an unsigned long integer, and returns
that value.
unsigned long
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.21.2.15. MStream::readUShort() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
readUShort()
Reads an appropriate number of bytes for an unsigned short integer, and returns
that value.
unsigned short
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.21.2.16. MStream::readXLDouble() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
readXLDouble()
Reads an appropriate number of bytes for an Excel-format double, and returns
that value.
double
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.21.2.17. MStream::readXLInt() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
readXLInt()
Reads an appropriate number of bytes for an Excel-format integer, and returns
that value.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.21.2.18. MStream::readXLRK() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
readXLRK()
Reads an appropriate number of bytes for an Excel-format compact floating point
number, and returns that value. Consult the Microsoft Excel reference for
format specifics.
double
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.21.2.19. MStream::readXLString() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
readXLString(char *)
char * Buffer to store the string
Reads an appropriate number of bytes for an Excel-format string, and stores
that value.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.21.2.20. MStream::setupRead() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setupRead()
Reads the data type of the current element in the stream, sets the next
position to the location of the next element in the stream, and positions the
stream pointer to the start of the current element itself.
Returns data type of the element in the stream.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.21.2.21. MStream::unsetRead() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
unsetRead()
Cancels the pending read operaton, resetting the stream position to the data
type of the current element.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.21.3. Writing values ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
Open the Contents view and expand this section to see a list of methods.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.21.3.1. MStream::endWrite() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
endWrite()
Writes the starting position of the next item to the stream.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.21.3.2. MStream::endWK3Write() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
endWK3Write()
Writes the starting position of the next item to the stream.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.21.3.3. MStream::endXLWrite() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
endXLWrite()
Writes the starting position of the next item to the stream.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.21.3.4. MStream::setupWrite() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setupWrite(int)
int Data type of the element to be written
Writes the data type out, prepares a location for the next position, and sets
the stream position to the appropriate spot to begin writing data.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.21.3.5. MStream::setupWK3Write() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setupWK3Write(int)
int Data type of the element to be written
Writes the data type out, prepares a location for the next position, and sets
the stream position to the appropriate spot to begin writing data.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.21.3.6. MStream::setupXLWrite() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setupXLWrite(int)
int Data type of the element to be written
Writes the data type out, prepares a location for the next position, and sets
the stream position to the appropriate spot to begin writing data.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.21.3.7. MStream::write()=0 ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
write(const void *, int) = 0 [virtual]
const void * Buffer from which to write
int Number of bytes to write
Does nothing; however, every class that inherits from MStream must implement
this method to write a specified number of bytes from the buffer to the
stream.
Returns the number of bytes written.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.21.3.8. MStream::writeInt() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
writeInt(int)
int Value to be written
Writes the given value to the stream.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.21.3.9. MStream::writeLongDouble() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
writeLongDouble(long double d)
long double d Value to be written
Writes the given value to the stream.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.21.3.10. MStream::writeNumber() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
writeNumber(double)
double Value to be written
Writes the given value to the stream.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.21.3.11. MStream::writePointer() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
writePointer(void *)
void * Pointer to be written.
Writes the address of the given pointer to the stream. Note that this is only
useful if the pointer will be in the same location at read-time.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.21.3.12. MStream::writePtr() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
writePtr(const void *, int)
const void * Pointer to a string value to be written
int Number of bytes to write
Writes the given value to the stream.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.21.3.13. MStream::writeRTF() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
writeRTF(const char *)
const char * Value to be written
Writes the given value to the stream.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.21.3.14. MStream::writes() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
writes(const char *)
const char * Value to be written
Writes the given value to the stream.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.21.3.15. MStream::writeShort() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
writeShort(short)
short Value to be written
Writes the given value to the stream.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.21.3.16. MStream::writeStr() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
writeStr(const char *)
const char * Value to be written
Writes the given value to the stream.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.21.3.17. MStream::writeString() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
writeString(const char *)
const char * Value to be written
Writes the given value to the stream.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.21.3.18. MStream::writeUChar() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
writeUChar(unsigned char)
unsigned char Value to be written
Writes the given value to the stream.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.21.4. Querying the MStream instance ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
Open the Contents view and expand this section to see a list of methods.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.21.4.1. MStream::getError() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getError()
Passes through to MException::getError() for the stream's exception, returning
the stored error value or noError, if no error is stored.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.21.4.2. MStream::getException() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getException()
Returns a pointer to the stream's exception.
const MException *
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.21.4.3. MStream::getStreamLen()=0 ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getStreamLen() = 0[virtual]
Does nothing; however, every class that inherits from MStream must implement
this method to return the total size of the stream.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.21.4.4. MStream::getVersion() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getVersion()
Returns the version number.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.21.4.5. MStream::isError() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
isError()
TRUE if an error is set, FALSE otherwise
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.21.5. Navigating within the stream ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
Open the Contents view and expand this section to see a list of methods.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.21.5.1. MStream::getPos()=0 ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getPos() =0 [virtual]
Does nothing; however, every class that inherits from MStream must implement
this method to return the position within the stream.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.21.5.2. MStream::isEOF()=0 ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
isEOF() =0 [virtual]
Does nothing; however, every class that inherits from MStream must implement
this method to return 1 if at the end of the stream; 0 otherwise.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.21.5.3. MStream::seek()=0 ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
seek(int) = 0[virtual]
int New position
Does nothing; however, every class that inherits from MStream must implement
this method to move to the specified position within the stream.
Returns the new position within the stream.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.21.6. Setting attributes and version number ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
Open the Contents view and expand this section to see a list of methods.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.21.6.1. MStream::setAttributes() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setAttributes(const char *) [virtual]
const char * Attribute string to set
Does nothing; however, any class that inherits from MStream may implement this
method to set OS/2 attributes.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.21.6.2. MStream::setMesaAttributes() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setMesaAttributes() [virtual]
Does nothing; however, any class that inherits from MStream may implement this
method to set any Mesa-specific attributes.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.21.6.3. MStream::setVersion() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setVersion(int)
int New version number
Sets the version of the stream to the value passed in.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.22. MView ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
view.h is the source file for this class.
This class inherits from MWindow
Handles abstract views - display regions that can be placed inside a normal
OS/2 window. The other Mesa DOK view classes, such as MMesaView and MSheetView,
are all subclasses of MView.
Each MView instance keeps track of the current context menu, the parent window,
and a "superparent" window. It also keeps track of the same information as
MWindow (see MWindow).
To create a customized display region within your application, simply create
your own MView subclass.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.22.1. Creating, destroying, and setting up an MView instance ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
Open the Contents view and expand this section to see a list of methods.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.22.1.1. MView::MView() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
MView(HWND, int, HWND=0)
HWND Handle to parent window
int Context menu identifier
HWND Superparent window
Passes through to MWindow::MWindow(), sets the parent and superparent of the
instance, and loads the context menu.
void
MView(MWindow *, int, HWND=0)
MWindow * Parent window
int Context menu identifier
HWND Superparent window
Passes through to MWindow::MWindow(), sets the parent and superparent of the
instance, and loads the context menu.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.22.1.2. MView::~MView() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
~MView() [virtual]
Destroys the MView instance and releases all allocated resources, including any
context menus.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.22.1.3. MView::cleanUp() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
cleanUp() [virtual]
Passes through to MWindow::cleanUp().
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.22.1.4. MView::setUp() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setUp(const MRect *, int = 0) [virtual]
const MRect * Rectangle to create window within
int Window style. Default is 0
Creates a new window the size and location of the given rectangle.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.22.2. Handling format changes ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
Open the Contents view and expand this section to see a list of methods.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.22.2.1. MView::bkgColorDroppedAt() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
bkgColorDroppedAt(MColor, int, int) [virtual]
MColor Background color that was dropped
int x coord of the drop
int y coord of the drop
By default, this method does nothing; any class that inherits from MView may
override this method to handle a background color being dropped on the view.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.22.2.2. MView::colorDroppedAt() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
colorDroppedAt(MColor, int, int) [virtual]
MColor Color that was dropped
int x coord of the drop
int y coord of the drop
By default, this method does nothing; any class that inherits from MView may
override this method to handle a color being dropped on the view.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.22.2.3. MView::fontDroppedAt() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
fontDroppedAt(const MFont *, int, int) [virtual]
const MFont * Font that was dropped .
int x coord of the drop
int y coord of the drop
By default, this method does nothing; any class that inherits from MView may
override this method to handle a font being dropped on the view.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.22.2.4. MView::winPresParamChanged() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
winPresParamChanged(HWND, ULONG, MPARAM, MPARAM, int &) [virtual]
HWND Window handle
ULONG Message
MPARAM Parameter 1
MPARAM Parameter 2
int & Was it processed? 1 for yes, 0 for no. (If no, then it will be
passed to default window handler.)
Responds to a FOREGROUNDCOLOR, BACKGROUNDCOLOR, or FONTNAMESIZE change in
presentation parameters by converting the OS/2 message into a bkgColorDropped,
ColorDropped, or FontDropped method.
MRESULT
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.22.3. Displaying the view ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
Open the Contents view and expand this section to see a list of methods.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.22.3.1. MView::drawSelf() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
drawSelf(MDraw *, const MRect *) [virtual]
MDraw Region to draw to
const MRect * Clipping rectangle
By default, this method returns 1 and does nothing; any class that inherits
from MView must override this method to handle drawing itself.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.22.4. Setting and identifying parent windows ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
Open the Contents view and expand this section to see a list of methods.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.22.4.1. MView::getSuperHWND() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getSuperHWND() [virtual]
Returns handle to the parent window.
HWND
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.22.4.2. MView::getSuperview() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getSuperview() [virtual]
Returns the parent window.
MWindow *
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.22.4.3. MView::setSuperHWND() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setSuperHWND(HWND) [virtual]
HWND New parent window
Sets the parent window to the given window.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.22.4.4. MView::setSuperview() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setSuperview(MWindow *) [virtual]
MWindow * New parent window
Sets the parent window to the given window.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.22.4.5. MView::setViewPos() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setViewPos(const MRect *) [virtual]
const MRect * New position for the view
Sets the coordinates of the current view to those of the rectangle passed in.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.22.5. Handling help and context-sensitive menus ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
Open the Contents view and expand this section to see a list of methods.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.22.5.1. MView::getObjectMenu() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getObjectMenu() [virtual]
Returns item identifier of the context menu.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.22.5.2. MView::winContextMenu() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
winContextMenu(HWND, ULONG, MPARAM, MPARAM, int &) [virtual]
HWND Window handle
ULONG Message
MPARAM Parameter 1
MPARAM Parameter 2
int & Was it processed? 1 for yes, 0 for no. (If no, then it will be
passed to default window handler.)
Pops up the currently-specified context menu.
MRESULT
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.22.5.3. MView::winHelp() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
winHelp(HWND, ULONG, MPARAM, MPARAM, int &) [virtual]
HWND Window handle
ULONG Message
MPARAM Parameter 1
MPARAM Parameter 2
int & Was it processed? 1 for yes, 0 for no. (If no, then it will be
passed to default window handler.)
Passes through to WinPostMessage(), sets handled flag to 1 and returns 0.
MRESULT
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23. MWindow ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
mwindow.h is the source file for this class.
This class inherits from MObject
MWindow is the basic Mesa window class; all windows within the application are
subclasses of MWindow.
In many cases, MWindow functions simply pass messages along to the default OS/2
window handler and pass the results back. (Unless otherwise noted, the methods
described here do precisely that. For any function which returns an MRESULT,
the meaning of the return parameter is the same as the meaning of the return
parameter for the corresponding OS/2 message.)
Each MWindow instance keeps track of the frame and client window, if
appropriate, and of the default window procedure function for the frame window
(in order to pass messages back to the default message handler).
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.1. Creating and destroying an MWindow instance ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
Open the Contents view and expand this section to see a list of methods.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.1.1. MWindow::MWindow() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
MWindow()
Clears the values for frame, client, and window procedure function.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.1.2. MWindow::~MWindow() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
~MWindow() [virtual]
Destroys the MWindow instance.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.1.3. MWindow::aboutToDestroy() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
aboutToDestroy() [virtual]
Clears the values for frame and client windows.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2. MWindow methods ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
Open the Contents view and expand this section to see a list of methods.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.1. MWindow::bufferWindow() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
bufferWindow() [virtual]
By default, this method returns 0; any class that inherits from MWindow may
override this method to indicate whether the window display should be buffered
(1 for yes, 0 for no).
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.2. MWindow::canExecute() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
canExecute(int, int &) [virtual]
int Command
int & Storage location for flags
By default, this method returns 0 and clears all flags; any class that
inherits from MWindow may override this method to indicate whether the window
can execute the given message (1 for yes, 0 for no).
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.3. MWindow::changedSize() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
changedSize(HWND, MChange *) [virtual]
HWND Window handle
MChange * List of cells whose size has changed
By default, this method returns 0 and does nothing; any class that inherits
from MWindow may override this method to deal with a size change of the window
or its contents.
MRESULT
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.4. MWindow::cleanUp() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
cleanUp() [virtual]
Sets values of the frame and client windows, if they exist, and adds the frame
window to the controller's destroy list.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.5. MWindow::contentsChanged() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
contentsChanged(MChange *) [virtual]
MChange * List of cells whose contents have changed
By default, this method does nothing; any class that inherits from MWindow may
override this method to indicate that the contents of a range of cells has
changed and deal with the changes.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.6. MWindow::createStdWindow() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
createStdWindow(HWND, ULONG, PULONG, PSZ, ULONG, HMODULE, ULONG, PHWND)
[virtual]
HWND Parent window handle
ULONG Style of the frame window
PULONG Create flags
PSZ Client window class
ULONG Client style
HMODULE Handle to the resource management module
ULONG Resource ID to associate to the window
PHWND Client window handle
Passes through to WinCreateStdWindow(). Subclasses the window procedure and
installs appHandleWindowProc() as the message handler. Stores this pointer as
the window value and returns a handle to the frame window created.
HWND
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.7. MWindow::createWindow() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
createWindow (HWND, PSZ, ULONG, LONG, LONG, LONG, LONG, HWND, HWND) [virtual]
HWND Parent window handle
PSZ Window Name
ULONG Style
LONG X coordinate
LONG Y coordinate
LONG Width
LONG Height
HWND Owner window
HWND Handle of window behind which this window will be placed.
Creates a window of the class M_APP_WINDOW and returns a handle to the window
created.
HWND
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.8. MWindow::cycleCalcIndicator() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
cycleCalcIndicator() [virtual]
By default, this method does nothing; any class that inherits from MWindow may
override this method to implement a visual indicator of recalculation efforts.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.9. MWindow::dragDiscardObject() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
dragDiscardObject(HWND, ULONG, MPARAM, MPARAM, int &) [virtual]
HWND Window handle
ULONG Message
MPARAM Parameter 1
MPARAM Parameter 2
int & Was it processed? 1 for yes, 0 for no. (If no, then it will be
passed to default window handler.)
By default, this method returns 0 and does nothing; the parameters are passed
through to the default window handler, and trigger the behavior associated
with the DM_DISCARDOBJECT message.
MRESULT
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.10. MWindow::dragDrop() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
dragDrop(HWND, ULONG, MPARAM, MPARAM, int &) [virtual]
HWND Window handle
ULONG Message
MPARAM Parameter 1
MPARAM Parameter 2
int & Was it processed? 1 for yes, 0 for no. (If no, then it will be
passed to default window handler.)
By default, this method returns 0 and does nothing; the parameters are passed
through to the default window handler, and trigger the behavior associated
with the DM_DROP message.
MRESULT
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.11. MWindow::dragDropHelp() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
dragDropHelp(HWND, ULONG, MPARAM, MPARAM, int &) [virtual]
HWND Window handle
ULONG Message
MPARAM Parameter 1
MPARAM Parameter 2
int & Was it processed? 1 for yes, 0 for no. (If no, then it will be
passed to default window handler.)
By default, this method returns 0 and does nothing; the parameters are passed
through to the default window handler, and trigger the behavior associated
with the DM_DROPHELP message.
MRESULT
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.12. MWindow::dragEmphasizeTarget() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
dragEmphasizeTarget(HWND, ULONG, MPARAM, MPARAM, int &) [virtual]
HWND Window handle
ULONG Message
MPARAM Parameter 1
MPARAM Parameter 2
int & Was it processed? 1 for yes, 0 for no. (If no, then it will be
passed to default window handler.)
By default, this method returns 0 and does nothing; the parameters are passed
through to the default window handler, and trigger the behavior associated
with the DM_EMPHASIZETARGET message.
MRESULT
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.13. MWindow::dragEndConversation() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
dragEndConversation(HWND, ULONG, MPARAM, MPARAM, int &) [virtual]
HWND Window handle
ULONG Message
MPARAM Parameter 1
MPARAM Parameter 2
int & Was it processed? 1 for yes, 0 for no. (If no, then it will be
passed to default window handler.)
By default, this method returns 0 and does nothing; the parameters are passed
through to the default window handler, and trigger the behavior associated
with the DM_ENDCONVERSATION message.
MRESULT
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.14. MWindow::dragError() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
dragError(HWND, ULONG, MPARAM, MPARAM, int &) [virtual]
HWND Window handle
ULONG Message
MPARAM Parameter 1
MPARAM Parameter 2
int & Was it processed? 1 for yes, 0 for no. (If no, then it will be
passed to default window handler.)
By default, this method returns 0 and does nothing; the parameters are passed
through to the default window handler, and trigger the behavior associated
with the DM_DRAGERROR message.
MRESULT
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.15. MWindow::dragFileComplete() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
dragFileComplete(HWND, ULONG, MPARAM, MPARAM, int &) [virtual]
HWND Window handle
ULONG Message
MPARAM Parameter 1
MPARAM Parameter 2
int & Was it processed? 1 for yes, 0 for no. (If no, then it will be
passed to default window handler.)
By default, this method returns 0 and does nothing; the parameters are passed
through to the default window handler, and trigger the behavior associated
with the DM_DRAGFILECOMPLETE message.
MRESULT
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.16. MWindow::dragFileRendered() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
dragFileRendered(HWND, ULONG, MPARAM, MPARAM, int &) [virtual]
HWND Window handle
ULONG Message
MPARAM Parameter 1
MPARAM Parameter 2
int & Was it processed? 1 for yes, 0 for no. (If no, then it will be
passed to default window handler.)
By default, this method returns 0 and does nothing; the parameters are passed
through to the default window handler, and trigger the behavior associated
with the DM_FILERENDERED message.
MRESULT
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.17. MWindow::dragLeave() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
dragLeave(HWND, ULONG, MPARAM, MPARAM, int &) [virtual]
HWND Window handle
ULONG Message
MPARAM Parameter 1
MPARAM Parameter 2
int & Was it processed? 1 for yes, 0 for no. (If no, then it will be
passed to default window handler.)
By default, this method returns 0 and does nothing; the parameters are passed
through to the default window handler, and trigger the behavior associated
with the DM_DRAGLEAVE message.
MRESULT
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.18. MWindow::dragOver() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
dragOver(HWND, ULONG, MPARAM, MPARAM, int &) [virtual]
HWND Window handle
ULONG Message
MPARAM Parameter 1
MPARAM Parameter 2
int & Was it processed? 1 for yes, 0 for no. (If no, then it will be
passed to default window handler.)
By default, this method returns 0 and does nothing; the parameters are passed
through to the default window handler, and trigger the behavior associated
with the DM_DRAGOVER message.
MRESULT
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.19. MWindow::dragOverNotify() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
dragOverNotify(HWND, ULONG, MPARAM, MPARAM, int &) [virtual]
HWND Window handle
ULONG Message
MPARAM Parameter 1
MPARAM Parameter 2
int & Was it processed? 1 for yes, 0 for no. (If no, then it will be
passed to default window handler.)
By default, this method returns 0 and does nothing; the parameters are passed
through to the default window handler, and trigger the behavior associated
with the DM_DRAGOVERNOTIFY message.
MRESULT
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.20. MWindow::dragPrintObject() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
dragPrintObject(HWND, ULONG, MPARAM, MPARAM, int &) [virtual]
HWND Window handle
ULONG Message
MPARAM Parameter 1
MPARAM Parameter 2
int & Was it processed? 1 for yes, 0 for no. (If no, then it will be
passed to default window handler.)
By default, this method returns 0 and does nothing; the parameters are passed
through to the default window handler, and trigger the behavior associated
with the DM_PRINTOBJECT message.
MRESULT
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.21. MWindow::dragRender() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
dragRender(HWND, ULONG, MPARAM, MPARAM, int &) [virtual]
HWND Window handle
ULONG Message
MPARAM Parameter 1
MPARAM Parameter 2
int & Was it processed? 1 for yes, 0 for no. (If no, then it will be
passed to default window handler.)
By default, this method returns 0 and does nothing; the parameters are passed
through to the default window handler, and trigger the behavior associated
with the DM_RENDER message.
MRESULT
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.22. MWindow::dragRenderComplete() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
dragRenderComplete(HWND, ULONG, MPARAM, MPARAM, int &) [virtual]
HWND Window handle
ULONG Message
MPARAM Parameter 1
MPARAM Parameter 2
int & Was it processed? 1 for yes, 0 for no. (If no, then it will be
passed to default window handler.)
By default, this method returns 0 and does nothing; the parameters are passed
through to the default window handler, and trigger the behavior associated
with the DM_RENDERCOMPLETE message.
MRESULT
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.23. MWindow::dragRenderFile() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
dragRenderFile(HWND, ULONG, MPARAM, MPARAM, int &) [virtual]
HWND Window handle
ULONG Message
MPARAM Parameter 1
MPARAM Parameter 2
int & Was it processed? 1 for yes, 0 for no. (If no, then it will be
passed to default window handler.)
By default, this method returns 0 and does nothing; the parameters are passed
through to the default window handler, and trigger the behavior associated
with the DM_RENDERFILE message.
MRESULT
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.24. MWindow::dragRenderPrepare() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
dragRenderPrepare(HWND, ULONG, MPARAM, MPARAM, int &) [virtual]
HWND Window handle
ULONG Message
MPARAM Parameter 1
MPARAM Parameter 2
int & Was it processed? 1 for yes, 0 for no. (If no, then it will be
passed to default window handler.)
By default, this method returns 0 and does nothing; the parameters are passed
through to the default window handler, and trigger the behavior associated
with the DM_RENDERPREPARE message.
MRESULT
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.25. MWindow::drawSelf() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
drawSelf(MDraw *, const MRect *) [virtual]
MDraw * Region to draw in
const MRect * Clipping rectangle
By default, this method returns 1 and does nothing; any class that inherits
from MWindow should override this method to implement its own drawing behavior
and return 1 if redrawn, or 0 otherwise.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.26. MWindow::formatChanged() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
formatChanged(MChange *) [virtual]
MChange * List of cells that have had a format change
By default, this method does nothing; any class that inherits from MWindow may
override this method to indicate that the display format for a range of cells
has changed.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.27. MWindow::getButtonValue() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getButtonValue(int) [virtual]
int Identifier of the button to retrieve value of
Valid only for check boxes, 3-state boxes, and radio buttons.
Returns the state of the button (1 if selected, 2 if not selected, 0 if
undetermined).
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.28. MWindow::getClientWindow() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getClientWindow() const [virtual]
Returns handle of the client window.
HWND
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.29. MWindow::getClientWindowViewRect() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getClientWindowViewRect(MRect *) const [virtual]
MRect * MRect instance to make equal to client window
Sets the given rectangle to the size of the client window.
void
getClientWindowViewRect(RECTL *) const [virtual]
RECTL * RECTL to store values in
Sets the given rectangle to the size of the client window.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.30. MWindow::getDrawScale() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getDrawScale() [virtual]
By default, this method returns 1.0; any class that inherits from MWindow may
override this method to return the current draw scale.
float
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.31. MWindow::getFont() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getFont() [virtual]
Returns the current window default font.
const MFont *
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.32. MWindow::getFormat() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getFormat() [virtual]
Returns the current window default format.
const MFormat *
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.33. MWindow::getFrameRect() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getFrameRect(MRect *) const [virtual]
MRect * MRect instance to make equal to frame window
Sets the given rectangle to the size of the frame window.
void
getFrameRect(RECTL *) const [virtual]
RECTL * RECTL to store values in
Sets the given rectangle to the size of the frame window.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.34. MWindow::getFrameWindow() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getFrameWindow() const [virtual]
Returns handle of the frame window.
HWND
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.35. MWindow::getItemText() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getItemText(int, char *) [virtual]
int Item identifier
char * Buffer to store the text
Stores the text of the given item.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.36. MWindow::getItemValue() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getItemValue(int) [virtual]
int Item identifier
Returns the numeric equivalent of the given item's text, or 0 if no numeric
equivalent exists.
double
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.37. MWindow::getRadioValue() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getRadioValue(int, const int *) [virtual]
int Number of items in the list
const int * Array of item identifiers
Returns the index number of the first item in the given list which has a
non-zero value, or 0 if all are de-selected.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.38. MWindow::getRect() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getRect(MRect *) const [virtual]
MRect * Storage for the rectangle
Sets the given rectangle to the size of the client window.
void
getRect(RECTL *) const [virtual]
RECTL * Storage for the rectangle
Sets the given rectangle to the size of the client window.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.39. MWindow::getSelectValue() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getSelectValue(int) [virtual]
int Item identifier of the listbox in question
Returns the item number selected in the given listbox.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.40. MWindow::getSpinValue() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getSpinValue(int) [virtual]
int Item identifier of the spinbutton in question
Returns the value selected for the given spinbutton.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.41. MWindow::getWinProc() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
getWinProc() [virtual]
Returns the original window procedure of the frame window.
PFNWP
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.42. MWindow::handleChar() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
handleChar(int, int, int &) [virtual]
int Character
int Key flags
int & Handled flag
By default, this method returns 0 and does nothing; any class that inherits
from MWindow may override this method to handle keyboard characters.
MRESULT
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.43. MWindow::hasDrawSelf() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
hasDrawSelf() [virtual]
Returns 0, indicating that this class does not have a drawSelf() method.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.44. MWindow::invalidateRect() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
invalidateRect(const MRect *) [virtual]
const MRect * Rectangle to invalidate
Creates an RECTL equivalent to the given rectangle and passes it through to
WinInvalidateRect().
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.45. MWindow::isMesaWindow() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
isMesaWindow(HWND)
HWND Window handle
Returns 1 if the given HWND represents a Mesa window, 0 otherwise.
static int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.46. MWindow::isWindowMaximized() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
isWindowMaximized(HWND)
HWND Window handle
Returns 1 if the window is maximized, 0 otherwise.
static int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.47. MWindow::isWindowMinimized() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
isWindowMinimized(HWND)
HWND Window handle
Returns 1 if the window is minimized, 0 otherwise.
static int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.48. MWindow::itemNumFromList() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
itemNumFromList(int, int, const int *) [virtual]
int Item identifier to look for
int Number of elements in the item list
const int * List of item identifiers
Returns the index of the given item identifier in the given list of
identifiers, or 0 if not found.
int
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.49. MWindow::memOpenRevert() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
memOpenRevert(int &) [virtual]
int & Handled flag
By default, this method does nothing; any class that inherits from MWindow may
override this method. For example, the Mesa 2 application implements this
method to open a file, if one is scheduled to be opened.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.50. MWindow::mouse1Click() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
mouse1Click(const MPoint *, int, int &) [virtual]
const MPoint * Location of the mouse
int Keyboard control flags
int & Has it been handled? 1 for yes, 0 for no.
This method is called if the message handler does not handle
MWindow::winButton1Click(). By default, it does nothing; any class that
inherits from MWindow may override this method to handle the event (and should
set the handled flag to 1, if so).
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.51. MWindow::mouse1DblClick() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
mouse1DblClick(const MPoint *, int, int &) [virtual]
const MPoint * Location of the mouse
int Keyboard control flags
int & Has it been handled? 1 for yes, 0 for no.
This method is called if the message handler does not handle
MWindow::winButton1DoubleClick(). By default, it does nothing; any class that
inherits from MWindow may override this method to handle the event (and should
set the handled flag to 1, if so).
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.52. MWindow::mouse1Down() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
mouse1Down(const MPoint *, int, int &) [virtual]
const MPoint * Location of the mouse
int Keyboard control flags
int & Has it been handled? 1 for yes, 0 for no.
This method is called if the message handler does not handle
MWindow::winButton1(). By default, it does nothing; any class that inherits
from MWindow may override this method to handle the event (and should set the
handled flag to 1, if so).
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.53. MWindow::mouse1MotionEnd() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
mouse1MotionEnd(int &) [virtual]
int & Has it been handled? 1 for yes, 0 for no.
This method is called if the message handler does not handle
MWindow::winButton1MotionEnd(). By default, it does nothing; any class that
inherits from MWindow may override this method to handle the event (and should
set the handled flag to 1, if so).
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.54. MWindow::mouse1MotionStart() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
mouse1MotionStart(int &) [virtual]
int & Has it been handled? 1 for yes, 0 for no.
This method is called if the message handler does not handle
MWindow::winButton1MotionStart(). By default, it does nothing; any class that
inherits from MWindow may override this method to handle the event (and should
set the handled flag to 1, if so).
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.55. MWindow::mouse1Up() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
mouse1Up(const MPoint *, int, int &) [virtual]
const MPoint * Location of the mouse
int Keyboard control flags
int & Has it been handled? 1 for yes, 0 for no.
This method is called if the message handler does not handle
MWindow::winButton1Up(). By default, it does nothing; any class that inherits
from MWindow may override this method to handle the event (and should set the
handled flag to 1, if so).
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.56. MWindow::mouse2Click() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
mouse2Click(const MPoint *, int, int &) [virtual]
const MPoint * Location of the mouse
int Keyboard control flags
int & Has it been handled? 1 for yes, 0 for no.
This method is called if the message handler does not handle
MWindow::winButton2Click(). By default, it does nothing; any class that
inherits from MWindow may override this method to handle the event (and should
set the handled flag to 1, if so).
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.57. MWindow::mouse2DblClick() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
mouse2DblClick(const MPoint *, int, int &) [virtual]
const MPoint * Location of the mouse
int Keyboard control flags
int & Has it been handled? 1 for yes, 0 for no.
This method is called if the message handler does not handle
MWindow::winButton2DoubleClick(). By default, it does nothing; any class that
inherits from MWindow may override this method to handle the event (and should
set the handled flag to 1, if so).
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.58. MWindow::mouse2Down() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
mouse2Down(const MPoint *, int, int &) [virtual]
const MPoint * Location of the mouse
int Keyboard control flags
int & Has it been handled? 1 for yes, 0 for no.
This method is called if the message handler does not handle
MWindow::winButton2(). By default, it does nothing; any class that inherits
from MWindow may override this method to handle the event (and should set the
handled flag to 1, if so).
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.59. MWindow::mouse2MotionEnd() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
mouse2MotionEnd(int &) [virtual]
int & Has it been handled? 1 for yes, 0 for no.
This method is called if the message handler does not handle
MWindow::winButton2MotionEnd(). By default, it does nothing; any class that
inherits from MWindow may override this method to handle the event (and should
set the handled flag to 1, if so).
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.60. MWindow::mouse2MotionStart() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
mouse2MotionStart(int &) [virtual]
int & Has it been handled? 1 for yes, 0 for no.
This method is called if the message handler does not handle
MWindow::winButton2MotionStart(). By default, it does nothing; any class that
inherits from MWindow may override this method to handle the event (and should
set the handled flag to 1, if so).
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.61. MWindow::mouse2Up() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
mouse2Up(const MPoint *, int, int &) [virtual]
const MPoint * Location of the mouse
int Keyboard control flags
int & Has it been handled? 1 for yes, 0 for no.
This method is called if the message handler does not handle
MWindow::winButton2Up(). By default, it does nothing; any class that inherits
from MWindow may override this method to handle the event (and should set the
handled flag to 1, if so).
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.62. MWindow::mouse3Click() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
mouse3Click(const MPoint *, int, int &) [virtual]
const MPoint * Location of the mouse
int Keyboard control flags
int & Has it been handled? 1 for yes, 0 for no.
This method is called if the message handler does not handle
MWindow::winButton3Click(). By default, it does nothing; any class that
inherits from MWindow may override this method to handle the event (and should
set the handled flag to 1, if so).
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.63. MWindow::mouse3DblClick() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
mouse3DblClick(const MPoint *, int, int &) [virtual]
const MPoint * Location of the mouse
int Keyboard control flags
int & Has it been handled? 1 for yes, 0 for no.
This method is called if the message handler does not handle
MWindow::winButton3DoubleClick(). By default, it does nothing; any class that
inherits from MWindow may override this method to handle the event (and should
set the handled flag to 1, if so).
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.64. MWindow::mouse3Down() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
mouse3Down(const MPoint *, int, int &) [virtual]
const MPoint * Location of the mouse
int Keyboard control flags
int & Has it been handled? 1 for yes, 0 for no.
This method is called if the message handler does not handle
MWindow::winButton3(). By default, it does nothing; any class that inherits
from MWindow may override this method to handle the event (and should set the
handled flag to 1, if so).
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.65. MWindow::mouse3MotionEnd() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
mouse3MotionEnd(int &) [virtual]
int & Has it been handled? 1 for yes, 0 for no.
This method is called if the message handler does not handle
MWindow::winButton3MotionEnd(). By default, it does nothing; any class that
inherits from MWindow may override this method to handle the event (and should
set the handled flag to 1, if so).
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.66. MWindow::mouse3MotionStart() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
mouse3MotionStart(int &) [virtual]
int & Has it been handled? 1 for yes, 0 for no.
This method is called if the message handler does not handle
MWindow::winButton3MotionStart(). By default, it does nothing; any class that
inherits from MWindow may override this method to handle the event (and should
set the handled flag to 1, if so).
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.67. MWindow::mouse3Up() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
mouse3Up(const MPoint *, int, int &) [virtual]
const MPoint * Location of the mouse
int Keyboard control flags
int & Has it been handled? 1 for yes, 0 for no.
This method is called if the message handler does not handle
MWindow::winButton3Up(). By default, it does nothing; any class that inherits
from MWindow may override this method to handle the event (and should set the
handled flag to 1, if so).
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.68. MWindow::percentChanged() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
percentChanged(int) [virtual]
int New percent-changed value
By default, this method does nothing; any class that inherits from MWindow may
override this method to indicate the progress of a long procedure
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.69. MWindow::resetView() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
resetView(MChange *) [virtual]
MChange * Cells that have changed
By default, this method returns 0 and does nothing; any class that inherits
from MWindow may override this method to handle rearranging itself and return
an appropriate result (usually 1 for success, 0 for failure).
MRESULT
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.70. MWindow::setButtonValue() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setButtonValue(int, int) [virtual]
int Item identifier
int New value
Sets the value of the given item to the given value. Item must be a radio
button, checkbox, or 3-state checkbox.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.71. MWindow::setClientWindow() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setClientWindow(HWND) [virtual]
HWND New value for client window
Sets the client window value to the given window handle.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.72. MWindow::setFocus() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setFocus() [virtual]
Passes the client window through to WinSetFocus().
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.73. MWindow::setFont() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setFont(const MFont *newFont) [virtual]
const MFont *newFont New font
Sets the window default font to the given font.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.74. MWindow::setFormat() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setFormat(const MFormat *newFormat) [virtual]
const MFormat *newFormat
Sets the window default format to the given format.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.75. MWindow::setFrameWindow() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setFrameWindow(HWND) [virtual]
HWND New value for frame window
Sets the frame window value to the given window handle.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.76. MWindow::setItemText() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setItemText(int, const char *) [virtual]
int Item identifier
const char * New text value
Sets the text for the given item to the given string.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.77. MWindow::setItemValue() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setItemValue(int, double) [virtual]
int Item identifier
double Number to store in the item
Sets the text of the given item to the string equivalent of the given number.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.78. MWindow::setRadioValue() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setRadioValue(int, int, const int *) [virtual]
int Which item (in list) to set?
int Number of items in the list
const int * List of items
Sets the value of the given item (referenced by an index into the item list)
to 1, and sets the other item values to 0.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.79. MWindow::setSelectValue() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setSelectValue(int, int) [virtual]
int Listbox identifier
int New item to select
Selects the given item within the given listbox.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.80. MWindow::setSpinValue() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setSpinValue(int, int) [virtual]
int Spinbutton identifier
int New value to set
Sets the given value within the given spin button.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.81. MWindow::setUp() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setUp(const MRect *, int=0) [virtual]
const MRect * Rectangle parameter
int Default is 0
By default, this method returns 0 and does nothing; any class that inherits
from MWindow may override this method to handle setup.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.82. MWindow::setWinProc() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
setWinProc(PFNWP) [virtual]
PFNWP New window procedure
Sets the window procedure to the given function.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.83. MWindow::threadRexxFuncs() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
threadRexxFuncs() [virtual]
By default, this method does nothing; any class that inherits from MWindow may
override this method to execute a REXX function (for example, the next function
on a controller-wide REXX function queue).
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.84. MWindow::update() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
update() [virtual]
Invalidates the entire frame window, thereby forcing a redraw.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.85. MWindow::updateLayerNumber() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
updateLayerNumber(int) [virtual]
int Layer number to update
By default, this method returns 0 and does nothing; any class that inherits
from MWindow may override this method to handle a change in the layer being
displayed.
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.86. MWindow::updateWindow() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
updateWindow() [virtual]
Passes the client window to WinUpdateWindow().
void
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.87. MWindow::winActivate() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
winActivate(HWND, ULONG, MPARAM, MPARAM, int &) [virtual]
HWND Window handle
ULONG Message
MPARAM Parameter 1
MPARAM Parameter 2
int & Was it processed? 1 for yes, 0 for no. (If no, then it will be
passed to default window handler.)
By default, this method returns 0 and does nothing; the parameters are passed
through to the default window handler, and trigger the behavior associated
with the WM_ACTIVATE message.
MRESULT
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.88. MWindow::winAdjustWindowPos() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
winAdjustWindowPos(HWND, ULONG, MPARAM, MPARAM, int &) [virtual]
HWND Window handle
ULONG Message
MPARAM Parameter 1
MPARAM Parameter 2
int & Was it processed? 1 for yes, 0 for no. (If no, then it will be
passed to default window handler.)
By default, this method returns 0 and does nothing; the parameters are passed
through to the default window handler, and trigger the behavior associated
with the WM_ADJUSTWINDOWPOS message.
MRESULT
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.89. MWindow::winAppTerminateNotify() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
winAppTerminateNotify(HWND, ULONG, MPARAM, MPARAM, int &) [virtual]
HWND Window handle
ULONG Message
MPARAM Parameter 1
MPARAM Parameter 2
int & Was it processed? 1 for yes, 0 for no. (If no, then it will be
passed to default window handler.)
By default, this method returns 0 and does nothing; the parameters are passed
through to the default window handler, and trigger the behavior associated
with the WM_APPTERMINATENOTIFY message.
MRESULT
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.90. MWindow::winBeginDrag() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
winBeginDrag(HWND, ULONG, MPARAM, MPARAM, int &) [virtual]
HWND Window handle
ULONG Message
MPARAM Parameter 1
MPARAM Parameter 2
int & Was it processed? 1 for yes, 0 for no. (If no, then it will be
passed to default window handler.)
By default, this method returns 0 and does nothing; the parameters are passed
through to the default window handler, and trigger the behavior associated
with the WM_BEGINDRAG message.
MRESULT
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.91. MWindow::winBeginSelect() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
winBeginSelect(HWND, ULONG, MPARAM, MPARAM, int &) [virtual]
HWND Window handle
ULONG Message
MPARAM Parameter 1
MPARAM Parameter 2
int & Was it processed? 1 for yes, 0 for no. (If no, then it will be
passed to default window handler.)
By default, this method returns 0 and does nothing; the parameters are passed
through to the default window handler, and trigger the behavior associated
with the WM_BEGINSELECT message.
MRESULT
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.92. MWindow::winButton1() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
winButton1(HWND, ULONG, MPARAM, MPARAM, int &) [virtual]
HWND Window handle
ULONG Message
MPARAM Parameter 1
MPARAM Parameter 2
int & Was it processed? 1 for yes, 0 for no. (If no, then it will be
passed to default window handler.)
By default, this method returns 0 and does nothing; the parameters are passed
through to the default window handler, and trigger the behavior associated
with the WM_BUTTON1DOWN message.
MRESULT
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.93. MWindow::winButton1Click() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
winButton1Click(HWND, ULONG, MPARAM, MPARAM, int &) [virtual]
HWND Window handle
ULONG Message
MPARAM Parameter 1
MPARAM Parameter 2
int & Was it processed? 1 for yes, 0 for no. (If no, then it will be
passed to default window handler.)
By default, this method returns 0 and does nothing; the parameters are passed
through to the default window handler, and trigger the behavior associated
with the WM_BUTTON1CLICK message.
MRESULT
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.94. MWindow::winButton1DoubleClick() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
winButton1DoubleClick(HWND, ULONG, MPARAM, MPARAM, int &) [virtual]
HWND Window handle
ULONG Message
MPARAM Parameter 1
MPARAM Parameter 2
int & Was it processed? 1 for yes, 0 for no. (If no, then it will be
passed to default window handler.)
By default, this method returns 0 and does nothing; the parameters are passed
through to the default window handler, and trigger the behavior associated
with the WM_BUTTON1DBLCLK message.
MRESULT
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.95. MWindow::winButton1MotionEnd() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
winButton1MotionEnd(HWND, ULONG, MPARAM, MPARAM, int &) [virtual]
HWND Window handle
ULONG Message
MPARAM Parameter 1
MPARAM Parameter 2
int & Was it processed? 1 for yes, 0 for no. (If no, then it will be
passed to default window handler.)
By default, this method returns 0 and does nothing; the parameters are passed
through to the default window handler, and trigger the behavior associated
with the WM_BUTTON1MOTIONEND message.
MRESULT
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.96. MWindow::winButton1MotionStart() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
winButton1MotionStart(HWND, ULONG, MPARAM, MPARAM, int &) [virtual]
HWND Window handle
ULONG Message
MPARAM Parameter 1
MPARAM Parameter 2
int & Was it processed? 1 for yes, 0 for no. (If no, then it will be
passed to default window handler.)
By default, this method returns 0 and does nothing; the parameters are passed
through to the default window handler, and trigger the behavior associated
with the WM_BUTTON1MOTIONSTART message.
MRESULT
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.97. MWindow::winButton1Up() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
winButton1Up(HWND, ULONG, MPARAM, MPARAM, int &) [virtual]
HWND Window handle
ULONG Message
MPARAM Parameter 1
MPARAM Parameter 2
int & Was it processed? 1 for yes, 0 for no. (If no, then it will be
passed to default window handler.)
By default, this method returns 0 and does nothing; the parameters are passed
through to the default window handler, and trigger the behavior associated
with the WM_BUTTON1UP message.
MRESULT
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.98. MWindow::winButton2() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
winButton2(HWND, ULONG, MPARAM, MPARAM, int &) [virtual]
HWND Window handle
ULONG Message
MPARAM Parameter 1
MPARAM Parameter 2
int & Was it processed? 1 for yes, 0 for no. (If no, then it will be
passed to default window handler.)
By default, this method returns 0 and does nothing; the parameters are passed
through to the default window handler, and trigger the behavior associated
with the WM_BUTTON2DOWN message.
MRESULT
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.99. MWindow::winButton2Click() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
winButton2Click(HWND, ULONG, MPARAM, MPARAM, int &) [virtual]
HWND Window handle
ULONG Message
MPARAM Parameter 1
MPARAM Parameter 2
int & Was it processed? 1 for yes, 0 for no. (If no, then it will be
passed to default window handler.)
By default, this method returns 0 and does nothing; the parameters are passed
through to the default window handler, and trigger the behavior associated
with the WM_BUTTON2CLICK message.
MRESULT
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.100. MWindow::winButton2DoubleClick() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
winButton2DoubleClick(HWND, ULONG, MPARAM, MPARAM, int &) [virtual]
HWND Window handle
ULONG Message
MPARAM Parameter 1
MPARAM Parameter 2
int & Was it processed? 1 for yes, 0 for no. (If no, then it will be
passed to default window handler.)
By default, this method returns 0 and does nothing; the parameters are passed
through to the default window handler, and trigger the behavior associated
with the WM_BUTTON2DBLCLK message.
MRESULT
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.101. MWindow::winButton2MotionEnd() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
winButton2MotionEnd(HWND, ULONG, MPARAM, MPARAM, int &) [virtual]
HWND Window handle
ULONG Message
MPARAM Parameter 1
MPARAM Parameter 2
int & Was it processed? 1 for yes, 0 for no. (If no, then it will be
passed to default window handler.)
By default, this method returns 0 and does nothing; the parameters are passed
through to the default window handler, and trigger the behavior associated
with the WM_BUTTON2MOTIONEND message.
MRESULT
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.102. MWindow::winButton2MotionStart() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
winButton2MotionStart(HWND, ULONG, MPARAM, MPARAM, int &) [virtual]
HWND Window handle
ULONG Message
MPARAM Parameter 1
MPARAM Parameter 2
int & Was it processed? 1 for yes, 0 for no. (If no, then it will be
passed to default window handler.)
By default, this method returns 0 and does nothing; the parameters are passed
through to the default window handler, and trigger the behavior associated
with the WM_BUTTON2MOTIONSTART message.
MRESULT
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.103. MWindow::winButton2Up() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
winButton2Up(HWND, ULONG, MPARAM, MPARAM, int &) [virtual]
HWND Window handle
ULONG Message
MPARAM Parameter 1
MPARAM Parameter 2
int & Was it processed? 1 for yes, 0 for no. (If no, then it will be
passed to default window handler.)
By default, this method returns 0 and does nothing; the parameters are passed
through to the default window handler, and trigger the behavior associated
with the WM_BUTTON2UP message.
MRESULT
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.104. MWindow::winButton3() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
winButton3(HWND, ULONG, MPARAM, MPARAM, int &) [virtual]
HWND Window handle
ULONG Message
MPARAM Parameter 1
MPARAM Parameter 2
int & Was it processed? 1 for yes, 0 for no. (If no, then it will be
passed to default window handler.)
By default, this method returns 0 and does nothing; the parameters are passed
through to the default window handler, and trigger the behavior associated
with the WM_BUTTON3DOWN message.
MRESULT
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.105. MWindow::winButton3Click() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
winButton3Click(HWND, ULONG, MPARAM, MPARAM, int &) [virtual]
HWND Window handle
ULONG Message
MPARAM Parameter 1
MPARAM Parameter 2
int & Was it processed? 1 for yes, 0 for no. (If no, then it will be
passed to default window handler.)
By default, this method returns 0 and does nothing; the parameters are passed
through to the default window handler, and trigger the behavior associated
with the WM_BUTTON3CLICK message.
MRESULT
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.106. MWindow::winButton3DoubleClick() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
winButton3DoubleClick(HWND, ULONG, MPARAM, MPARAM, int &) [virtual]
HWND Window handle
ULONG Message
MPARAM Parameter 1
MPARAM Parameter 2
int & Was it processed? 1 for yes, 0 for no. (If no, then it will be
passed to default window handler.)
By default, this method returns 0 and does nothing; the parameters are passed
through to the default window handler, and trigger the behavior associated
with the WM_BUTTON3DBLCLK message.
MRESULT
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.107. MWindow::winButton3MotionEnd() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
winButton3MotionEnd(HWND, ULONG, MPARAM, MPARAM, int &) [virtual]
HWND Window handle
ULONG Message
MPARAM Parameter 1
MPARAM Parameter 2
int & Was it processed? 1 for yes, 0 for no. (If no, then it will be
passed to default window handler.)
By default, this method returns 0 and does nothing; the parameters are passed
through to the default window handler, and trigger the behavior associated
with the WM_BUTTON3MOTIONEND message.
MRESULT
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.108. MWindow::winButton3MotionStart() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
winButton3MotionStart(HWND, ULONG, MPARAM, MPARAM, int &) [virtual]
HWND Window handle
ULONG Message
MPARAM Parameter 1
MPARAM Parameter 2
int & Was it processed? 1 for yes, 0 for no. (If no, then it will be
passed to default window handler.)
By default, this method returns 0 and does nothing; the parameters are passed
through to the default window handler, and trigger the behavior associated
with the WM_BUTTON3MOTIONSTART message.
MRESULT
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.109. MWindow::winButton3Up() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
winButton3Up(HWND, ULONG, MPARAM, MPARAM, int &) [virtual]
HWND Window handle
ULONG Message
MPARAM Parameter 1
MPARAM Parameter 2
int & Was it processed? 1 for yes, 0 for no. (If no, then it will be
passed to default window handler.)
By default, this method returns 0 and does nothing; the parameters are passed
through to the default window handler, and trigger the behavior associated
with the WM_BUTTON3UP message.
MRESULT
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.110. MWindow::winCalcFrameRect() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
winCalcFrameRect(HWND, ULONG, MPARAM, MPARAM, int &) [virtual]
HWND Window handle
ULONG Message
MPARAM Parameter 1
MPARAM Parameter 2
int & Was it processed? 1 for yes, 0 for no. (If no, then it will be
passed to default window handler.)
By default, this method returns 0 and does nothing; the parameters are passed
through to the default window handler, and trigger the behavior associated
with the WM_CALCFRAMERECT message.
MRESULT
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.111. MWindow::winCalcValidRects() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
winCalcValidRects(HWND, ULONG, MPARAM, MPARAM, int &) [virtual]
HWND Window handle
ULONG Message
MPARAM Parameter 1
MPARAM Parameter 2
int & Was it processed? 1 for yes, 0 for no. (If no, then it will be
passed to default window handler.)
By default, this method returns 0 and does nothing; the parameters are passed
through to the default window handler, and trigger the behavior associated
with the WM_CALCVALIDRECTS message.
MRESULT
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.112. MWindow::winChar() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
winChar(HWND, ULONG, MPARAM, MPARAM, int &) [virtual]
HWND Window handle
ULONG Message
MPARAM Parameter 1
MPARAM Parameter 2
int & Was it processed? 1 for yes, 0 for no. (If no, then it will be
passed to default window handler.)
By default, this method returns 0 and does nothing; the parameters are passed
through to the default window handler, and trigger the behavior associated
with the WM_CHAR message.
MRESULT
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.113. MWindow::winChord() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
winChord(HWND, ULONG, MPARAM, MPARAM, int &) [virtual]
HWND Window handle
ULONG Message
MPARAM Parameter 1
MPARAM Parameter 2
int & Was it processed? 1 for yes, 0 for no. (If no, then it will be
passed to default window handler.)
By default, this method returns 0 and does nothing; the parameters are passed
through to the default window handler, and trigger the behavior associated
with the WM_CHORD message.
MRESULT
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.114. MWindow::winClose() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
winClose(HWND, ULONG, MPARAM, MPARAM, int &) [virtual]
HWND Window handle
ULONG Message
MPARAM Parameter 1
MPARAM Parameter 2
int & Was it processed? 1 for yes, 0 for no. (If no, then it will be
passed to default window handler.)
By default, this method returns 0 and does nothing; the parameters are passed
through to the default window handler, and trigger the behavior associated
with the OS/2 WM_CLOSE message.
MRESULT
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.115. MWindow::winCommand() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
winCommand(HWND, ULONG, MPARAM, MPARAM, int &) [virtual]
HWND Window handle
ULONG Message
MPARAM Parameter 1
MPARAM Parameter 2
int & Was it processed? 1 for yes, 0 for no. (If no, then it will be
passed to default window handler.)
By default, this method returns 0 and does nothing; the parameters are passed
through to the default window handler, and trigger the behavior associated
with the OS/2 WM_COMMAND message.
MRESULT
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.116. MWindow::winContextHelp() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
winContextHelp(HWND, ULONG, MPARAM, MPARAM, int &) [virtual]
HWND Window handle
ULONG Message
MPARAM Parameter 1
MPARAM Parameter 2
int & Was it processed? 1 for yes, 0 for no. (If no, then it will be
passed to default window handler.)
By default, this method returns 0 and does nothing; the parameters are passed
through to the default window handler, and trigger the behavior associated
with the OS/2 WM_CONTEXTHELP message.
MRESULT
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.117. MWindow::winContextMenu() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
winContextMenu(HWND, ULONG, MPARAM, MPARAM, int &) [virtual]
HWND Window handle
ULONG Message
MPARAM Parameter 1
MPARAM Parameter 2
int & Was it processed? 1 for yes, 0 for no. (If no, then it will be
passed to default window handler.)
By default, this method returns 0 and does nothing; the parameters are passed
through to the default window handler, and trigger the behavior associated
with the OS/2 WM_CONTEXTMENU message.
MRESULT
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.118. MWindow::winControl() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
winControl(HWND, ULONG, MPARAM, MPARAM, int &) [virtual]
HWND Window handle
ULONG Message
MPARAM Parameter 1
MPARAM Parameter 2
int & Was it processed? 1 for yes, 0 for no. (If no, then it will be
passed to default window handler.)
By default, this method returns 0 and does nothing; the parameters are passed
through to the default window handler, and trigger the behavior associated
with the WM_CONTROL message.
MRESULT
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.119. MWindow::winControlPointer() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
winControlPointer(HWND, ULONG, MPARAM, MPARAM, int &) [virtual]
HWND Window handle
ULONG Message
MPARAM Parameter 1
MPARAM Parameter 2
int & Was it processed? 1 for yes, 0 for no. (If no, then it will be
passed to default window handler.)
By default, this method returns 0 and does nothing; the parameters are passed
through to the default window handler, and trigger the behavior associated
with the WM_CONTROLPOINTER message.
MRESULT
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.120. MWindow::winCreate() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
winCreate(HWND, ULONG, MPARAM, MPARAM, int &) [virtual]
HWND Window handle
ULONG Message
MPARAM Parameter 1
MPARAM Parameter 2
int & Was it processed? 1 for yes, 0 for no. (If no, then it will be
passed to default window handler.)
By default, this method returns 0 and does nothing; the parameters are passed
through to the default window handler, and trigger the behavior associated
with the WM_CREATE message.
MRESULT
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.121. MWindow::winDDEAck() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
winDDEAck(HWND, ULONG, MPARAM, MPARAM, int &) [virtual]
HWND Window handle
ULONG Message
MPARAM Parameter 1
MPARAM Parameter 2
int & Was it processed? 1 for yes, 0 for no. (If no, then it will be
passed to default window handler.)
By default, this method returns 0 and does nothing; the parameters are passed
through to the default window handler, and trigger the behavior associated
with the WM_DDE_ACK message.
MRESULT
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.122. MWindow::winDDEAdvise() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
winDDEAdvise(HWND, ULONG, MPARAM, MPARAM, int &) [virtual]
HWND Window handle
ULONG Message
MPARAM Parameter 1
MPARAM Parameter 2
int & Was it processed? 1 for yes, 0 for no. (If no, then it will be
passed to default window handler.)
By default, this method returns 0 and does nothing; the parameters are passed
through to the default window handler, and trigger the behavior associated
with the WM_DDE_ADVISE message.
MRESULT
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.123. MWindow::winDDEData() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
winDDEData(HWND, ULONG, MPARAM, MPARAM, int &) [virtual]
HWND Window handle
ULONG Message
MPARAM Parameter 1
MPARAM Parameter 2
int & Was it processed? 1 for yes, 0 for no. (If no, then it will be
passed to default window handler.)
By default, this method returns 0 and does nothing; the parameters are passed
through to the default window handler, and trigger the behavior associated
with the WM_DDE_DATA message.
MRESULT
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.124. MWindow::winDDEExecute() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
winDDEExecute(HWND, ULONG, MPARAM, MPARAM, int &) [virtual]
HWND Window handle
ULONG Message
MPARAM Parameter 1
MPARAM Parameter 2
int & Was it processed? 1 for yes, 0 for no. (If no, then it will be
passed to default window handler.)
By default, this method returns 0 and does nothing; the parameters are passed
through to the default window handler, and trigger the behavior associated
with the WM_DDE_EXECUTE message.
MRESULT
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.125. MWindow::winDDEInitiate() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
winDDEInitiate(HWND, ULONG, MPARAM, MPARAM, int &) [virtual]
HWND Window handle
ULONG Message
MPARAM Parameter 1
MPARAM Parameter 2
int & Was it processed? 1 for yes, 0 for no. (If no, then it will be
passed to default window handler.)
By default, this method returns 0 and does nothing; the parameters are passed
through to the default window handler, and trigger the behavior associated
with the WM_DDE_INITIATE message.
MRESULT
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.126. MWindow::winDDEInitiateAck() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
winDDEInitiateAck(HWND, ULONG, MPARAM, MPARAM, int &) [virtual]
HWND Window handle
ULONG Message
MPARAM Parameter 1
MPARAM Parameter 2
int & Was it processed? 1 for yes, 0 for no. (If no, then it will be
passed to default window handler.)
By default, this method returns 0 and does nothing; the parameters are passed
through to the default window handler, and trigger the behavior associated
with the WM_DDE_INITIATEACK message.
MRESULT
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.127. MWindow::winDDEPoke() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
winDDEPoke(HWND, ULONG, MPARAM, MPARAM, int &) [virtual]
HWND Window handle
ULONG Message
MPARAM Parameter 1
MPARAM Parameter 2
int & Was it processed? 1 for yes, 0 for no. (If no, then it will be
passed to default window handler.)
By default, this method returns 0 and does nothing; the parameters are passed
through to the default window handler, and trigger the behavior associated
with the WM_DDE_POKE message.
MRESULT
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.128. MWindow::winDDERequest() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
winDDERequest(HWND, ULONG, MPARAM, MPARAM, int &) [virtual]
HWND Window handle
ULONG Message
MPARAM Parameter 1
MPARAM Parameter 2
int & Was it processed? 1 for yes, 0 for no. (If no, then it will be
passed to default window handler.)
By default, this method returns 0 and does nothing; the parameters are passed
through to the default window handler, and trigger the behavior associated
with the WM_DDE_REQUEST message.
MRESULT
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.129. MWindow::winDDETerminate() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
winDDETerminate(HWND, ULONG, MPARAM, MPARAM, int &) [virtual]
HWND Window handle
ULONG Message
MPARAM Parameter 1
MPARAM Parameter 2
int & Was it processed? 1 for yes, 0 for no. (If no, then it will be
passed to default window handler.)
By default, this method returns 0 and does nothing; the parameters are passed
through to the default window handler, and trigger the behavior associated
with the WM_DDE_TERMINATE message.
MRESULT
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.130. MWindow::winDDEUnadvise() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
winDDEUnadvise(HWND, ULONG, MPARAM, MPARAM, int &) [virtual]
HWND Window handle
ULONG Message
MPARAM Parameter 1
MPARAM Parameter 2
int & Was it processed? 1 for yes, 0 for no. (If no, then it will be
passed to default window handler.)
By default, this method returns 0 and does nothing; the parameters are passed
through to the default window handler, and trigger the behavior associated
with the WM_DDE_UNADVISE message.
MRESULT
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.131. MWindow::winDefault() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
winDefault(HWND, ULONG, MPARAM, MPARAM, int &) [virtual]
HWND Window handle
ULONG Message
MPARAM Parameter 1
MPARAM Parameter 2
int & Was it processed? 1 for yes, 0 for no. (If no, then it will be
passed to default window handler.)
By default, this method returns 0 and does nothing; the parameters are passed
through to the default window handler, and trigger the default window
procedure.
MRESULT
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.132. MWindow::winDestroy() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
winDestroy(HWND, ULONG, MPARAM, MPARAM, int &) [virtual]
HWND Window handle
ULONG Message
MPARAM Parameter 1
MPARAM Parameter 2
int & Was it processed? 1 for yes, 0 for no. (If no, then it will be
passed to default window handler.)
By default, this method returns 0 and does nothing; the parameters are passed
through to the default window handler, and trigger the behavior associated
with the WM_DESTROY message.
MRESULT
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.133. MWindow::winDestroyClipboard() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
winDestroyClipboard(HWND, ULONG, MPARAM, MPARAM, int &) [virtual]
HWND Window handle
ULONG Message
MPARAM Parameter 1
MPARAM Parameter 2
int & Was it processed? 1 for yes, 0 for no. (If no, then it will be
passed to default window handler.)
By default, this method returns 0 and does nothing; the parameters are passed
through to the default window handler, and trigger the behavior associated
with the WM_DESTROYCLIPBOARD message.
MRESULT
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.134. MWindow::winDrawClipboard() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
winDrawClipboard(HWND, ULONG, MPARAM, MPARAM, int &) [virtual]
HWND Window handle
ULONG Message
MPARAM Parameter 1
MPARAM Parameter 2
int & Was it processed? 1 for yes, 0 for no. (If no, then it will be
passed to default window handler.)
By default, this method returns 0 and does nothing; the parameters are passed
through to the default window handler, and trigger the behavior associated
with the WM_DRAWCLIPBOARD message.
MRESULT
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.135. MWindow::winDrawItem() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
winDrawItem(HWND, ULONG, MPARAM, MPARAM, int &) [virtual]
HWND Window handle
ULONG Message
MPARAM Parameter 1
MPARAM Parameter 2
int & Was it processed? 1 for yes, 0 for no. (If no, then it will be
passed to default window handler.)
By default, this method returns 0 and does nothing; the parameters are passed
through to the default window handler, and trigger the behavior associated
with the WM_DRAWITEM message.
MRESULT
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.136. MWindow::winEnable() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
winEnable(HWND, ULONG, MPARAM, MPARAM, int &) [virtual]
HWND Window handle
ULONG Message
MPARAM Parameter 1
MPARAM Parameter 2
int & Was it processed? 1 for yes, 0 for no. (If no, then it will be
passed to default window handler.)
By default, this method returns 0 and does nothing; the parameters are passed
through to the default window handler, and trigger the behavior associated
with the WM_ENABLE message.
MRESULT
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.137. MWindow::winEndDrag() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
winEndDrag(HWND, ULONG, MPARAM, MPARAM, int &) [virtual]
HWND Window handle
ULONG Message
MPARAM Parameter 1
MPARAM Parameter 2
int & Was it processed? 1 for yes, 0 for no. (If no, then it will be
passed to default window handler.)
By default, this method returns 0 and does nothing; the parameters are passed
through to the default window handler, and trigger the behavior associated
with the WM_ENDDRAG message.
MRESULT
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.138. MWindow::winEndSelect() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
winEndSelect(HWND, ULONG, MPARAM, MPARAM, int &) [virtual]
HWND Window handle
ULONG Message
MPARAM Parameter 1
MPARAM Parameter 2
int & Was it processed? 1 for yes, 0 for no. (If no, then it will be
passed to default window handler.)
By default, this method returns 0 and does nothing; the parameters are passed
through to the default window handler, and trigger the behavior associated
with the WM_ENDSELECT message.
MRESULT
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.139. MWindow::winEraseBackground() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
winEraseBackground(HWND, ULONG, MPARAM, MPARAM, int &) [virtual]
HWND Window handle
ULONG Message
MPARAM Parameter 1
MPARAM Parameter 2
int & Was it processed? 1 for yes, 0 for no. (If no, then it will be
passed to default window handler.)
By default, this method returns 0 and does nothing; the parameters are passed
through to the default window handler, and trigger the behavior associated
with the WM_ERASEBACKGROUND message.
MRESULT
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.140. MWindow::winExtMouseFirst() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
winExtMouseFirst(HWND, ULONG, MPARAM, MPARAM, int &) [virtual]
HWND Window handle
ULONG Message
MPARAM Parameter 1
MPARAM Parameter 2
int & Was it processed? 1 for yes, 0 for no. (If no, then it will be
passed to default window handler.)
By default, this method returns 0 and does nothing; the parameters are passed
through to the default window handler.
MRESULT
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.141. MWindow::winExtMouseLast() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
winExtMouseLast(HWND, ULONG, MPARAM, MPARAM, int &) [virtual]
HWND Window handle
ULONG Message
MPARAM Parameter 1
MPARAM Parameter 2
int & Was it processed? 1 for yes, 0 for no. (If no, then it will be
passed to default window handler.)
By default, this method returns 0 and does nothing; the parameters are passed
through to the default window handler.
MRESULT
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.142. MWindow::winFlashWindow() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
winFlashWindow(HWND, ULONG, MPARAM, MPARAM, int &) [virtual]
HWND Window handle
ULONG Message
MPARAM Parameter 1
MPARAM Parameter 2
int & Was it processed? 1 for yes, 0 for no. (If no, then it will be
passed to default window handler.)
By default, this method returns 0 and does nothing; the parameters are passed
through to the default window handler, and trigger the behavior associated
with the WM_FLASHWINDOW message.
MRESULT
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.143. MWindow::winFocusChanged() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
winFocusChanged(HWND, ULONG, MPARAM, MPARAM, int &) [virtual]
HWND Window handle
ULONG Message
MPARAM Parameter 1
MPARAM Parameter 2
int & Was it processed? 1 for yes, 0 for no. (If no, then it will be
passed to default window handler.)
By default, this method returns 0 and does nothing; the parameters are passed
through to the default window handler, and trigger the behavior associated
with the WM_FOCUSCHANGE message.
MRESULT
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.144. MWindow::winFormatFrame() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
winFormatFrame(HWND, ULONG, MPARAM, MPARAM, int &) [virtual]
HWND Window handle
ULONG Message
MPARAM Parameter 1
MPARAM Parameter 2
int & Was it processed? 1 for yes, 0 for no. (If no, then it will be
passed to default window handler.)
By default, this method returns 0 and does nothing; the parameters are passed
through to the default window handler, and trigger the behavior associated
with the WM_FORMATFRAME message.
MRESULT
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.145. MWindow::winHScroll() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
winHScroll(HWND, ULONG, MPARAM, MPARAM, int &) [virtual]
HWND Window handle
ULONG Message
MPARAM Parameter 1
MPARAM Parameter 2
int & Was it processed? 1 for yes, 0 for no. (If no, then it will be
passed to default window handler.)
By default, this method returns 0 and does nothing; the parameters are passed
through to the default window handler, and trigger the behavior associated
with the WM_HSCROLL message.
MRESULT
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.146. MWindow::winHScrollClipboard() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
winHScrollClipboard(HWND, ULONG, MPARAM, MPARAM, int &) [virtual]
HWND Window handle
ULONG Message
MPARAM Parameter 1
MPARAM Parameter 2
int & Was it processed? 1 for yes, 0 for no. (If no, then it will be
passed to default window handler.)
By default, this method returns 0 and does nothing; the parameters are passed
through to the default window handler, and trigger the behavior associated
with the WM_HSCROLLCLIPBOARD message.
MRESULT
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.147. MWindow::winHelp() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
winHelp(HWND, ULONG, MPARAM, MPARAM, int &) [virtual]
HWND Window handle
ULONG Message
MPARAM Parameter 1
MPARAM Parameter 2
int & Was it processed? 1 for yes, 0 for no. (If no, then it will be
passed to default window handler.)
By default, this method returns 0 and does nothing; the parameters are passed
through to the default window handler, and trigger the behavior associated
with the WM_HELP message.
MRESULT
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.148. MWindow::winHitTest() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
winHitTest(HWND, ULONG, MPARAM, MPARAM, int &) [virtual]
HWND Window handle
ULONG Message
MPARAM Parameter 1
MPARAM Parameter 2
int & Was it processed? 1 for yes, 0 for no. (If no, then it will be
passed to default window handler.)
By default, this method returns 0 and does nothing; the parameters are passed
through to the default window handler, and trigger the behavior associated
with the WM_HITTEST message.
MRESULT
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.149. MWindow::winInitDlg() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
winInitDlg(HWND, ULONG, MPARAM, MPARAM, int &) [virtual]
HWND Window handle
ULONG Message
MPARAM Parameter 1
MPARAM Parameter 2
int & Was it processed? 1 for yes, 0 for no. (If no, then it will be
passed to default window handler.)
By default, this method returns 0 and does nothing; the parameters are passed
through to the default window handler, and trigger the behavior associated
with the WM_INITDLG message.
MRESULT
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.150. MWindow::winInitMenu() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
winInitMenu(HWND, ULONG, MPARAM, MPARAM, int &) [virtual]
HWND Window handle
ULONG Message
MPARAM Parameter 1
MPARAM Parameter 2
int & Was it processed? 1 for yes, 0 for no. (If no, then it will be
passed to default window handler.)
By default, this method returns 0 and does nothing; the parameters are passed
through to the default window handler, and trigger the behavior associated
with the WM_INITMENU message.
MRESULT
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.151. MWindow::winJournalNotify() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
winJournalNotify(HWND, ULONG, MPARAM, MPARAM, int &) [virtual]
HWND
ULONG
MPARAM
MPARAM,int &
By default, this method returns 0 and does nothing; the parameters are passed
through to the default window handler, and trigger the behavior associated
with the WM_JOURNALNOTIFY message.
MRESULT
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.152. MWindow::winMatchMnemonic() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
winMatchMnemonic(HWND, ULONG, MPARAM, MPARAM, int &) [virtual]
HWND Window handle
ULONG Message
MPARAM Parameter 1
MPARAM Parameter 2
int & Was it processed? 1 for yes, 0 for no. (If no, then it will be
passed to default window handler.)
By default, this method returns 0 and does nothing; the parameters are passed
through to the default window handler, and trigger the behavior associated
with the WM_MATCHMNEMONIC message.
MRESULT
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.153. MWindow::winMeasureItem() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
winMeasureItem(HWND, ULONG, MPARAM, MPARAM, int &) [virtual]
HWND Window handle
ULONG Message
MPARAM Parameter 1
MPARAM Parameter 2
int & Was it processed? 1 for yes, 0 for no. (If no, then it will be
passed to default window handler.)
By default, this method returns 0 and does nothing; the parameters are passed
through to the default window handler, and trigger the behavior associated
with the WM_MEASUREITEM message.
MRESULT
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.154. MWindow::winMenuEnd() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
winMenuEnd(HWND, ULONG, MPARAM, MPARAM, int &) [virtual]
HWND Window handle
ULONG Message
MPARAM Parameter 1
MPARAM Parameter 2
int & Was it processed? 1 for yes, 0 for no. (If no, then it will be
passed to default window handler.)
By default, this method returns 0 and does nothing; the parameters are passed
through to the default window handler, and trigger the behavior associated
with the WM_MENUEND message.
MRESULT
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.155. MWindow::winMenuSelect() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
winMenuSelect(HWND, ULONG, MPARAM, MPARAM, int &) [virtual]
HWND Window handle
ULONG Message
MPARAM Parameter 1
MPARAM Parameter 2
int & Was it processed? 1 for yes, 0 for no. (If no, then it will be
passed to default window handler.)
By default, this method returns 0 and does nothing; the parameters are passed
through to the default window handler, and trigger the behavior associated
with the WM_MENUSELECT message.
MRESULT
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.156. MWindow::winMinMaxFrame() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
winMinMaxFrame(HWND, ULONG, MPARAM, MPARAM, int &) [virtual]
HWND Window handle
ULONG Message
MPARAM Parameter 1
MPARAM Parameter 2
int & Was it processed? 1 for yes, 0 for no. (If no, then it will be
passed to default window handler.)
By default, this method returns 0 and does nothing; the parameters are passed
through to the default window handler, and trigger the behavior associated
with the WM_MINMAXFRAME message.
MRESULT
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.157. MWindow::winMouseLasr() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
winMouseLasr(HWND, ULONG, MPARAM, MPARAM, int &) [virtual]
HWND Window handle
ULONG Message
MPARAM Parameter 1
MPARAM Parameter 2
int & Was it processed? 1 for yes, 0 for no. (If no, then it will be
passed to default window handler.)
By default, this method returns 0 and does nothing; the parameters are passed
through to the default window handler.
MRESULT
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.158. MWindow::winMouseLast() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
winMouseLast(HWND, ULONG, MPARAM, MPARAM, int &) [virtual]
HWND Window handle
ULONG Message
MPARAM Parameter 1
MPARAM Parameter 2
int & Was it processed? 1 for yes, 0 for no. (If no, then it will be
passed to default window handler.)
By default, this method returns 0 and does nothing; the parameters are passed
through to the default window handler.
MRESULT
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.159. MWindow::winMouseMove() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
winMouseMove(HWND, ULONG, MPARAM, MPARAM, int &) [virtual]
HWND Window handle
ULONG Message
MPARAM Parameter 1
MPARAM Parameter 2
int & Was it processed? 1 for yes, 0 for no. (If no, then it will be
passed to default window handler.)
By default, this method returns 0 and does nothing; the parameters are passed
through to the default window handler, and trigger the behavior associated
with the WM_MOUSEMOVE message.
MRESULT
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.160. MWindow::winMouseTranslateFirst() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
winMouseTranslateFirst(HWND, ULONG, MPARAM, MPARAM, int &) [virtual]
HWND Window handle
ULONG Message
MPARAM Parameter 1
MPARAM Parameter 2
int & Was it processed? 1 for yes, 0 for no. (If no, then it will be
passed to default window handler.)
By default, this method returns 0 and does nothing; the parameters are passed
through to the default window handler.
MRESULT
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.161. MWindow::winMouseTranslateLast() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
winMouseTranslateLast(HWND, ULONG, MPARAM, MPARAM, int &) [virtual]
HWND Window handle
ULONG Message
MPARAM Parameter 1
MPARAM Parameter 2
int & Was it processed? 1 for yes, 0 for no. (If no, then it will be
passed to default window handler.)
By default, this method returns 0 and does nothing; the parameters are passed
through to the default window handler.
MRESULT
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.162. MWindow::winMove() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
winMove(HWND, ULONG, MPARAM, MPARAM, int &) [virtual]
HWND Window handle
ULONG Message
MPARAM Parameter 1
MPARAM Parameter 2
int & Was it processed? 1 for yes, 0 for no. (If no, then it will be
passed to default window handler.)
By default, this method returns 0 and does nothing; the parameters are passed
through to the default window handler, and trigger the behavior associated
with the WM_MOVE message.
MRESULT
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.163. MWindow::winNextMenu() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
winNextMenu(HWND, ULONG, MPARAM, MPARAM, int &) [virtual]
HWND Window handle
ULONG Message
MPARAM Parameter 1
MPARAM Parameter 2
int & Was it processed? 1 for yes, 0 for no. (If no, then it will be
passed to default window handler.)
By default, this method returns 0 and does nothing; the parameters are passed
through to the default window handler, and trigger the behavior associated
with the WM_NEXTMENU message.
MRESULT
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.164. MWindow::winNull() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
winNull(HWND, ULONG, MPARAM, MPARAM, int &) [virtual]
HWND Window handle
ULONG Message
MPARAM Parameter 1
MPARAM Parameter 2
int & Was it processed? 1 for yes, 0 for no. (If no, then it will be
passed to default window handler.)
By default, this method returns 0 and does nothing; the parameters are passed
through to the default window handler, and trigger the behavior associated
with the WM_NULL message.
MRESULT
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.165. MWindow::winOpen() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
winOpen(HWND, ULONG, MPARAM, MPARAM, int &) [virtual]
HWND Window handle
ULONG Message
MPARAM Parameter 1
MPARAM Parameter 2
int & Was it processed? 1 for yes, 0 for no. (If no, then it will be
passed to default window handler.)
By default, this method returns 0 and does nothing; the parameters are passed
through to the default window handler, and trigger the behavior associated
with the WM_OPEN message.
MRESULT
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.166. MWindow::winPActivate() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
winPActivate(HWND, ULONG, MPARAM, MPARAM, int &) [virtual]
HWND Window handle
ULONG Message
MPARAM Parameter 1
MPARAM Parameter 2
int & Was it processed? 1 for yes, 0 for no. (If no, then it will be
passed to default window handler.)
By default, this method returns 0 and does nothing; the parameters are passed
through to the default window handler, and trigger the behavior associated
with the WM_PACTIVATE message.
MRESULT
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.167. MWindow::winPControl() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
winPControl(HWND, ULONG, MPARAM, MPARAM, int &) [virtual]
HWND Window handle
ULONG Message
MPARAM Parameter 1
MPARAM Parameter 2
int & Was it processed? 1 for yes, 0 for no. (If no, then it will be
passed to default window handler.)
By default, this method returns 0 and does nothing; the parameters are passed
through to the default window handler, and trigger the behavior associated
with the WM_PCONTROL message.
MRESULT
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.168. MWindow::winPPaint() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
winPPaint(HWND, ULONG, MPARAM, MPARAM, int &) [virtual]
HWND Window handle
ULONG Message
MPARAM Parameter 1
MPARAM Parameter 2
int & Was it processed? 1 for yes, 0 for no. (If no, then it will be
passed to default window handler.)
By default, this method returns 0 and does nothing; the parameters are passed
through to the default window handler, and trigger the behavior associated
with the WM_PPAINT message.
MRESULT
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.169. MWindow::winPSetFocus() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
winPSetFocus(HWND, ULONG, MPARAM, MPARAM, int &) [virtual]
HWND Window handle
ULONG Message
MPARAM Parameter 1
MPARAM Parameter 2
int & Was it processed? 1 for yes, 0 for no. (If no, then it will be
passed to default window handler.)
By default, this method returns 0 and does nothing; the parameters are passed
through to the default window handler, and trigger the behavior associated
with the WM_PSETFOCUS message.
MRESULT
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.170. MWindow::winPSize() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
winPSize(HWND, ULONG, MPARAM, MPARAM, int &) [virtual]
HWND Window handle
ULONG Message
MPARAM Parameter 1
MPARAM Parameter 2
int & Was it processed? 1 for yes, 0 for no. (If no, then it will be
passed to default window handler.)
By default, this method returns 0 and does nothing; the parameters are passed
through to the default window handler, and trigger the behavior associated
with the WM_PSIZE message.
MRESULT
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.171. MWindow::winPSysColorChange() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
winPSysColorChange(HWND, ULONG, MPARAM, MPARAM, int &) [virtual]
HWND Window handle
ULONG Message
MPARAM Parameter 1
MPARAM Parameter 2
int & Was it processed? 1 for yes, 0 for no. (If no, then it will be
passed to default window handler.)
By default, this method returns 0 and does nothing; the parameters are passed
through to the default window handler, and trigger the behavior associated
with the WM_PSYSCOLORCHANGE message.
MRESULT
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.172. MWindow::winPaint() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
winPaint(HWND, ULONG, MPARAM, MPARAM, int &) [virtual]
HWND Window handle
ULONG Message
MPARAM Parameter 1
MPARAM Parameter 2
int & Was it processed? 1 for yes, 0 for no. (If no, then it will be
passed to default window handler.)
By default, this method returns 0 and does nothing; the parameters are passed
through to the default window handler, and trigger the behavior associated
with the WM_PAINT message.
MRESULT
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.173. MWindow::winPaintClipboard() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
winPaintClipboard(HWND, ULONG, MPARAM, MPARAM, int &) [virtual]
HWND Window handle
ULONG Message
MPARAM Parameter 1
MPARAM Parameter 2
int & Was it processed? 1 for yes, 0 for no. (If no, then it will be
passed to default window handler.)
By default, this method returns 0 and does nothing; the parameters are passed
through to the default window handler, and trigger the behavior associated
with the WM_PAINTCLIPBOARD message.
MRESULT
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.174. MWindow::winPing() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
winPing(HWND, MPARAM, MPARAM) [virtual]
HWND Window handle
MPARAM Parameter 1
MPARAM Parameter 2
By default, this method returns 0 and does nothing; the parameters are passed
through to the default window handler, and trigger the behavior associated
with the MEM_PING message.
MRESULT
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.175. MWindow::winPositionChanged() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
winPositionChanged(HWND, ULONG, MPARAM, MPARAM, int &) [virtual]
HWND Window handle
ULONG Message
MPARAM Parameter 1
MPARAM Parameter 2
int & Was it processed? 1 for yes, 0 for no. (If no, then it will be
passed to default window handler.)
By default, this method returns 0 and does nothing; the parameters are passed
through to the default window handler, and trigger the behavior associated
with the WM_WINDOWPOSCHANGED message.
MRESULT
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.176. MWindow::winPresParamChanged() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
winPresParamChanged(HWND, ULONG, MPARAM, MPARAM, int &) [virtual]
HWND Window handle
ULONG Message
MPARAM Parameter 1
MPARAM Parameter 2
int & Was it processed? 1 for yes, 0 for no. (If no, then it will be
passed to default window handler.)
By default, this method returns 0 and does nothing; the parameters are passed
through to the default window handler, and trigger the behavior associated
with the WM_PRESPARAMCHANGED message.
MRESULT
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.177. MWindow::winQueryAccelTable() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
winQueryAccelTable(HWND, ULONG, MPARAM, MPARAM, int &) [virtual]
HWND Window handle
ULONG Message
MPARAM Parameter 1
MPARAM Parameter 2
int & Was it processed? 1 for yes, 0 for no. (If no, then it will be
passed to default window handler.)
By default, this method returns 0 and does nothing; the parameters are passed
through to the default window handler, and trigger the behavior associated
with the WM_QUERYACCELTABLE message.
MRESULT
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.178. MWindow::winQueryConvertPos() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
winQueryConvertPos(HWND, ULONG, MPARAM, MPARAM, int &) [virtual]
HWND Window handle
ULONG Message
MPARAM Parameter 1
MPARAM Parameter 2
int & Was it processed? 1 for yes, 0 for no. (If no, then it will be
passed to default window handler.)
By default, this method returns 0 and does nothing; the parameters are passed
through to the default window handler, and trigger the behavior associated
with the WM_QUERYCONVERTPOS message.
MRESULT
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.179. MWindow::winQueryDlgCode() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
winQueryDlgCode(HWND, ULONG, MPARAM, MPARAM, int &) [virtual]
HWND Window handle
ULONG Message
MPARAM Parameter 1
MPARAM Parameter 2
int & Was it processed? 1 for yes, 0 for no. (If no, then it will be
passed to default window handler.)
By default, this method returns 0 and does nothing; the parameters are passed
through to the default window handler, and trigger the behavior associated
with the WM_QUERYDLGCODE message.
MRESULT
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.180. MWindow::winQueryFocusChain() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
winQueryFocusChain(HWND, ULONG, MPARAM, MPARAM, int &) [virtual]
HWND Window handle
ULONG Message
MPARAM Parameter 1
MPARAM Parameter 2
int & Was it processed? 1 for yes, 0 for no. (If no, then it will be
passed to default window handler.)
By default, this method returns 0 and does nothing; the parameters are passed
through to the default window handler, and trigger the behavior associated
with the WM_QUERYFOCUSCHAIN message.
MRESULT
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.181. MWindow::winQueryFocusPos() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
winQueryFocusPos(HWND, ULONG, MPARAM, MPARAM, int &) [virtual]
HWND Window handle
ULONG Message
MPARAM Parameter 1
MPARAM Parameter 2
int & Was it processed? 1 for yes, 0 for no. (If no, then it will be
passed to default window handler.)
By default, this method returns 0 and does nothing; the parameters are passed
through to the default window handler.
MRESULT
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.182. MWindow::winQueryFrameCount() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
winQueryFrameCount(HWND, ULONG, MPARAM, MPARAM, int &) [virtual]
HWND Window handle
ULONG Message
MPARAM Parameter 1
MPARAM Parameter 2
int & Was it processed? 1 for yes, 0 for no. (If no, then it will be
passed to default window handler.)
By default, this method returns 0 and does nothing; the parameters are passed
through to the default window handler, and trigger the behavior associated
with the WM_QUERYFRAMECTLCOUNT message.
MRESULT
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.183. MWindow::winQueryFrameInfo() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
winQueryFrameInfo(HWND, ULONG, MPARAM, MPARAM, int &) [virtual]
HWND Window handle
ULONG Message
MPARAM Parameter 1
MPARAM Parameter 2
int & Was it processed? 1 for yes, 0 for no. (If no, then it will be
passed to default window handler.)
By default, this method returns 0 and does nothing; the parameters are passed
through to the default window handler, and trigger the behavior associated
with the WM_QUERYFRAMEINFO message.
MRESULT
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.184. MWindow::winQueryIcon() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
winQueryIcon(HWND, ULONG, MPARAM, MPARAM, int &) [virtual]
HWND Window handle
ULONG Message
MPARAM Parameter 1
MPARAM Parameter 2
int & Was it processed? 1 for yes, 0 for no. (If no, then it will be
passed to default window handler.)
By default, this method returns 0 and does nothing; the parameters are passed
through to the default window handler, and trigger the behavior associated
with the WM_QUERYICON message.
MRESULT
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.185. MWindow::winQueryTrackInfo() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
winQueryTrackInfo(HWND, ULONG, MPARAM, MPARAM, int &) [virtual]
HWND Window handle
ULONG Message
MPARAM Parameter 1
MPARAM Parameter 2
int & Was it processed? 1 for yes, 0 for no. (If no, then it will be
passed to default window handler.)
By default, this method returns 0 and does nothing; the parameters are passed
through to the default window handler, and trigger the behavior associated
with the WM_QUERYTRACKINFO message.
MRESULT
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.186. MWindow::winQueryWindowParams() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
winQueryWindowParams(HWND, ULONG, MPARAM, MPARAM, int &) [virtual]
HWND Window handle
ULONG Message
MPARAM Parameter 1
MPARAM Parameter 2
int & Was it processed? 1 for yes, 0 for no. (If no, then it will be
passed to default window handler.)
By default, this method returns 0 and does nothing; the parameters are passed
through to the default window handler, and trigger the behavior associated
with the WM_QUERYWINDOWPARAMS message.
MRESULT
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.187. MWindow::winQuit() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
winQuit(HWND, ULONG, MPARAM, MPARAM, int &) [virtual]
HWND Window handle
ULONG Message
MPARAM Parameter 1
MPARAM Parameter 2
int & Was it processed? 1 for yes, 0 for no. (If no, then it will be
passed to default window handler.)
By default, this method returns 0 and does nothing; the parameters are passed
through to the default window handler, and trigger the behavior associated
with the WM_QUIT message.
MRESULT
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.188. MWindow::winRenderAllFmts() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
winRenderAllFmts(HWND, ULONG, MPARAM, MPARAM, int &) [virtual]
HWND Window handle
ULONG Message
MPARAM Parameter 1
MPARAM Parameter 2
int & Was it processed? 1 for yes, 0 for no. (If no, then it will be
passed to default window handler.)
By default, this method returns 0 and does nothing; the parameters are passed
through to the default window handler, and trigger the behavior associated
with the WM_RENDERALLFMTS message.
MRESULT
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.189. MWindow::winRenderFmt() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
winRenderFmt(HWND, ULONG, MPARAM, MPARAM, int &) [virtual]
HWND Window handle
ULONG Message
MPARAM Parameter 1
MPARAM Parameter 2
int & Was it processed? 1 for yes, 0 for no. (If no, then it will be
passed to default window handler.)
By default, this method returns 0 and does nothing; the parameters are passed
through to the default window handler, and trigger the behavior associated
with the WM_RENDERFMT message.
MRESULT
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.190. MWindow::winSaveApplication() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
winSaveApplication(HWND, ULONG, MPARAM, MPARAM, int &) [virtual]
HWND Window handle
ULONG Message
MPARAM Parameter 1
MPARAM Parameter 2
int & Was it processed? 1 for yes, 0 for no. (If no, then it will be
passed to default window handler.)
By default, this method returns 0 and does nothing; the parameters are passed
through to the default window handler, and trigger the behavior associated
with the WM_SAVEAPPLICATION message.
MRESULT
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.191. MWindow::winSem1() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
winSem1(HWND, ULONG, MPARAM, MPARAM, int &) [virtual]
HWND Window handle
ULONG Message
MPARAM Parameter 1
MPARAM Parameter 2
int & Was it processed? 1 for yes, 0 for no. (If no, then it will be
passed to default window handler.)
By default, this method returns 0 and does nothing; the parameters are passed
through to the default window handler, and trigger the behavior associated
with the WM_SEM1 message.
MRESULT
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.192. MWindow::winSem2() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
winSem2(HWND, ULONG, MPARAM, MPARAM, int &) [virtual]
HWND Window handle
ULONG Message
MPARAM Parameter 1
MPARAM Parameter 2
int & Was it processed? 1 for yes, 0 for no. (If no, then it will be
passed to default window handler.)
By default, this method returns 0 and does nothing; the parameters are passed
through to the default window handler, and trigger the behavior associated
with the WM_SEM2 message.
MRESULT
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.193. MWindow::winSem3() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
winSem3(HWND, ULONG, MPARAM, MPARAM, int &) [virtual]
HWND Window handle
ULONG Message
MPARAM Parameter 1
MPARAM Parameter 2
int & Was it processed? 1 for yes, 0 for no. (If no, then it will be
passed to default window handler.)
By default, this method returns 0 and does nothing; the parameters are passed
through to the default window handler, and trigger the behavior associated
with the WM_SEM3 message.
MRESULT
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.194. MWindow::winSem4() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
winSem4(HWND, ULONG, MPARAM, MPARAM, int &) [virtual]
HWND Window handle
ULONG Message
MPARAM Parameter 1
MPARAM Parameter 2
int & Was it processed? 1 for yes, 0 for no. (If no, then it will be
passed to default window handler.)
By default, this method returns 0 and does nothing; the parameters are passed
through to the default window handler, and trigger the behavior associated
with the WM_SEM4 message.
MRESULT
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.195. MWindow::winSetAccelTable() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
winSetAccelTable(HWND, ULONG, MPARAM, MPARAM, int &) [virtual]
HWND Window handle
ULONG Message
MPARAM Parameter 1
MPARAM Parameter 2
int & Was it processed? 1 for yes, 0 for no. (If no, then it will be
passed to default window handler.)
By default, this method returns 0 and does nothing; the parameters are passed
through to the default window handler, and trigger the behavior associated
with the WM_SETACCELTABLE message.
MRESULT
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.196. MWindow::winSetBorderSize() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
winSetBorderSize(HWND, ULONG, MPARAM, MPARAM, int &) [virtual]
HWND Window handle
ULONG Message
MPARAM Parameter 1
MPARAM Parameter 2
int & Was it processed? 1 for yes, 0 for no. (If no, then it will be
passed to default window handler.)
By default, this method returns 0 and does nothing; the parameters are passed
through to the default window handler, and trigger the behavior associated
with the WM_SETBORDERSIZE message.
MRESULT
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.197. MWindow::winSetFocus() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
winSetFocus(HWND, ULONG, MPARAM, MPARAM, int &) [virtual]
HWND Window handle
ULONG Message
MPARAM Parameter 1
MPARAM Parameter 2
int & Was it processed? 1 for yes, 0 for no. (If no, then it will be
passed to default window handler.)
By default, this method returns 0 and does nothing; the parameters are passed
through to the default window handler, and trigger the behavior associated
with the WM_SETFOCUS message.
MRESULT
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.198. MWindow::winSetIcon() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
winSetIcon(HWND, ULONG, MPARAM, MPARAM, int &) [virtual]
HWND Window handle
ULONG Message
MPARAM Parameter 1
MPARAM Parameter 2
int & Was it processed? 1 for yes, 0 for no. (If no, then it will be
passed to default window handler.)
By default, this method returns 0 and does nothing; the parameters are passed
through to the default window handler, and trigger the behavior associated
with the WM_SETICON message.
MRESULT
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.199. MWindow::winSetSelection() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
winSetSelection(HWND, ULONG, MPARAM, MPARAM, int &) [virtual]
HWND Window handle
ULONG Message
MPARAM Parameter 1
MPARAM Parameter 2
int & Was it processed? 1 for yes, 0 for no. (If no, then it will be
passed to default window handler.)
By default, this method returns 0 and does nothing; the parameters are passed
through to the default window handler, and trigger the behavior associated
with the WM_SETSELECTION message.
MRESULT
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.200. MWindow::winSetWindowParams() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
winSetWindowParams(HWND, ULONG, MPARAM, MPARAM, int &) [virtual]
HWND Window handle
ULONG Message
MPARAM Parameter 1
MPARAM Parameter 2
int & Was it processed? 1 for yes, 0 for no. (If no, then it will be
passed to default window handler.)
By default, this method returns 0 and does nothing; the parameters are passed
through to the default window handler, and trigger the behavior associated
with the WM_SETWINDOWPARAMS message.
MRESULT
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.201. MWindow::winShow() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
winShow(HWND, ULONG, MPARAM, MPARAM, int &) [virtual]
HWND Window handle
ULONG Message
MPARAM Parameter 1
MPARAM Parameter 2
int & Was it processed? 1 for yes, 0 for no. (If no, then it will be
passed to default window handler.)
By default, this method returns 0 and does nothing; the parameters are passed
through to the default window handler, and trigger the behavior associated
with the WM_SHOW message.
MRESULT
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.202. MWindow::winSingleSelect() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
winSingleSelect(HWND, ULONG, MPARAM, MPARAM, int &) [virtual]
HWND Window handle
ULONG Message
MPARAM Parameter 1
MPARAM Parameter 2
int & Was it processed? 1 for yes, 0 for no. (If no, then it will be
passed to default window handler.)
By default, this method returns 0 and does nothing; the parameters are passed
through to the default window handler, and trigger the behavior associated
with the WM_SINGLESELECT message.
MRESULT
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.203. MWindow::winSize() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
winSize(HWND, ULONG, MPARAM, MPARAM, int &) [virtual]
HWND Window handle
ULONG Message
MPARAM Parameter 1
MPARAM Parameter 2
int & Was it processed? 1 for yes, 0 for no. (If no, then it will be
passed to default window handler.)
By default, this method returns 0 and does nothing; the parameters are passed
through to the default window handler, and trigger the behavior associated
with the WM_SIZE message.
MRESULT
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.204. MWindow::winSizeClipboard() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
winSizeClipboard(HWND, ULONG, MPARAM, MPARAM, int &) [virtual]
HWND Window handle
ULONG Message
MPARAM Parameter 1
MPARAM Parameter 2
int & Was it processed? 1 for yes, 0 for no. (If no, then it will be
passed to default window handler.)
By default, this method returns 0 and does nothing; the parameters are passed
through to the default window handler, and trigger the behavior associated
with the WM_SIZECLIPBOARD message.
MRESULT
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.205. MWindow::winSubstituteString() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
winSubstituteString(HWND, ULONG, MPARAM, MPARAM, int &) [virtual]
HWND Window handle
ULONG Message
MPARAM Parameter 1
MPARAM Parameter 2
int & Was it processed? 1 for yes, 0 for no. (If no, then it will be
passed to default window handler.)
By default, this method returns 0 and does nothing; the parameters are passed
through to the default window handler, and trigger the behavior associated
with the WM_SUBSTITUTESTRING message.
MRESULT
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.206. MWindow::winSysColorChange() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
winSysColorChange(HWND, ULONG, MPARAM, MPARAM, int &) [virtual]
HWND Window handle
ULONG Message
MPARAM Parameter 1
MPARAM Parameter 2
int & Was it processed? 1 for yes, 0 for no. (If no, then it will be
passed to default window handler.)
By default, this method returns 0 and does nothing; the parameters are passed
through to the default window handler, and trigger the behavior associated
with the WM_SYSCOLORCHANGE message.
MRESULT
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.207. MWindow::winSysCommand() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
winSysCommand(HWND, ULONG, MPARAM, MPARAM, int &) [virtual]
HWND Window handle
ULONG Message
MPARAM Parameter 1
MPARAM Parameter 2
int & Was it processed? 1 for yes, 0 for no. (If no, then it will be
passed to default window handler.)
By default, this method returns 0 and does nothing; the parameters are passed
through to the default window handler, and trigger the behavior associated
with the WM_SYSCOMMAND message.
MRESULT
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.208. MWindow::winSysValueChanged() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
winSysValueChanged(HWND, ULONG, MPARAM, MPARAM, int &) [virtual]
HWND Window handle
ULONG Message
MPARAM Parameter 1
MPARAM Parameter 2
int & Was it processed? 1 for yes, 0 for no. (If no, then it will be
passed to default window handler.)
By default, this method returns 0 and does nothing; the parameters are passed
through to the default window handler, and trigger the behavior associated
with the WM_SYSVALUECHANGED message.
MRESULT
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.209. MWindow::winTextEdit() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
winTextEdit(HWND, ULONG, MPARAM, MPARAM, int &) [virtual]
HWND Window handle
ULONG Message
MPARAM Parameter 1
MPARAM Parameter 2
int & Was it processed? 1 for yes, 0 for no. (If no, then it will be
passed to default window handler.)
By default, this method returns 0 and does nothing; the parameters are passed
through to the default window handler, and trigger the behavior associated
with the WM_TEXTEDIT message.
MRESULT
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.210. MWindow::winTimer() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
winTimer(HWND, ULONG, MPARAM, MPARAM, int &) [virtual]
HWND Window handle
ULONG Message
MPARAM Parameter 1
MPARAM Parameter 2
int & Was it processed? 1 for yes, 0 for no. (If no, then it will be
passed to default window handler.)
By default, this method returns 0 and does nothing; the parameters are passed
through to the default window handler, and trigger the behavior associated
with the WM_TIMER message.
MRESULT
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.211. MWindow::winTrackFrame() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
winTrackFrame(HWND, ULONG, MPARAM, MPARAM, int &) [virtual]
HWND Window handle
ULONG Message
MPARAM Parameter 1
MPARAM Parameter 2
int & Was it processed? 1 for yes, 0 for no. (If no, then it will be
passed to default window handler.)
By default, this method returns 0 and does nothing; the parameters are passed
through to the default window handler, and trigger the behavior associated
with the WM_TRACKFRAME message.
MRESULT
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.212. MWindow::winTranslateAccel() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
winTranslateAccel(HWND, ULONG, MPARAM, MPARAM, int &) [virtual]
HWND Window handle
ULONG Message
MPARAM MParam 1
MPARAM MParam 2
int & Was this handled? 1 for yes, 0 for no.
By default, this method returns 0 and does nothing; the parameters are passed
through to the default window handler, and trigger the behavior associated
with the WM_TRANSLATEACCEL message.
0 if not handled, 1 if handled.
MRESULT
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.213. MWindow::winUpdateFrame() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
winUpdateFrame(HWND, ULONG, MPARAM, MPARAM, int &) [virtual]
HWND Window handle
ULONG Message
MPARAM Parameter 1
MPARAM Parameter 2
int & Was it processed? 1 for yes, 0 for no. (If no, then it will be
passed to default window handler.)
By default, this method returns 0 and does nothing; the parameters are passed
through to the default window handler, and trigger the behavior associated
with the WM_UPDATEFRAME message.
MRESULT
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.214. MWindow::winUpdateSheet() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
winUpdateSheet(MChange *) [virtual]
MChange * List of cells to update
By default, this method returns 0 and does nothing; any class that inherits
from MWindow may override this method to trigger an update.
MRESULT
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.215. MWindow::winVScroll() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
winVScroll(HWND, ULONG, MPARAM, MPARAM, int &) [virtual]
HWND Window handle
ULONG Message
MPARAM Parameter 1
MPARAM Parameter 2
int & Was it processed? 1 for yes, 0 for no. (If no, then it will be
passed to default window handler.)
By default, this method returns 0 and does nothing; the parameters are passed
through to the default window handler, and trigger the behavior associated
with the WM_VSCROLL message.
MRESULT
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.216. MWindow::winVScrollClipboard() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
winVScrollClipboard(HWND, ULONG, MPARAM, MPARAM, int &) [virtual]
HWND Window handle
ULONG Message
MPARAM Parameter 1
MPARAM Parameter 2
int & Was it processed? 1 for yes, 0 for no. (If no, then it will be
passed to default window handler.)
By default, this method returns 0 and does nothing; the parameters are passed
through to the default window handler, and trigger the behavior associated
with the WM_VSCROLLCLIPBOARD message.
MRESULT
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.23.2.217. MWindow::winVioChar() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
winVioChar(HWND, ULONG, MPARAM, MPARAM, int &) [virtual]
HWND Window handle
ULONG Message
MPARAM Parameter 1
MPARAM Parameter 2
int & Was it processed? 1 for yes, 0 for no. (If no, then it will be
passed to default window handler.)
By default, this method returns 0 and does nothing; the parameters are passed
through to the default window handler, and trigger the behavior associated
with the WM_VIOCHAR message.
MRESULT
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.24. Other Mesa-specific classes ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
MChange
MFrame
MPrintInfo
MDraw
MDDEClientItem
MPassword
MPosition
MImage
MGraphElement
These classes are not directly available through Mesa DOK; however, methods
defined on several DOK classes either return them as values or accept them as
parameters. They are therefore described here briefly, to give you an idea of
what they reprsent and why they are used where they are.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.24.1. MChange ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
An MChange instance represents a list of cells. It is primarily used to
indicate which cells have been changed during a recalculation, reformating, or
resizing operation.
Each MChange instance keeps track of the addresses of the cells it represents,
and also notes how severe the changes are, so other classes can determine how
best to handle the change. Note that unlike an MRange instance (see MRange), an
MChange instance actually maintains a separate MAddress for each individual
cell it represents.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.24.2. MFrame ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
An MFrame instance represents a graphic object. There are many different types
of MFrame within Mesa, falling into three major categories: shapes (such as
rectangles and arrows), graphs (such as bar graphs and column graphs), and
imported graphics files (such as BMP or MET files). While each type stores
different kinds of information (see "Contents of a frame"), they are basically
treated identically: each model maintains a list of frames it contains, and
each sheet view determines which of those frames is currently being displayed
within it.
An MFrame instance can be queried and altered via an MFrameXfer instance. For
more information, see "MFrameXfer".
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.24.3. MGraphElement ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
An MGraphElement instance represents a displayed object which is contained
within a graph frame. For example, titles, subtitles, and legends are all
implemented as MGraphElement instances.
Each MGraphElement instance keeps track of color, font, border color and
thickness. It can also maintain additional attributes related to particular
kinds of elements, although it does not do so within Mesa DOK.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.24.4. MPrintInfo ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
An MPrintInfo instance represents a specific print job. It includes a pointer
to a print job header (see MPrintHead) and a variety of other printing-related
information (the time and date, how many pages, etc.).
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.24.5. MDraw ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
MDraw implements the drawing primitives within Mesa. It is designed to provide
a layer of abstraction between drawing commands within the application and the
actual drawing commands executed by the operating system or other host
environment.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.24.6. MDDEClientItem ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
An MDDEClientItem instance represents a DDE link to another DDE-enabled
application. It keeps track of the program, the file, the item, the link name,
and other information related to a DDE link.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.24.7. MPassword ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
An MPassword instance represents a file password stored with a given model. If
a password is stored with a model and is being used, then the user will be
prompted for that password whenever an attempt is made to open the file.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.24.8. MPosition ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
An MPosition instance represents the positions of one or more windows,
generally associated with a single model. It keeps track of the number of
windows and a rectangle for each one. Within the Mesa application, it keeps
track of the application window's size and state, as well.
ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.24.9. MImage ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
MImage is an abstract base class for image processing, and is used to handle
the display of bitmaps and metafiles within a sheet view.